WO2014020440A1 - Wound dressing - Google Patents

Wound dressing Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014020440A1
WO2014020440A1 PCT/IB2013/002060 IB2013002060W WO2014020440A1 WO 2014020440 A1 WO2014020440 A1 WO 2014020440A1 IB 2013002060 W IB2013002060 W IB 2013002060W WO 2014020440 A1 WO2014020440 A1 WO 2014020440A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
wound dressing
dressing
wound
obscuring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2013/002060
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Julie Allen
Ben Alan ASKEM
Sarah Jenny Collinson
Steven Carl MEHTA
Philip GOWANS
Derek Nicolini
Mark Russell
Carol ZAGRABSKI
Original Assignee
Smith & Nephew Plc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=49274835&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2014020440(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to EP13770970.5A priority Critical patent/EP2879636B1/en
Priority to JP2015524867A priority patent/JP6307504B2/en
Priority to CA2880143A priority patent/CA2880143C/en
Priority to CN201380051441.8A priority patent/CN104884008B/en
Priority to US14/418,908 priority patent/US10667955B2/en
Priority to BR112015002154A priority patent/BR112015002154A2/en
Priority to ES13770970.5T priority patent/ES2625709T3/en
Application filed by Smith & Nephew Plc filed Critical Smith & Nephew Plc
Priority to AU2013298195A priority patent/AU2013298195B2/en
Priority to RU2015106112A priority patent/RU2015106112A/en
Priority to MX2015001521A priority patent/MX353782B/en
Priority to DK13770970.5T priority patent/DK2879636T3/en
Publication of WO2014020440A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014020440A1/en
Priority to ZA2015/00574A priority patent/ZA201500574B/en
Priority to US14/658,068 priority patent/US9662246B2/en
Priority to AU2017245460A priority patent/AU2017245460B2/en
Priority to AU2019250207A priority patent/AU2019250207B2/en
Priority to US16/887,677 priority patent/US20200360189A1/en
Priority to US17/853,029 priority patent/US11801338B2/en
Priority to US18/656,261 priority patent/US20240307606A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M1/00Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
    • A61M1/90Negative pressure wound therapy devices, i.e. devices for applying suction to a wound to promote healing, e.g. including a vacuum dressing
    • A61M1/91Suction aspects of the dressing
    • A61M1/915Constructional details of the pressure distribution manifold
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/01Non-adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/01008Non-adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by the material
    • A61F13/01012Non-adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by the material being made of natural material, e.g. cellulose-, protein-, collagen-based
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/01Non-adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/01008Non-adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by the material
    • A61F13/01017Non-adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by the material synthetic, e.g. polymer based
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/01Non-adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/01034Non-adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by a property
    • A61F13/01042Absorbency
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/0203Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members
    • A61F13/0206Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members with absorbent fibrous layers, e.g. woven or non-woven absorbent pads or island dressings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/0203Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members
    • A61F13/0206Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members with absorbent fibrous layers, e.g. woven or non-woven absorbent pads or island dressings
    • A61F13/0209Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members with absorbent fibrous layers, e.g. woven or non-woven absorbent pads or island dressings comprising superabsorbent material
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/0203Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members
    • A61F13/022Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members having more than one layer with different fluid retention characteristics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/0203Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members
    • A61F13/0223Adhesive bandages or dressings with fluid retention members characterized by parametric properties of the fluid retention layer, e.g. absorbency, wicking capacity, liquid distribution
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/02Adhesive bandages or dressings
    • A61F13/0259Adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by the release liner covering the skin adhering layer
    • A61F13/0266Adhesive bandages or dressings characterised by the release liner covering the skin adhering layer especially adapted for wound covering/occlusive dressings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/05Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads specially adapted for use with sub-pressure or over-pressure therapy, wound drainage or wound irrigation, e.g. for use with negative-pressure wound therapy [NPWT]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M1/00Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
    • A61M1/90Negative pressure wound therapy devices, i.e. devices for applying suction to a wound to promote healing, e.g. including a vacuum dressing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M1/00Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
    • A61M1/90Negative pressure wound therapy devices, i.e. devices for applying suction to a wound to promote healing, e.g. including a vacuum dressing
    • A61M1/91Suction aspects of the dressing
    • A61M1/912Connectors between dressing and drainage tube
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/00051Accessories for dressings
    • A61F13/00059Accessories for dressings provided with visual effects, e.g. printed or colored
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00089Wound bandages
    • A61F2013/00153Wound bandages coloured or with decoration pattern or printing
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00089Wound bandages
    • A61F2013/00182Wound bandages with transparent part
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F2013/00089Wound bandages
    • A61F2013/00289Wound bandages easy removing of the protection sheet
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M1/00Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
    • A61M1/90Negative pressure wound therapy devices, i.e. devices for applying suction to a wound to promote healing, e.g. including a vacuum dressing
    • A61M1/96Suction control thereof
    • A61M1/962Suction control thereof having pumping means on the suction site, e.g. miniature pump on dressing or dressing capable of exerting suction
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M1/00Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
    • A61M1/90Negative pressure wound therapy devices, i.e. devices for applying suction to a wound to promote healing, e.g. including a vacuum dressing
    • A61M1/98Containers specifically adapted for negative pressure wound therapy
    • A61M1/982Containers specifically adapted for negative pressure wound therapy with means for detecting level of collected exudate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M1/00Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes; Devices for carrying-off, for treatment of, or for carrying-over, body-liquids; Drainage systems
    • A61M1/90Negative pressure wound therapy devices, i.e. devices for applying suction to a wound to promote healing, e.g. including a vacuum dressing
    • A61M1/98Containers specifically adapted for negative pressure wound therapy
    • A61M1/984Containers specifically adapted for negative pressure wound therapy portable on the body
    • A61M1/985Containers specifically adapted for negative pressure wound therapy portable on the body the dressing itself forming the collection container

Definitions

  • Embodiments described herein relate to apparatuses, systems, and methods the treatment of wounds, for example using dressings in combination with negative pressure wound therapy.
  • Prior art dressings for use in negative pressure have been difficult to apply, particularly around curved or non-flat body surfaces. Further, when used, wound exudate may soak into the dressing, which some patients may find aesthetically unpleasing and difficult to address in social situations.
  • a wound dressing comprises:
  • the wound dressing may further comprise a fluidic connector configured to connect the backing layer to a source of negative pressure.
  • the fluidic connector may be positioned over an opening in the backing layer.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may be configured to horizontally wick fluid as the fluid is absorbed upward through the wound dressing.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may comprise a mix of cellulosic fibers and composite fibers, the composite fibers comprising a PET core and a PE outer layer.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and a majority of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and approximately 80% to approximately 90% of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and all or substantially all of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally extending fibers.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and a majority of the fibers may span a distance perpendicular to the thickness of the acquisition distribution layer that is greater than the thickness of the acquisition distribution layer.
  • the wound dressing may be configured such that a ratio of an amount of fluid wicking laterally across the acquisition distribution layer to an amount of fluid wicking vertically through the acquisition distribution layer when under negative pressure is about 2: 1 or more.
  • the absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer may be bonded together by one or more of adhesive, stitching, or heat bonding.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise a fibrous network and superabsorbing particles within the fibrous network.
  • the wound dressing may further comprise a wound contact layer below the acquisition distribution layer.
  • the wound dressing may further comprise a transmission layer between the wound contact layer and the acquisition distribution layer.
  • the transmission layer may be configured to vertically wick fluid.
  • the transmission layer may comprise a top fabric layer, a bottom fabric layer, and a plurality of filaments extending generally perpendicularly between said top fabric layer and said bottom fabric layer.
  • a majority of filaments, by volume may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
  • approximately 80% to approximately 90% of the filaments, by volume may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
  • all or substantially all of the filaments, by volume may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
  • a majority of filaments may extend upward from the bottom fabric layer and/or downward from the top fabric layer and may extend over a length more than half the distance between the top and bottom fabric layers.
  • a majority of filaments may span a distance that is greater in a direction perpendicular to the top and bottom fabric layers than in a direction parallel to the top and bottom fabric layers.
  • a ratio of an amount of fluid wicking vertically through the transmission layer to an amount of fluid wicking laterally across the transmission layer when under negative pressure may be, in some embodiments, about 2: 1 or more.
  • the acquisition distribution layer may comprise viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, polyethylene or a combination of some or all of these materials.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise between 30% and 40% cellulose matrix and 60% and 70% superabsorbing polymers.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise a mix of cellulosic fibers and composite fibers, and the composite fibers may comprise a PET core and a PE outer layer.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise a plurality of layers.
  • the plurality of layers of the absorbent layer may comprise a textured layer configured to laterally spread absorbed fluid, an absorption layer configured to draw fluid upward into an interior of the absorbent layer, a storage layer configured to absorb the fluid, and a liquid distribution layer configured to apply a reverse suction effect to the storage layer.
  • the absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
  • the backing layer may be transparent or translucent, and the wound dressing may further comprise an obscuring layer between the absorbent layer and the backing layer.
  • the wound dressing may comprise one or more viewing windows in the obscuring layer.
  • At least the obscuring layer may be shaped with a narrowed central portion along its length.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise two rows of three viewing windows.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise one row of three viewing windows.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise one row of eight viewing windows.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise two rows of five viewing windows.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise one row of five viewing windows.
  • At least the obscuring layer may be shaped with a narrowed central portion along both its width and its length.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise a quincunx array of viewing windows. At least the obscuring layer may comprise a six-lobed shape.
  • the absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer may be substantially the same shape as the obscuring layer.
  • the obscuring layer may further comprise a cross or maltese cross shaped hole over which a fluidic connector for transmitting negative pressure may be connected.
  • a wound treatment apparatus for treatment of a wound site comprises:
  • a wound dressing comprising:
  • an absorbent layer configured to retain fluid
  • an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer
  • a fluidic connector configured to transmit negative pressure from a negative pressure source to the wound dressing for the application of topical negative pressure at the wound site.
  • the obscuring layer is above or below the backing layer.
  • the obscuring layer may be configured to at least partially visually obscure fluid contained within the absorbent layer.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer.
  • the at least one viewing window may comprise at least one aperture made through the obscuring layer.
  • the at least one viewing window may comprise at least one uncolored region of the obscuring layer.
  • the viewing window may comprise an array of dots.
  • the array of dots may be distributed in a straight line of dots, the straight line of dots being positioned on a center line along a length of the absorbent layer.
  • the straight line of dots may comprise an array of three dots.
  • the straight line of dots may comprise an array of five dots.
  • the straight line of dots may comprise an array of eight dots.
  • the array of dots may be distributed in two straight lines of dots, the two straight lines of dots positioned to be an equal distance from a center line along a length of the absorbent layer, the two straight lines of dots having an equal number of dots.
  • the two straight lines of dots may comprise an array of three dots.
  • the two straight lines of dots may comprise an array of five dots.
  • the array of dots may be distributed regularly over the obscuring layer to enable assessment of wound exudate spread.
  • the viewing window may be selected from the group consisting of a graphical element or a typographical element.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise an auxiliary compound, wherein the auxiliary compound may comprise activated charcoal configured to absorb odors and configured to color or tint the obscuring layer.
  • the fluidic connector may comprise an obscuring element configured to substantially visually obscure wound exudate.
  • Some embodiments may further comprise an acquisition distribution layer between the wound contact layer and the absorbent material.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers and between 40% and 80% (or between about 40% and about 80%) superabsorbent particles.
  • the obscuring layer, in a dry state, may be configured to yield a CIE y value of .4 or less and a CIE x value of .5 or less on a CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
  • the obscuring layer in a dry state, may have a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on a CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
  • the wound dressing further comprises an orifice in the backing layer, the orifice configured to communicate negative pressure to the wound site.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise at least one orifice viewing window configured to be positioned adjacent to the orifice in the backing layer, the orifice viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer adjacent to the orifice.
  • the orifice viewing window may be cross- shaped.
  • the wound dressing may comprise a first length corresponding to a first edge of a wound dressing and a first width corresponding to a second edge of the wound dressing, a first x axis runs along the first width and a first y axis runs along the first length, wherein the first x axis and the first y axis are in a perpendicular alignment.
  • the viewing window may comprise a first arm and a second arm, the first arm of the viewing window define a second length and the second arm defines a second width, a second x axis runs along the second width and a second y axis runs along the second length, wherein the second x axis and the second y axis are in a perpendicular alignment.
  • the second x axis and second y axis of the viewing window is offset from the first x axis and the first y axis of the absorbent layer.
  • the second x axis and second y axis of the viewing window may be aligned with the first x axis and the first y axis of the absorbent layer.
  • the cross-shaped viewing window may comprise flared ends.
  • the fluidic connector may be configured to transmit air.
  • the fluidic connector may comprise a filter, the filter configured to block fluid transport past itself.
  • the fluidic connector may comprise a secondary air leak channel, the secondary air leak channel configured to allow a flow of ambient air to the wound site.
  • the secondary air leak channel may comprise a filter.
  • the fluidic connector may comprise a soft fluidic connector.
  • the soft fluidic connector may comprise a three dimensional fabric.
  • the three dimensional fabric is configured to transmit therapeutic levels of negative pressure while an external pressure up to 2 kg/cm 2 is applied thereto.
  • the soft fluidic connector may be configured to be connected to a tube in fluid communication with the vacuum source.
  • the soft fluidic connector may be configured to be connected directly to the vacuum source.
  • the soft fluidic connector may comprise an enlarged distal end, the enlarged distal end configured to be connected to the wound dressing.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a tube connected to the fluidic connector.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a pump in fluid communication with the fluidic connector.
  • the absorbent layer comprises two or more lobes.
  • the absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
  • a wound treatment apparatus for treatment of a wound site comprises:
  • a wound dressing configured to be positioned over a wound site, the wound dressing comprising:
  • a backing layer having an upper surface and a lower surface and defining a perimeter configured to be positioned over skin surrounding the wound site, the backing layer including an opening;
  • the wound contact layer adhered to the lower surface of the backing layer, the wound contact layer comprising an adhesive on a lower surface thereof;
  • an absorbent material positioned between the backing layer and the wound contact layer, wherein the absorbent material comprises a vertical hole positioned below the opening in the backing layer; an obscuring layer positioned at least partially over the absorbent material, wherein the obscuring layer comprises a vertical hole positioned between the opening in the backing layer and the vertical hole in the absorbent material;
  • one or more viewing windows extending through the obscuring layer configured to allow visualization of wound exudate in the absorbent material; and a port positioned over the opening in the backing layer configured to transmit negative pressure through the port for the application of topical negative pressure at the wound site.
  • the backing layer is transparent or translucent.
  • the backing layer may define a perimeter with a rectangular or a square shape.
  • the wound contact layer may be adhered to the lower surface of the backing layer along the perimeter of the backing layer.
  • the hole in the obscuring layer may have a different diameter than the hole in the absorbent material or the opening in the backing layer.
  • the one or more viewing windows may be arranged in a repeating pattern across the obscuring layer.
  • the one or more viewing windows may have a circular shape.
  • Some embodiments may further comprise an acquisition distribution layer between the wound contact layer and the absorbent material.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers and between 40% and 80% (or between about 40% and about 80%) superabsorbent particles.
  • the obscuring layer in a dry state, may be configured to yield a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
  • Some embodiments further comprise a transmission layer between the absorbent material and the wound contact layer.
  • the apparatus further comprises a hydrophobic filter positioned in or below the port.
  • the absorbent material may have a longitudinal length and a transverse width, wherein the length is greater than the width, and wherein the width of the absorbent material narrows in a central portion along the longitudinal length of the absorbent material.
  • the obscuring layer may have substantially the same perimeter shape as the absorbent material.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a pump
  • a wound treatment apparatus for treatment of a wound site comprises:
  • a wound dressing configured to be conformable to a nonplanar wound comprising: an absorbent layer comprising a contoured shape, the contoured shape comprising a substantially rectangular body with a waisted portion, and
  • a fiuidic connector configured to transmit negative pressure from a negative pressure source to the wound dressing for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site.
  • Some embodiments may further comprise a wound contact layer.
  • the backing layer may be rectangular.
  • the negative pressure source is a pump.
  • the wound dressing has a longer axis and a shorter axis, and wherein the waisted portion configured to be on the longer axis.
  • the apparatus may further comprise an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer.
  • the viewing window may comprise an array of dots.
  • the fluidic connector may be located along a side or corner of the rectangular body.
  • Some embodiments may further comprise an acquisition distribution layer between the wound contact layer and the absorbent material.
  • the absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers and 40%-80% (or about 40% to about 80%) superabsorbent particles.
  • the obscuring layer, in a dry state, may be configured to yield a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
  • the absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
  • an apparatus for dressing a wound for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site comprises:
  • an absorbent layer having one or more slits extending at least partially across the width of the absorbent layer
  • the backing layer having an orifice for communicating negative pressure to the wound site, wherein the orifice is positioned over a portion of the absorbent layer having no slits.
  • the one or more slits comprise one or more concentric arcs.
  • a wound treatment apparatus comprises: a wound dressing configured to be conformable to a nonplanar wound comprising:
  • the absorbent layer comprising a contoured shape, the contoured shape comprising two or more lobes, and
  • the wound treatment apparatus comprises a pump.
  • the wound dressing may comprise a fluidic connector configured to transmit negative pressure from a pump to the wound dressing for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site.
  • the wound dressing may also comprise a wound-facing contact layer.
  • the contoured shape may comprise three lobes.
  • the contoured shape may comprise four lobes.
  • the two or more lobes may comprise rounded projections.
  • the apparatus may comprise two or more lobes flared lobes.
  • the contoured shape may be oval-shaped.
  • the contoured shape may comprise six lobes.
  • the apparatus may further comprise an obscuring layer disposed so as to obscure the absorbent layer.
  • the apparatus may further comprise an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer.
  • the viewing window may comprise an array of dots.
  • an apparatus for dressing a wound for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site comprises:
  • an absorbent layer configured to retain fluid
  • an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer, wherein the obscuring layer, in a dry state, is configured to yield a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
  • Some embodiments may further comprise one or more viewing windows in the backing layer.
  • At least the obscuring layer may be shaped with a narrowed central portion along its length.
  • the obscuring layer may comprise a 3 x 3 array of viewing window or a quincunx array of viewing windows.
  • at least the obscuring layer may comprise a six-lobed shape.
  • the absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer may be substantially the same shape as the obscuring layer.
  • the obscuring layer may further comprise a cross or maltese cross shaped hole over which a fluidic connector for transmitting negative pressure may be connected.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a fluidic connector configured to connect the backing layer to a source of negative pressure.
  • the absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
  • a negative pressure wound therapy kit comprising:
  • a sheet comprising a plurality of sealing strips and a plurality of perforations configured to facilitate separation of the sealing strips from the sheet.
  • the wound dressing may be any of the dressings described herein.
  • the kit may further comprise a fluidic connector attached to the wound dressing.
  • the sheet comprising a plurality of sealing strips may comprise an adhesive film and at least one protective layer over an adhesive surface of the adhesive film.
  • the at least one sealing strip may further comprise a carrier layer configured to be releasably attached to a non-adhesive surface of the adhesive film.
  • the carrier layer may comprise at least one tab.
  • the at least one protective layer may comprise a central protective layer and two outer protective layers. .
  • Figure 1 illustrates an embodiment of a wound treatment system
  • Figures 2A-D illustrate the use and application of an embodiment of a wound treatment system onto a patient
  • Figure 3A illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing in cross-section
  • Figure 3B illustrates another embodiment of a wound dressing in cross- section
  • Figure 3C illustrates another embodiment of a wound dressing in cross- section
  • Figures 4A-C illustrate a top view of an embodiment of a wound dressing with a narrow central portion
  • Figures 5A-F - 9A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows;
  • Figures 10A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows
  • Figure 10G illustrates a top view of the wound dressing of Figures 10A-F with a maltese cross shaped viewing window in the obscuring layer
  • Figures 11 A-F - 12A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows;
  • Figures 13A-B and 14 illustrate a top view of an embodiment of a wound dressing including a cross-shaped viewing window
  • Figures 15A-B illustrate a top view of an embodiment of a wound dressing including slits in the wound dressing
  • Figure 16 illustrates an embodiment of a dressing comprising a viewing window in the shape of a trademarked brand name
  • Figure 17 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe configuration of a wound dressing and a dot pattern of viewing windows
  • Figure 18 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe configuration of a wound dressing and viewing windows in the shape of a logo
  • Figure 19 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe wound dressing
  • Figure 20 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe wound dressing with flared ends on each lobe;
  • Figure 21 A illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing with crescent shaped cut-outs as viewing windows;
  • Figure 21B illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing with an array of dots at viewing windows
  • Figure 21 C illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing with viewing windows;
  • Figure 22 illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing;
  • Figure 23A-B illustrate embodiments of white and colored fluidic connectors, respectively
  • Figures 24A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of an oval-shaped wound dressing
  • Figure 24G illustrates a top view of an alternate embodiment of the wound dressing of Figures 24A-F;
  • Figures 25A-32B illustrate embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows including an orifice viewing window;
  • Figures 33A-B illustrate embodiments of an oval-shaped wound dressing comprising an obscuring layer and an orifice viewing window
  • Figure 34A illustrates an exploded view of an embodiment of a wound dressing
  • Figure 34B illustrates a cross sectional view of an embodiment of a wound dressing
  • Figure 35 illustrates an exploded view of an embodiment of a soft or flexible port for transmitting negative pressure to a wound dressing
  • Figure 36 illustrates an embodiment of a soft or flexible port attached to a wound dressing
  • Figures 37A-1 and 37A-2 illustrates a perspective view of a wound dressing
  • Figures 37B-1 and 37B-2 illustrates a bottom view of the wound dressing of Figures 37A-1 and 37A-2;
  • Figure 37C illustrates a photograph of an embodiment of a wound dressing having a soft or flexible port for transmitting negative pressure secured over a cross- shaped viewing window
  • Figure 38 illustrates a CIE chromaticity scale
  • Figure 39 A illustrates an exploded view of another embodiment of a wound dressing
  • Figure 39B illustrates a cross-sectional view of the wound dressing of Figure 39 A
  • Figures 40A and 40B illustrate one embodiment of spacer layer material
  • Figures 41A-D illustrate one embodiment of acquisition distribution layer material
  • Figures 42A and 42B illustrate one embodiment of absorbent layer material
  • Figures 43A and 43B illustrate one embodiment of obscuring layer material
  • Figure 44 illustrates one embodiment of an adhesive spread on cover layer material
  • Figures 45A-D illustrate one embodiment of a sealing strip assembly which may be used with a dressing and/or fluidic connector.
  • Embodiments disclosed herein relate to apparatuses and methods of treating a wound with reduced pressure, including pump and wound dressing components and apparatuses.
  • the apparatuses and components comprising the wound overlay and packing materials, if any, are sometimes collectively referred to herein as dressings.
  • wound is to be broadly construed and encompasses open and closed wounds in which skin is torn, cut or punctured or where trauma causes a contusion, or any other superficial or other conditions or imperfections on the skin of a patient or otherwise that benefit from reduced pressure treatment.
  • a wound is thus broadly defined as any damaged region of tissue where fluid may or may not be produced.
  • wounds include, but are not limited to, abdominal wounds or other large or incisional wounds, either as a result of surgery, trauma, sterniotomies, fasciotomies, or other conditions, dehisced wounds, acute wounds, chronic wounds, subacute and dehisced wounds, traumatic wounds, flaps and skin grafts, lacerations, abrasions, contusions, bums, diabetic ulcers, pressure ulcers, stoma, surgical wounds, trauma and venous ulcers or the like.
  • TNP topical negative pressure
  • negative pressure wound therapy assists in the closure and healing of many forms of "hard to heal” wounds by reducing tissue oedema; encouraging blood flow and granular tissue formation; removing excess exudate and may reduce bacterial load (and thus infection risk).
  • the therapy allows for less disturbance of a wound leading to more rapid healing.
  • TNP therapy systems may also assist on the healing of surgically closed wounds by removing fluid and by helping to stabilize the tissue in the apposed position of closure.
  • a further beneficial use of TNP therapy can be found in grafts and flaps where removal of excess fluid is important and close proximity of the graft to tissue is required in order to ensure tissue viability.
  • reduced or negative pressure levels represent pressure levels that are below standard atmospheric pressure, which corresponds to 760 mmHg (or 1 atm, 29.93 inHg, 101.325 kPa, 14.696 psi, etc.).
  • a negative pressure value of -X mmHg reflects absolute pressure that is X mmHg below 760 mmHg or, in other words, an absolute pressure of (760-X) mmHg.
  • negative pressure that is "less” or "smaller” than X mmHg corresponds to pressure that is closer to atmospheric pressure (e.g.,—40 mmHg is less than -60 mmHg).
  • Negative pressure that is "more” or “greater” than -X mmHg corresponds to pressure that is further from atmospheric pressure (e.g., -80 mmHg is more than -60 mmHg).
  • the negative pressure range for some embodiments of the present disclosure can be approximately -80 mmHg, or between about -20 mmHg and -200 mmHg. Note that these pressures are relative to normal ambient atmospheric pressure. Thus, -200 mmHg would be about 560 mmHg in practical terms. In some embodiments, the pressure range can be between about -40 mmHg and -150 mmHg. Alternatively a pressure range of up to -75 mmHg, up to -80 mmHg or over -80 mmHg can be used. Also in other embodiments a pressure range of below -75 mmHg can be used.
  • a pressure range of over approximately -100 mmHg, or even 150 mmHg can be supplied by the negative pressure apparatus.
  • increased wound contraction can lead to increased tissue expansion in the surrounding wound tissue. This effect may be increased by varying the force applied to the tissue, for example by varying the negative pressure applied to the wound over time, possibly in conjunction with increased tensile forces applied to the wound via embodiments of the wound closure devices.
  • negative pressure may be varied over time for example using a sinusoidal wave, square wave, and/or in synchronization with one or more patient physiological indices (e.g., heartbeat). Examples of such applications where additional disclosure relating to the preceding may be found include Application Serial No.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an embodiment of a TNP wound treatment system 100 comprising a wound dressing 1 10 in combination with a pump 150.
  • the wound dressing 1 10 can be any wound dressing embodiment disclosed herein including without limitation dressing embodiment or have any combination of features of any number of wound dressing embodiments disclosed herein.
  • the dressing 110 may be placed over a wound as described previously, and a conduit 130 may then be connected to the port 120, although in some embodiments the dressing 101 may be provided with at least a portion of the conduit 130 preattached to the port 120.
  • the dressing 1 10 is provided as a single article with all wound dressing elements (including the port 120) pre-attached and integrated into a single unit.
  • the wound dressing 110 may then be connected, via the conduit 130, to a source of negative pressure such as the pump 150.
  • the pump 150 can be miniaturized and portable, although larger conventional pumps may also be used with the dressing 110 .
  • the pump 150 may be attached or mounted onto or adjacent the dressing 110 .
  • a connector 140 may also be provided so as to permit the conduit 130 leading to the wound dressing 110 to be disconnected from the pump, which may be useful for example during dressing changes.
  • FIGs 2A-D illustrate the use of an embodiment of a TNP wound treatment system being used to treat a wound site on a patient.
  • Figure 2A shows a wound site 200 being cleaned and prepared for treatment.
  • the healthy skin surrounding the wound site 200 is preferably cleaned and excess hair removed or shaved.
  • the wound site 200 may also be irrigated with sterile saline solution if necessary.
  • a skin protectant may be applied to the skin surrounding the wound site 200.
  • a wound packing material such as foam or gauze, may be placed in the wound site 200. This may be preferable if the wound site 200 is a deeper wound.
  • the wound dressing 110 may be positioned and placed over the wound site 200.
  • the wound dressing 1 10 is placed with the wound contact layer 2102 over and/or in contact with the wound site 200.
  • an adhesive layer is provided on the lower surface 2101 of the wound contact layer 2102, which may in some cases be protected by an optional release layer to be removed prior to placement of the wound dressing 110 over the wound site 200.
  • the dressing 110 is positioned such that the port 2150 is in a raised position with respect to the remainder of the dressing 1 10 so as to avoid fluid pooling around the port.
  • the dressing 110 is positioned so that the port 2150 is not directly overlying the wound, and is level with or at a higher point than the wound.
  • the edges of the dressing 110 are preferably smoothed over to avoid creases or folds.
  • the dressing 1 10 is connected to the pump 150.
  • the pump 150 is configured to apply negative pressure to the wound site via the dressing 1 10, and typically through a conduit.
  • a connector may be used to join the conduit from the dressing 1 10 to the pump 150.
  • the dressing 1 10 may, in some embodiments, partially collapse and present a wrinkled appearance as a result of the evacuation of some or all of the air underneath the dressing 110.
  • the pump 150 may be configured to detect if any leaks are present in the dressing 1 10, such as at the interface between the dressing 110 and the skin surrounding the wound site 200. Should a leak be found, such leak is preferably remedied prior to continuing treatment.
  • fixation strips 210 may also be attached around the edges of the dressing 110. Such fixation strips 210 may be advantageous in some situations so as to provide additional sealing against the skin of the patient surrounding the wound site 200. For example, the fixation strips 210 may provide additional sealing for when a patient is more mobile. In some cases, the fixation strips 210 may be used prior to activation of the pump 150, particularly if the dressing 110 is placed over a difficult to reach or contoured area. [0079] Treatment of the wound site 200 preferably continues until the wound has reached a desired level of healing. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to replace the dressing 110 after a certain time period has elapsed, or if the dressing is full of wound fluids. During such changes, the pump 150 may be kept, with just the dressing 1 10 being changed.
  • Figures 3A-C illustrate cross-sections through a wound dressing 2100 similar to the wound dressing of Figure 1 according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
  • a view from above the wound dressing 2100 is illustrated in Figure 1 with the line A-A indicating the location of the cross-section shown in Figures 3A and 3B.
  • the wound dressing 2100 which can alternatively be any wound dressing embodiment disclosed herein including without limitation wound dressing 1 10 or any combination of features of any number of wound dressing embodiments disclosed herein, can be located over a wound site to be treated.
  • the dressing 2100 may be placed to as to form a sealed cavity over the wound site.
  • the dressing 2100 comprises a backing layer 2140 attached to a wound contact layer 2102, both of which are described in greater detail below.
  • This interior space or chamber may comprise additional structures that may be adapted to distribute or transmit negative pressure, store wound exudate and other fluids removed from the wound, and other functions which will be explained in greater detail below. Examples of such structures, described below, include a transmission layer 2105 and an absorbent layer 2110.
  • a lower surface 2101 of the wound dressing 2100 may be provided with an optional wound contact layer 2102.
  • the wound contact layer 2102 can be a polyurethane layer or polyethylene layer or other flexible layer which is perforated, for example via a hot pin process, laser ablation process, ultrasound process or in some other way or otherwise made permeable to liquid and gas.
  • the wound contact layer 2102 has a lower surface 2101 and an upper surface 2103.
  • the perforations 2104 preferably comprise through holes in the wound contact layer 2102 which enable fluid to flow through the layer 2102.
  • the wound contact layer 2102 helps prevent tissue ingrowth into the other material of the wound dressing. Preferably, the perforations are small enough to meet this requirement while still allowing fluid to flow therethrough.
  • perforations formed as slits or holes having a size ranging from 0.025 mm to 1.2 mm are considered small enough to help prevent tissue ingrowth into the wound dressing while allowing wound exudate to flow into the dressing.
  • the wound contact layer 2102 may help maintain the integrity of the entire dressing 2100 while also creating an air tight seal around the absorbent pad in order to maintain negative pressure at the wound.
  • the wound contact layer 2102 may also act as a carrier for an optional lower and upper adhesive layer (not shown).
  • a lower pressure sensitive adhesive may be provided on the lower surface 2101 of the wound dressing 2100 whilst an upper pressure sensitive adhesive layer may be provided on the upper surface 2103 of the wound contact layer.
  • the pressure sensitive adhesive which may be a silicone, hot melt, hydrocolloid or acrylic based adhesive or other such adhesives, may be formed on both sides or optionally on a selected one or none of the sides of the wound contact layer. When a lower pressure sensitive adhesive layer is utilized may be helpful to adhere the wound dressing 2100 to the skin around a wound site.
  • the wound contact layer may comprise perforated polyurethane film.
  • the lower surface of the film may be provided with a silicone pressure sensitive adhesive and the upper surface may be provided with an acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive, which may help the dressing maintain its integrity.
  • a polyurethane film layer may be provided with an adhesive layer on both its upper surface and lower surface, and all three layers may be perforated together.
  • a layer 2105 of porous material can be located above the wound contact layer 2102.
  • This porous layer, or transmission layer, 2105 allows transmission of fluid including liquid and gas away from a wound site into upper layers of the wound dressing.
  • the transmission layer 2105 preferably ensures that an open air channel can be maintained to communicate negative pressure over the wound area even when the absorbent layer has absorbed substantial amounts of exudates.
  • the layer 2105 should preferably remain open under the typical pressures that will be applied during negative pressure wound therapy as described above, so that the whole wound site sees an equalized negative pressure.
  • the layer 2105 may be formed of a material having a three dimensional structure.
  • a layer 2110 of absorbent material is provided above the transmission layer 2105.
  • the absorbent material which comprise a foam or non-woven natural or synthetic material, and which may optionally comprise a super-absorbent material, forms a reservoir for fluid, particularly liquid, removed from the wound site.
  • the layer 2100 may also aid in drawing fluids towards the backing layer 2140.
  • a masking or obscuring layer 2107 can be positioned beneath at least a portion of the backing layer 2140.
  • the obscuring layer 2107 can have any of the same features, materials, or other details of any of the other embodiments of the obscuring layers disclosed herein, including but not limited to having any viewing windows or holes.
  • the obscuring layer 2107 can be positioned adjacent to the backing layer, or can be positioned adjacent to any other dressing layer desired.
  • the obscuring layer 2107 can be adhered to or integrally formed with the backing layer.
  • the obscuring layer 2107 is configured to have approximately the same size and shape as the absorbent layer 2110 so as to overlay it. As such, in these embodiments the obscuring layer 2107 will be of a smaller area than the backing layer 2140.
  • the material of the absorbent layer 2110 may also prevent liquid collected in the wound dressing 2100 from flowing freely within the dressing, and preferably acts so as to contain any liquid collected within the absorbent layer 21 10.
  • the absorbent layer 2110 also helps distribute fluid throughout the layer via a wicking action so that fluid is drawn from the wound site and stored throughout the absorbent layer. This helps prevent agglomeration in areas of the absorbent layer.
  • the capacity of the absorbent material must be sufficient to manage the exudates flow rate of a wound when negative pressure is applied. Since in use the absorbent layer experiences negative pressures the material of the absorbent layer is chosen to absorb liquid under such circumstances. A number of materials exist that are able to absorb liquid when under negative pressure, for example superabsorber material.
  • the absorbent layer 2110 may typically be manufactured from ALLEVY TM foam, Freudenberg 1 14-224-4 and/or Chem-PositeTMl lC-450.
  • the absorbent layer 2110 may comprise a composite comprising superabsorbent powder, fibrous material such as cellulose, and bonding fibers.
  • the composite is an airlaid, thermally-bonded composite.
  • An orifice 2145 is preferably provided in the backing layer 2140 to allow a negative pressure to be applied to the dressing 2100.
  • a suction port 2150 is preferably attached or sealed to the top of the backing layer 2140 over an orifice 2145 made into the dressing 2100, and communicates negative pressure through the orifice 2145.
  • a length of tubing 2220 may be coupled at a first end to the suction port 2150 and at a second end to a pump unit (not shown) to allow fluids to be pumped out of the dressing.
  • the port may be adhered and sealed to the backing layer 2140 using an adhesive such as an acrylic, cyanoacrylate, epoxy, UV curable or hot melt adhesive.
  • the port 2150 is formed from a soft polymer, for example a polyethylene, a polyvinyl chloride, a silicone or polyurethane having a hardness of 30 to 90 on the Shore A scale.
  • the port 2150 may be made from a soft or conformable material, for example using the embodiments described below in Figures 23A-B.
  • the absorbent layer 2110 and the obscuring layer 2107 include at least one through hole 2146 located so as to underlie the port 2150.
  • the through hole 2146 while illustrated here as being larger than the hole through the obscuring layer 2107 and backing layer 2140, may in some embodiments be bigger or smaller than either.
  • the respective holes through these various layers 2107, 2140, and 2110 may be of different sizes with respect to each other. As illustrated in Figures 3A-C a single through hole can be used to produce an opening underlying the port 2150. It will be appreciated that multiple openings could alternatively be utilized.
  • one or multiple openings may be made in the absorbent layer and the obscuring layer in registration with each respective port.
  • the use of through holes in the super-absorbent layer may provide a fluid flow pathway which remains unblocked in particular when the absorbent layer 2100 is near saturation.
  • the aperture or through-hole 2146 is preferably provided in the absorbent layer 2110 and the obscuring layer 2107 beneath the orifice 2145 such that the orifice is connected directly to the transmission layer 2105. This allows the negative pressure applied to the port 2150 to be communicated to the transmission layer 2105 without passing through the absorbent layer 21 10. This ensures that the negative pressure applied to the wound site is not inhibited by the absorbent layer as it absorbs wound exudates. In other embodiments, no aperture may be provided in the absorbent layer 2110 and/or the obscuring layer 2107, or alternatively a plurality of apertures underlying the orifice 2145 may be provided.
  • the backing layer 2140 is preferably gas impermeable, but moisture vapor permeable, and can extend across the width of the wound dressing 2100.
  • the backing layer 2140 which may for example be a polyurethane film (for example, Elastollan SP9109) having a pressure sensitive adhesive on one side, is impermeable to gas and this layer thus operates to cover the wound and to seal a wound cavity over which the wound dressing is placed. In this way an effective chamber is made between the backing layer 2140 and a wound site where a negative pressure can be established.
  • the backing layer 2140 is preferably sealed to the wound contact layer 2102 in a border region 2200 around the circumference of the dressing, ensuring that no air is drawn in through the border area, for example via adhesive or welding techniques.
  • the backing layer 2140 protects the wound from external bacterial contamination (bacterial barrier) and allows liquid from wound exudates to be transferred through the layer and evaporated from the film outer surface.
  • the backing layer 2140 preferably comprises two layers; a polyurethane film and an adhesive pattern spread onto the film.
  • the polyurethane film is preferably moisture vapor permeable and may be manufactured from a material that has an increased water transmission rate when wet.
  • the absorbent layer 21 10 may be of a greater area than the transmission layer 2105, such that the absorbent layer overlaps the edges of the transmission layer 2105, thereby ensuring that the transmission layer does not contact the backing layer 2140.
  • This provides an outer channel 21 15 of the absorbent layer 2110 that is in direct contact with the wound contact layer 2102, which aids more rapid absorption of exudates to the absorbent layer.
  • this outer channel 2115 ensures that no liquid is able to pool around the circumference of the wound cavity, which may otherwise seep through the seal around the perimeter of the dressing leading to the formation of leaks.
  • one embodiment of the wound dressing 2100 comprises an aperture 2146 in the absorbent layer 2110 situated underneath the port 2150.
  • a wound facing portion of the port 150 may thus come into contact with the transmission layer 2105, which can thus aid in transmitting negative pressure to the wound site even when the absorbent layer 21 10 is filled with wound fluids.
  • Some embodiments may have the backing layer 2140 be at least partly adhered to the transmission layer 2105.
  • the aperture 2146 is at least 1-2 mm larger than the diameter of the wound facing portion of the port 2150, or the orifice 2145.
  • a filter element 2130 that is impermeable to liquids, but permeable to gases is provided to act as a liquid barrier, and to ensure that no liquids are able to escape from the wound dressing.
  • the filter element may also function as a bacterial barrier.
  • the pore size is 0.2 ⁇ .
  • Suitable materials for the filter material of the filter element 2130 include 0.2 micron GoreTM expanded PTFE from the MMT range, PALL VersaporeTM 200R, and DonaldsonTM TX6628. Larger pore sizes can also be used but these may require a secondary filter layer to ensure full bioburden containment.
  • the filter element can be attached or sealed to the port and/or the backing layer 2140 over the orifice 2145.
  • the filter element 2130 may be molded into the port 2150, or may be adhered to both the top of the backing layer 2140 and bottom of the port 2150 using an adhesive such as, but not limited to, a UV cured adhesive.
  • FIG. 3B an embodiment of the wound dressing 2100 is illustrated which comprises spacer elements 2152, 2153 in conjunction with the port 2150 and the filter 2130.
  • the port 2150 and filter 2130 may be supported out of direct contact with the absorbent layer 2110 and/or the transmission layer 2105.
  • the absorbent layer 2110 may also act as an additional spacer element to keep the filter 2130 from contacting the transmission layer 2105. Accordingly, with such a configuration contact of the filter 2130 with the transmission layer 2105 and wound fluids during use may thus be minimized.
  • the aperture 2146 through the absorbent layer 2110 and the obscuring layer 2107 may not necessarily need to be as large or larger than the port 2150, and would thus only need to be large enough such that an air path can be maintained from the port to the transmission layer 2105 when the absorbent layer 2110 is saturated with wound fluids.
  • the embodiment illustrated here comprises the backing layer 2140, masking layer 2107, and absorbent layer 2110, all of which have a cut or opening made therethrough which communicate directly to the transmission layer 2105 so as to form the orifice 2145.
  • the suction port 2150 is preferably situated above it and communicates with the orifice 2145.
  • the port 2150 and through hole may be located in an off-center position as illustrated in Figures 3A-C and in Figure 1. Such a location may permit the dressing 2100 to be positioned onto a patient such that the port 2150 is raised in relation to the remainder of the dressing 2100. So positioned, the port 2150 and the filter 2130 may be less likely to come into contact with wound fluids that could prematurely occlude the filter 2130 so as to impair the transmission of negative pressure to the wound site.
  • Figures 4A-C illustrate embodiments of wound dressings 300 similar to the embodiments described above and provided with a narrowed central portion in various lengths and widths.
  • Figure 4A illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 300 with a narrowed central portion or a waisted middle portion.
  • the wound dressing 300 has a backing layer 301.
  • the backing layer 301 can have a rectangular or square shaped perimeter and can be a transparent or translucent material.
  • the backing layer 301 can have a lower surface 305 and an upper surface 306.
  • the lower surface of the backing layer 301 can be configured to be placed on the skin surface surrounding the wound site as discussed previously with reference to Figures 3A-C. Additionally, the lower surface 305 can have a wound contact layer.
  • the wound contact layer can have all the features and embodiments described herein, including without limitation wound dressing embodiments described in reference to Figures 3A-C.
  • the wound contact layer can be adhered to the perimeter of the lower surface 305 of the backing layer 301.
  • the wound contact layer can comprise an adhesive or any other method of attachment that allows attachment of the wound dressing to the skin surface as previously described.
  • the wound dressing 300 can have a port 304 offset from the center of the dressing as described previously.
  • the port 304 can be a domed port or a soft fluidic connector (described in detail below).
  • the port 304 can be placed in a central location on the dressing, it is preferably offset from the center of the dressing to a particular side or edge. As such, the orientation of the port 304, when placed on the body, may thus permit the port 304 to be situated in an elevated position, thereby increasing the amount of time that the dressing 300 may be used before coming into contact with fluids.
  • the port 304 has an orifice for the connection of a tube or conduit thereto; this orifice may be angled away from the center of the dressing 300 so as to permit the tube or conduit to extend away from the dressing 300.
  • the port 304 comprises an orifice that permits the tube or conduit inserted therein to be approximately parallel to the top surface of the backing layer 301.
  • the wound dressing 300 can have an absorbent material 302.
  • the absorbent material 302 can be accompanied by the additional components within the wound dressing as described with reference to the wound dressing cross-section in Figure 3A-B, such as a transmission layer and a masking or obscuring layer (not shown).
  • the wound dressing 300 can have an absorbent material 302 with a central portion 308.
  • the absorbent material 302 can have a longitudinal length and a transverse width. In some embodiments, the longitudinal length is greater than the transverse width. In some embodiments, the longitudinal length and the transverse width are of equal size. In various embodiments, the absorbent material 302 can have a contoured shape with a substantially rectangular body.
  • the central portion 308 of the absorbent material 302 may comprise a waisted portion 303.
  • the waisted portion 303 can be defined by the transverse width of the absorbent material 302 narrowing at the central portion 308 of the longitudinal length.
  • the waisted portion 303 can be a narrow width at the central portion 308 of the absorbent material 302, as illustrated in Figures 4A-C. Additional embodiments of the waisted portion 303 are possible including those described herein.
  • the shape of the accompanying components within the wound dressing as described with reference to Figures 3A-C can be formed to the same contoured shape of the absorbent material including the waisted portion.
  • the waisted portion 303 can increase the flexibility of the wound dressing and can allow enhanced compatibility of the wound dressing to the patient's body.
  • the narrow central region may allow for improved contact and adhesion of the wound dressing to the skin surface when the wound dressing is used on non-planar surfaces and/or wrapped around an arm or leg. Further, the narrow central portion provides increased compatibility with the patient's body and patient movement.
  • embodiments of wound dressings may comprise various configurations of slits (described in detail below) so as to further enhance conformability of the dressing in non-planar wounds.
  • the absorbent layers may be colored or obscured with an obscuring layer, and optionally provided with one or more viewing windows.
  • the domed ports may also be replaced with one or more fluidic connectors of the type described below in Figures 23A-B.
  • the wound dressing 300 can comprise all designs or embodiments herein described or have any combination of features of any number of wound dressing embodiments disclosed herein.
  • Figure 4B illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 300 with a waisted portion.
  • a wound dressing 300 as illustrated in Figure 4B can have the features and embodiments as described above with reference to Figure 4A. However, Figure 4B illustrates an embodiment with a shorter longitudinal length with respect to the transverse width.
  • Figure 4C illustrates an additional embodiment of a wound dressing 300 with a waisted portion. As illustrated in Figure 4C, the wound dressing can have a longitudinal length and a transverse width that are not substantially different in size, as opposed to a longitudinal length that is substantially longer than the transverse width of the wound dressing as shown in the embodiments illustrated in Figure 4A and 4B.
  • the embodiments of a wound dressing illustrated in Figures 4B and 4C can include all features and embodiments described herein for wound dressings including those embodiments of the waisted portion 303 described with reference to Figure 4A.
  • FIGS 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F, and 24 illustrate additional embodiments of wound dressings.
  • a waisted portion 408 is located inwardly with reference to an edge 409 of the absorbent layer 402.
  • the contour of the absorbent layer 402 is curved from the edge 409 to the waisted portion 408, so as to form a smooth countour.
  • Figures 5A-F illustrate multiple views of an embodiment of a wound dressing with a waisted portion, obscuring layer, and viewing windows.
  • Figure 5A illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the wound dressing 400 preferably comprises a port 406.
  • the port 406 is preferably configured to be in fluid communication with a pump as described with reference to Figure 1 , and may include a tube or conduit pre-attached to the port.
  • negative pressure can be supplied to the wound dressing through other suitable fluidic connectors, including but not limited to the fluidic connectors of the type described below in Figures 23 A-B.
  • the wound dressing 400 can be constructed similar to the embodiments of Figures 3 A and 3B above, and may comprise an absorbent material 402 underneath or within a backing layer 405.
  • a wound contact layer and a transmission layer may also be provided as part of the wound dressing 400 as described above.
  • the absorbent material 402 can contain a narrowed central or waisted portion 408, as described previously to increase flexibility and conformability of the wound dressing to the skin surface.
  • the backing layer 405 may have a border region 401 that extends beyond the periphery of the absorbent material 402.
  • the backing layer 405 may be a translucent or transparent backing layer, such that the border region 401 created from the backing layer 405 can be translucent or transparent.
  • the area of the border region 401 of the backing layer 405 can be approximately equal around the perimeter of the entire dressing with the exception of the narrowed central portion, where the area of the border region is larger.
  • the size of the border region 401 will depend on the full dimensions of the dressing and any other design choices.
  • an obscuring layer 404 that optionally has one or more viewing windows 403.
  • the obscuring layer 404 may partially or completely obscure contents (such as fluids) contained within the wound dressing 400 and/or the absorbent material (i.e., within the absorbent material 402 or under the backing layer 405).
  • the obscuring layer may be a colored portion of the absorbent material, or may be a separate layer that covers the absorbent material.
  • the absorbent material 402 may be hidden (partially or completely), colored, or tinted, via the obscuring layer 404, so as to provide cosmetic and/or aesthetic enhancements, in a similar manner to what is described above.
  • the obscuring layer is preferably provided between the topmost backing layer 405 and the absorbent material 402, although other configurations are possible.
  • the cross-sectional view in Figure 3A and B illustrates this arrangement with respect to the masking or obscuring layer 2107.
  • Other layers and other wound dressing components can be incorporated into the dressing as herein described.
  • the obscuring layer 404 can be positioned at least partially over the absorbent material 402. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 404 can be positioned adjacent to the backing layer, or can be positioned adjacent to any other dressing layer desired. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 404 can be adhered to or integrally formed with the backing layer and/or the absorbent material.
  • the obscuring layer 404 can have substantially the same perimeter shape and size as the absorbent material 402.
  • the obscuring layer 404 and absorbent material 402 can be of equal size so that the entirety of the absorbent material 402 can be obscured by the obscuring layer 404.
  • the obscuring layer 404 may allow for obscuring of wound exudate, blood, or other matter released from a wound. Further, the obscuring layer 404 can be completely or partially opaque having cut-out viewing windows or perforations.
  • the obscuring layer 404 can help to reduce the unsightly appearance of a dressing during use, by using materials that impart partial obscuring or masking of the dressing surface.
  • the obscuring layer 404 in one embodiment only partially obscures the dressing, to allow clinicians to access the information they require by observing the spread of exudate across the dressing surface.
  • the partial masking nature of this embodiment of the obscuring layer enables a skilled clinician to perceive a different color caused by exudate, blood, by-products etc. in the dressing allowing for a visual assessment and monitoring of the extent of spread across the dressing.
  • the change in color of the dressing from its clean state to a state containing exudate is only a slight change, the patient is unlikely to notice any aesthetic difference.
  • the obscuring layer can be formed from a non- woven fabric (for example, polypropylene), and may be thermally bonded using a diamond pattern with 19% bond area.
  • the obscuring layer can be hydrophobic or hydrophilic. Depending on the application, in some embodiments, a hydrophilic obscuring layer may provide added moisture vapor permeability.
  • hydrophobic obscuring layers may still provide sufficient moisture vapor permeability (i.e., through appropriate material selection, thickness of the obscuring layer), while also permitting better retention of dye or color in the obscuring layer. As such, dye or color may be trapped beneath the obscuring layer. In some embodiments, this may permit the obscuring layer to be colored in lighter colors or in white.
  • the obscuring layer is hydrophobic.
  • the obscuring layer material can be sterilizable using ethylene oxide. Other embodiments may be sterilized using gamma irradiation, an electron beam, steam or other alternative sterilization methods.
  • the obscuring layer can colored or pigmented, e.g., in medical blue.
  • the obscuring layer may also be constructed from multiple layers, including a colored layer laminated or fused to a stronger uncolored layer. Preferably, the obscuring layer is odorless and exhibits minimal shedding of fibers.
  • the absorbent layer 402 itself may be colored or tinted in some embodiments, however, so that an obscuring layer is not necessary.
  • the dressing may optionally include a means of partially obscuring the top surface. This could also be achieved using a textile (knitted, woven, or non-woven) layer without openings, provided it still enables fluid evaporation from the absorbent structure. It could also be achieved by printing an obscuring pattern on the top film, or on the top surface of the uppermost pad component, using an appropriate ink or colored pad component (yarn, thread, coating) respectively. Another way of achieving this would be to have a completely opaque top surface, which could be temporarily opened by the clinician for inspection of the dressing state (for example through a window), and closed again without compromising the environment of the wound.
  • Figure 5A illustrates an embodiment of the wound dressing including one or more viewing windows 403.
  • the one or more viewing windows 403 preferably extend through the obscuring layer 404. These viewing windows 403 may allow visualization by a clinician or patient of the wound exudate in the absorbent material below the obscuring layer.
  • Figure 5 A illustrates an array of dots (e.g., in one or more parallel rows) that can serve as viewing windows 403 in the obscuring layer 404 of the wound dressing.
  • two or more viewing windows 403 may be parallel with one or more sides of the dressing 400.
  • the one or more viewing windows may measure between 0.1 mm and 20 mm, preferably 0.4 mm to 10 mm, and even more preferably, 1mm to 4 mm.
  • the viewing windows 403 may be cut through the obscuring layer 404 or may be part of an uncolored area of the obscuring layer 404 and therefore may allow visualization of the absorbent material 402.
  • the one or more viewing windows 403 can be arranged in a repeating pattern across the obscuring layer 404 or can be arranged at random across the obscuring layer. Additionally, the one or more viewing windows can be a circular shape or dots.
  • the one or more viewing windows 403 are configured so as to permit not only the degree of saturation, but also the progression or spread of fluid toward the fluid port 406, as in some embodiments, dressing performance may be adversely affected when the level of fluid has saturated the fluid proximate the port 406.
  • a "starburst" array of viewing windows 403 emanating around the port 406 may be suitable to show this progression, although of course other configurations are possible.
  • the viewing windows 403 correspond to the area of the absorbent material 402 that is not covered by the obscuring layer 404. As such, the absorbent material 402 is directly adjacent the backing layer 405 in this area. Since the obscuring layer 404 acts as a partial obscuring layer, the viewing windows 403 may be used by a clinician or other trained user to assess the spread of wound exudate throughout the dressing. In some embodiments, the viewing windows 403 can comprise an array of dots or crescent shaped cut-outs.
  • an array of dots as viewing windows 403 are illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, and 12A-F in which the array of dots are arranged in an 5 x 2, 3 x 2, 8 x 1, 5 x 1, 3 x 1 , 3 x 3, 3 x 3, and quincunx array respectively.
  • the dot pattern can be distributed evenly throughout the obscuring layer and across the entire or substantially the entire surface of the obscuring layer.
  • the viewing windows 403 may be distributed randomly throughout the obscuring layer.
  • the area of the obscuring layer 404 uncovered by the one or more viewing windows 403 is balanced to as to minimize the appearance of exudate while permitting the inspection of the dressing 400 and/or absorbent material 402.
  • the area exposed by the one or more viewing windows 403 does not exceed 20% of the area of the obscuring layer 404, preferably 10%, and even more preferably 5%.
  • the viewing windows 403 may take several configurations, as will be discussed in relation to Figures 16-18.
  • the viewing windows 403 may comprise an array of regularly spaced uncolored dots (holes) made into the obscuring layer 404. While the dots illustrated here are in a particular pattern, the dots may be arranged in different configurations, or at random.
  • the viewing windows 403 are preferably configured so as to permit a patient or caregiver to ascertain the status of the absorbent layer, in particular to determine its saturation level, as well as the color of the exudate (e.g., whether excessive blood is present). By having one or more viewing windows, the status of the absorbent layer can be determined in an unobtrusive manner that is not aesthetically unpleasing to a patient.
  • the one or more viewing windows 403 may be used to provide a numerical assessment of the degree of saturation of the dressing 400. This may be done electronically (e.g., via a digital photograph assessment), or manually. For example, the degree of saturation may be monitored by counting the number of viewing windows 403 which may be obscured or tinted by exudate or other wound fluids.
  • the absorbent layer 402 or the obscuring layer 404 may comprise (or be colored because of) the presence of an auxiliary compound.
  • the auxiliary compound may in some embodiments be activated charcoal, which can act to absorb odors.
  • the use of antimicrobial, antifungal, anti-inflammatory, and other such therapeutic compounds is also possible.
  • the color may change as a function of time (e.g., to indicate when the dressing needs to be changed), if the dressing is saturated, or if the dressing has absorbed a certain amount of a harmful substance (e.g., to indicate the presence of infectious agents).
  • the one or more viewing windows 403 may be monitored electronically, and may be used in conjunction with a computer program or system to alert a patient or physician to the saturation level of the dressing 400.
  • Figure 16 illustrates an embodiment of a dressing containing a viewing window in the shape of a trademarked brand name ("PICO").
  • Figure 18 illustrates an embodiment of a dressing comprising a viewing window in the shape of a logo, here, the Smith & Nephew logo.
  • logo here, the Smith & Nephew logo.
  • the graphical or textual elements present in the viewing window may also be, for example, instructional in nature.
  • instructions may be given to change the wound dressing when the exudate reaches a predetermined distance from the edge of the wound dressing, such as 5 mm from the wound dressing edge or 7 mm from the wound dressing edge, etc.
  • a 'traffic light' system may be implemented whereby an electronic indicator shows green, amber or red light to indicate the spread of exudate in the wound dressing.
  • another suitable indicator may be used for indicating the spread of exudate over the dressing.
  • Figures 5A-F illustrate multiple views of the wound dressing 400.
  • Figure 5 A illustrates a perspective view of a wound dressing with the dimensions of 300mm x 150mm.
  • Figures 5B and 5C illustrate a top view and bottom view of the embodiment of a wound dressing described in Figure 5A.
  • Figures 5D and 5E illustrate a front and back view respectively of the wound dressing 400 described in Figure 5A.
  • Figure 5F illustrates a side view of the wound dressing as described in Figure 5A.
  • Embodiments of the wound dressings described herein may be arranged such that each embodiment may have enhanced compatibility with body movement. This can be achieved by using a different shape for different wound types or areas of the body.
  • Wound dressing embodiments can be of any suitable shape or form or size as illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F, and 24A-F.
  • the overall dimensions of the dressings as illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F may be, for example but without limitation, 300 mm x 150 mm, 200mm x 150 mm, 400 mm x 100 mm, 300 mm x 100 mm, 200mm x 100 mm, 250 mm x 250 mm, 200mm x 200mm, and 150 mm x 150mm, respectively, although any total size may be used, and the size may be determined to match particular wound sizes.
  • the oval-shaped dressing in Figures 24A-F may, in some embodiments, measure 190mm x 230mm, or 145.5mm x 190 mm.
  • the preceding embodiments illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F and 12A-F may comprise a waisted portion 408 located inwardly with reference to an edge 409 of the absorbent layer 402.
  • the contour of the absorbent layer to the waisted portion 408 is preferably rounded and smooth.
  • the inward distance between the edge 409 and the waisted portion 408 may range from 1mm, 5mm, 10mm, 15mm, 20mm, and 30mm. Preferably, the inward distance is 10mm.
  • the inward distance between the edge 409 and the waisted portion 408 may range from 5mm, 10mm, 20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 45mm, 50mm, 60mm, and 75mm.
  • Figures 6A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 200mm x 150mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 6A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 6A-F are of a smaller size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 6A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 2 array of dots.
  • Figures 7A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 400mm x 100mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 7A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 7A-F are of a different size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 7A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising an 8 x 1 array of dots.
  • Figures 8A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 300mm x 100mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 8A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 8A-F are of a different size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 8A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 5 x 1 array of dots.
  • Figures 9A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 200mm x 100mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 9A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 9A-F are of a different size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 9A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 1 array of dots.
  • Figures 12A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 150mm x 150mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 12A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 9A-F are of a different size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 12A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a quincunx array of dots.
  • the quincunx array of dots configuration consists of five dots arranged in a cross, with four of the dots forming a square or rectangle where one dot is positioned at each of the four corners of the square or rectangle shaped wound dressing and a fifth dot in the center.
  • one corner of the wound dressing preferably has the fluidic connector or port 406 in place of a dot in the quincunx dot array.
  • Figures 10A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 250mm x 250mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 10A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 10A-F are of a different size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 10A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 3 array of dots with an absent dot at a corner position of the wound dressing and in its place is a domed port or a fluidic connector 406 completing the 3 x 3 array.
  • Figure 10G illustrates a top view of the wound dressing 400 of Figures 10A-F (without showing a port or fluidic connector or an opening in the backing layer) with a cross shaped opening (for example a maltese cross) in the obscuring layer, described further below.
  • a port or fluidic connector may be secured over the maltese cross shaped viewing window and over an opening in the backing layer for transmission of negative pressure to the wound dressing.
  • An outer perimeter of the maltese cross may extend beyond an outer perimeter of the port so that the arms of the cross shaped opening forms viewing windows through the obscuring layer (see, for example, Figures 37A- 1 and 37C).
  • the cross shaped opening in the obscuring layer may be provided in any of the wound dressings described in this specification.
  • the cross in one embodiment may have 4 arms that extend at 45 degree angles relative to the sides of the backing layer, but in other embodiments may be at different angles or may have 2 opposite arms parallel to one side of the backing layer, with the other 2 opposite arms perpendicular thereto.
  • Figures 11 A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400.
  • the dressing may measure 200mm x 200mm.
  • the wound dressing 400 of Figures 1 1 A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5 A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 11 A-F are of a different size.
  • the embodiment of Figures 1 1 A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 3 array of dots with an absent dot at a corner position of the wound dressing and in its place is a domed port or a fluidic connector completing the 3 x 3 array.
  • Figures 13A, 13B, and 14 illustrate embodiments of a dressing 500 comprising one or more orifice viewing windows 502 at, near, or adjacent to the port.
  • the orifice viewing windows 502 can be provided at, near, adjacent to the port 504 in the backing layer for viewing of the absorbent material 503 present in proximity to the port 504.
  • the orifice viewing windows 502 can have the same structure and/or function as the viewing windows herein described.
  • the orifice viewing window 502 can be formed from a cross-shaped or Maltese-cross-shaped aperture or cut-out 501 in the obscuring layer.
  • the arms of the cross-shaped cut-out 501 can be aligned with the longitudinal length and transverse width of the absorbent material 503 as shown in Figure 13 A.
  • the arms of the cross-shaped cut-out 501 can be offset from the longitudinal length and transverse width of the absorbent material, at an angle, for example, a 45° angle, as illustrated in Figure 13B.
  • the arms of the cross-shaped cut-out may span a larger dimension than a hole in the absorbent material below the cut-out 501.
  • the arms may span a dimension of about 25 mm, while the through-hole in the absorbent material may have a diameter of 10 mm.
  • Figure 14 illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 600 in which the arms of the cross-shaped aperture can have flared edges 601.
  • the orifice viewing windows 502 at, near, or adjacent to the port 604 may be used to indicate that fluid is approaching the port 604 or that the dressing 600 is otherwise becoming saturated. This can assist the clinician or patient in maintaining the wound dressing and determining when to change the dressing, because once fluid contacts the center of the port, such fluid contact may at least partially occlude the hydrophobic filter that may be contained therein so as to interrupt or at least partially block the application of negative pressure.
  • the orifice viewing windows 502 can be used with the fluidic connector as well as the domed port or any other suitable connector.
  • the wound dressing may also be provided with one or more slits 2150 to aid the dressing in conforming to a non-planar area.
  • Figure 15 A illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 2100 with a narrowed central portion or waisted portion 2120 and concentric slits 2150. This embodiment may be useful for the treatment of wounds on non-planar surfaces or otherwise contoured wounds, including, for example, feet, knees, sacral regions, or other such areas.
  • the wound dressing 2100 may provide for one or more slits 2150 cut into the dressing, preferably into the absorbent layer, that may enhance the conformability of the dressing.
  • the slits 2150 are cut in concentric ovoid arcs, although other configurations (as discussed below) are possible.
  • the area under the port 2130 or fluidic connector disposed at the top of the device is free from the slits 2150, as this may interfere with fluid transfer from the dressing.
  • the slits 2150 may be formed as part of, in addition to, or instead of baffles that may be present within the absorbent layer so as to may aid in distribution of wound exudate.
  • a domed connector is shown attached to the dressing, this may be interchanged with any other suitable connector, including for example embodiments of the fluidic connectors described in Figures 23 A and 23B (as described below).
  • Figure 15B illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 2100 with a narrow central portion 2120.
  • one or more slits 2150 extending across the width of the dressing may be present.
  • these slits 2150 do not extend entirely across the width of the dressing, in order to promote fluid transfer within the absorbent layer.
  • the slits 2150 may enhance conformability of the dressing, possibly in conjunction with the waisted configuration of the dressing, when applied to a non-planar or contoured wound area.
  • such a dressing 2100 may be useful when applied so as to wrap around an arm or a leg.
  • Figures 23A and 23B illustrate embodiments of white and black (or colored) fluidic connectors 2410, 2420, respectively, that may be used to connect an embodiment of a wound dressing described herein to a source of negative pressure.
  • the domed port used in other embodiments discussed herein may be replaced by the fluidic connector 2410, 2420, for example as illustrated in Figures 16-19.
  • the fluidic connector 2410, 2420 may be flexible and/or enhance the comfort of the patient.
  • the fluidic connector 2410, 2420 preferably comprises a fluidic connector body configured to transmit fluid through itself, including, for example, negative pressure and/or wound exudate.
  • the fluidic connector body is preferably encapsulated within one or more layers of fluid-impermeable material.
  • the fluid-impermeable material is heat-sealed together to enclose the fluid connector body.
  • the body of the fluidic connector 2410 is preferably be constructed from a material configured to transmit fluids therethrough, including fabrics such as 3D fabric.
  • the thickness of the fluidic connector body may measure between 0.5 to 4mm, preferably 0.7 to 3mm, and even more preferably between 1 and 2mm; in a preferred embodiment the fluid connector body is 1.5mm thick.
  • Suitable materials that may be used for the fluidic connector body, including the 3D fabric, are disclosed in U.S. Application 13/381,885, filed December 30, 2011, published as US2012/0116334, titled "APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE WOUND THERAPY,” and which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Use of the 3D fabric in the fluidic connector body may help alleviate fluid blockage when the connector is kinked, and may further provide for a soft fluidic connector that alleviates contact pressure onto a patient, for example when the patient's weight is pressed against the fluidic connector. This may enhance patient comfort and reduce the likelihood of pressure ulcers.
  • embodiments of the fluidic connectors described herein can transmit therapeutic levels of negative pressure (i.e., in an amount sufficient to heal a wound) while a weight is pressed down thereupon.
  • embodiments are preferably able to transmit therapeutic levels of negative pressure while an external pressure
  • the relation between the pressure difference in mmHg was found to equal approximately 4.5 times the applied load in kg/cm 2 . Testing also indicated that the relative pressure difference between the pressure at the pump and the pressure at the wound after five minutes was less than 10 mmHg when measured at the pump for loads under 4 kg/cm 2 , and under 20 mmHg when measured at the wound for loads under 4 kg/cm 2 .
  • Testing was also performed with a weight laid on an embodiment of a fluidic connector, while being bent at a 90° angle.
  • Various different weights were applied, ranging between 2 and 12 kg/cm 2 , in 2 kg increments, and the resulting pressure difference was approximately linear, with the pressure difference at 12 kg/cm 2 being calculated at 51 mmHg, while the pressure difference at 2 kg/cm 2 being 17 mmHg.
  • the relation between the pressure difference in mmHg was found to equal approximately 8 times the applied load in kg/cm 2 .
  • testing was also performed on different widths and thicknesses of 3D fabric that may be used in embodiments of fluidic connectors described herein.
  • the maximum negative pressure that could be applied using 3D fabric measuring 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, and 2 cm in width was found to be between 85 and 92 mmHg, respectively.
  • the maximum negative pressure applied for a 1 cm-width embodiment dropped to 75mmHg, while the 1.25 and 1.5 cm-width embodiments were essentially unchanged, exhibiting pressures between 85 and 90 mmHg.
  • using wider and/or thicker 3D fabric may permit improved air flow, together with greater pressure and kink resistance in some context; this may be useful especially if higher absolute negative pressure need to be applied to the wound.
  • the greater kink and pressure resistance may need to be balanced with other concerns such as perceived bulk and size of the fluidic connector, aesthetics, and comfort, which may require use of a thinner 3D fabric.
  • the proximal end 2411 of the fluidic connector 2410 is configured to be connected to a tube or other conduit that is in fluid communication with a source of negative pressure via the fluid connector body, although some embodiments may provide for the fluidic connector 2410 to be directly connectable to a source of negative pressure without needing a conventional tube.
  • the distal end 2412 of the fluidic connector 2410 may be enlarged, and is configured to be attached and/or adhered to a dressing, for example via an aperture in the backing layer of the dressing and/or in the fluidic connector 2410, so that the fluid connector body is in fluid communication therewith.
  • the distal end 2412 of the fluidic connector 2410 may be convex on one side and flat on the opposite side. As illustrated in Figures 16-18 below, the flat side may be aligned with the edge of the absorbent layer with the convex side extending over the aperture in the backing layer.
  • the fluidic connector 2410 may be provided preattached to the dressing portion, or may be provided in an unattached format so as to be connectable to the dressing portion by the patient or caregiver.
  • the enlarged distal end 2412 may aid in providing a larger area capable of transmitting negative pressure to the dressing, although the distal end may be provided without any enlargement.
  • the fluidic connector 2410 may be configured so as to transfer exudate in addition to air.
  • the distal end of the fluidic connector is preferably provided with a filter configured to block fluid transport beyond itself, such as a hydrophobic filter.
  • the fluidic connector may be provided with a secondary air leak channel configured to provide a flow of ambient air to the wound site.
  • the secondary air leak channel is provided with a filter to prevent contamination of the wound.
  • Figure 23B this figure shows an embodiment similar to Figure 23A, but where the fluidic connector 2420 may appear colored, for example as a result of an obscuring layer similar to that previously described.
  • obscuring coloration may be provided by dyeing the material used in the fluidic connector 2420, for example the 3D fabric that may be used therein.
  • the obscuring layer may be placed above the 3D fabric, either above or below the fluid- impermeable material.
  • the encapsulating fluid-impermeable material may be colored or tinted.
  • Coloring the fluidic connector 2420 may enhance the aesthetic appeal of the device, help in disguising or making the device less obtrusive (in particular when the fluidic connector is visible to others), and, when the fluidic connector is used to transfer exudates away from the wound, may hide the presence of the exudates therein.
  • the fluidic connector body may be colored as a result of an auxiliary compound such as activated charcoal. Further, some embodiments may provide for text or images to be printed thereon, for example for instructional or advertising purposes. Such improvements may enhance patient comfort and minimize embarrassment, thereby increasing patient compliance and satisfaction with the device.
  • the obscuring layer in the fluidic connector can have all features described with reference to the obscuring layer of the wound dressing as herein described.
  • FIG 17 illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 720 that comprises a hexagonal backing layer and a three-lobed configuration for the absorbent material and the obscuring layer.
  • This wound dressing 720 may be advantageously applied to wounds or areas surrounding wounds that are located in non-planar areas.
  • the embodiment illustrated here may be particularly advantageous when applied to protruding body portions, for example elbows and heels.
  • Figure 18 illustrates a wound dressing 730 with a three-lobed configuration similar in some respects to the embodiment illustrated in Figure 17. Here, however, the dressing is smaller and comprises more rounded projections.
  • Figures 16-18 illustrate a fluidic connector 721, 731 similar to those described in Figures 23 A and 23B attached to the device, with the flat end aligned with the edge of the absorbent material and the convex end extending over an aperture in the backing layer.
  • This fluidic connector may enhance comfort and prevent pressure ulcers or other complications that may result from extended pressure of a conventional tube onto the wound or skin surrounding the wound (as described above).
  • different connectors may be used, such as the domed port illustrated in Figure 1.
  • Figures 19-20 also illustrate additional embodiments of wound dressings 740, 750 with three-lobed configurations for the absorbent material and a hexagonal backing layer.
  • the wound dressing 750 illustrated in Figure 20 is larger where the lobes of the absorbent material comprises flared ends, while the wound dressing 740 illustrated in Figure 19 is smaller and the absorbent material does not have flared ends.
  • All suitable fluidic connectors or conduits may be used, and the domed port connector of Figure 20 may be used in place of the fluidic connector of Figure 19, and vice versa.
  • the absorbent layers may be colored or obscured, and one or more slits may be formed onto the absorbent layers to enhance conformability to non-planar surfaces. It will be appreciated that in the embodiments of Figures 17-20, the number of lobes may be varied, and the backing layer can have other shapes, and is not limited to being hexagonal.
  • Figures 21A-C and 22 illustrate embodiments of a wound dressing 760, 770, 780, 790 that comprises a four-lobed configuration. Although these embodiments are illustrated without a port or fluidic connector attached thereto, it will of course be understood that such ports and fluidic connectors are envisioned and may be attached in a similar fashion as described previously herein.
  • Figures 21A-C comprise embodiments of a four-lobed wound dressing comprising an obscuring layer and viewing windows extending through the obscuring layer. The viewing windows can be used as discussed above for visualization of wound exudate in the absorbent layer. Examples of such viewing windows are illustrated in Figures 21A and 21B.
  • the dressing 760 shown in Figure 21 A includes an obscuring layer 762 and crescent-shaped viewing windows 764 provided in the obscuring layer to extend through the obscuring layer allowing visibility of the dressing therebelow.
  • the dressing 770 of Figure 21B includes an obscuring layer 772 and a number of holes 774 therethrough acting as viewing windows for viewing the state of the dressing therebelow.
  • Figure 21C shows another dressing 780 including an obscuring layer 782 with viewing windows 784.
  • Figure 22 illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a wound dressing 790 according to an embodiment of the four-lobe configuration.
  • Figure 22 shows a possible four-lobe configuration of a dressing, useful for enhanced compatibility with body movement, where each layer is shaped to reduce the incident angle of the pad edge, and to provide somewhat independently moving sub-sections of the dressing.
  • the dressing border including the wound contact layer 791 and the backing layer 792 can also comprise slits, provided to further enhance the conformability on application by allowing the borders to overlap if needed.
  • Figures 24A-F illustrate an embodiment of a wound dressing 2300 with an oval shaped absorbent layer 2308 having multiple lobes 2301.
  • Figures 24A-F illustrate, respectively, perspective, top, bottom, left, right, and side views of an embodiment of the dressing 2300.
  • the absorbent layer 2308 can have six lobes.
  • two or more lobes 2301 e.g., six lobes
  • the lobes 2301 are provided on the wound dressing 2300; the lobes 2301, and specifically, the gaps between the lobes 2301 , aid the wound dressing 2300 in conforming to nonplanar wounds.
  • the dressing 2300 can have a rectangular or square shaped backing layer 2302, and in some embodiments, the overall dressing 2300 may measure 190mm x 230mm, or 145.5mm x 190 mm.
  • a fluidic connector such as a port 2306 is attached to the dressing 2300, although it will of be recognized that the fluidic connector of Figures 23A-B may be used instead or in addition.
  • the dressing 2300 can have an obscuring layer 2304 with a similar perimeter shape as the absorbent layer and one or more viewing windows 2303 similar to that described for other embodiments herein.
  • Figure 24 A illustrates a perspective view of the dressing 2300
  • Figure 24B illustrates a top view, 24C a bottom view, and 24D-F represent views of the four sides of the dressing 2300.
  • Figure 24G illustrates a top view of an alternate embodiment of the wound dressing of Figures 24A-F.
  • the dressing may have circular cutouts in a central waisted portion, which may be located along a midline of the dressing transverse to a longitudinal axis of the dressing.
  • Such cutouts may be, in some embodiments, 10 mm, or approximately 10 mm, in diameter, or may be in the range of 5 mm to 25 mm, or approximately 5 mm to approximately 25 mm, in diameter.
  • the circular cutouts are symmetrically arranged on opposite sides of a longitudinal midline of the dressing, and may form an arc of greater than 180 degrees, preferably between 180 and 270 (or about 180 to 270) degrees.
  • the dressing embodiment is illustrated with a cross-shaped viewing window in the obscuring layer and a hole in the backing layer at the middle of the cross-shaped viewing window, which may be positioned so as to underlie a port sealed to the dressing.
  • the outer perimeter of the cross-shaped viewing window may extend beyond the outer perimeter of an attached port to provide a visual indication of the level of saturation of the absorbent layer underlying the port.
  • the obscuring layer in the dressing may be provided with one or more additional viewing windows, for example in a 1 x 3 array, a 2 x 3 array, or any other configuration suitable for providing a visual indication of the spread of exudate through the absorbent layer of the dressing.
  • Figures 25A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 7A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 similar to that described in relation to Figures 13A-B and 14.
  • the orifice viewing window 502 is preferably formed from a cross- shaped or Maltese-cross shaped aperture or cutout 501 in the obscuring layer 506.
  • the backing layer 510 provided over the obscuring layer preferably has an orifice 504 located at the center of the orifice viewing window 502.
  • Reference number 504 can also be considered to designate a port that may be provided in or over the backing layer 510 to provide a connection to a source of negative pressure, for example, a port provided over the orifice in the backing layer as described above.
  • a smaller orifice 505 may be located in the absorbent layer 503 that is provided below the obscuring layer 506.
  • the dressing 500 may comprise one or more viewing windows 507; here, eight viewing windows 507 are provided in a linear arrangement.
  • the bottom side of the dressing 500 optionally comprises a layer of adhesive, over which a release layer 513 may be placed. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 25A illustrate possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 400 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm.
  • the central axis of each arm of the cutout 501 of the orifice viewing window 502 is preferably offset from the longitudinal length and transverse width of the absorbent material, at an angle, for example, a 45° angle, as illustrated.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 25A indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40 ⁇ 4mm, and 25 ⁇ 4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500.
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • the location may be changed, it may be preferable to locate the port 504 near or along a side, edge, or corner of the dressing 500, which is then preferably elevated with respect to the remainder of the dressing. This configuration may extend the life of the dressing, as fluid would be slower in saturating the absorbent layer below or near the orifice or port 504.
  • FIGS 26A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 8A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with for example five linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 300 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 26A indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40 ⁇ 4mm, and 25 ⁇ 4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500.
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • FIGS 27A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 9A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with for example three linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 200 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 27A indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40 ⁇ 4mm, and 25 ⁇ 4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500.
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • Figures 28A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 5A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501 , with for example two rows of five linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 300 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 150 mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 28A indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40 ⁇ 4mm, and 25 ⁇ 4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500.
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • Figures 29A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 6A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501 , with for example two rows of three linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 300 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 29A can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40 ⁇ 4mm, and 25 ⁇ 4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500.
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • Figures 30A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 10A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows absent a viewing window at a corner position of the wound dressing, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B but located in a corner of the dressing 500.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here is approximately square, with each side measuring approximately 250mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on a corner of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • FIGS 31A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 11 A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows absent a viewing window at a corner position of the wound dressing, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B but located in a corner of the dressing 500.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here is approximately square, with each side measuring approximately 200mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on a corner of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • Figures 32A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 12A-F.
  • the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with a quincunx array of viewing windows absent a viewing window at a corner position of the wound dressing, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B but located in a corner of the dressing 500.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated here is approximately square, with each side measuring approximately 150mm.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • Dashed lines 512 of Figure 32 A indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40 ⁇ 4mm, and 25 ⁇ 4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500.
  • the port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on a corner of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • Figure 33A-B illustrates an embodiment somewhat similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 24A-F.
  • the oval-shaped dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501 , among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figure 25. Viewing windows are not shown, but may be provided as in one embodiment as described above.
  • the dressing 500 illustrated in Figure 33A has a longitudinal length of approximately 250 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 200 mm.
  • the longitudinal length of the absorbent layer 503 (and corresponding obscuring layer, if so provided) measures approximately 200 mm, with a transverse width of approximately 150mm.
  • the embodiment of the dressing 500 illustrated in Figure 33B has a longitudinal length of approximately 200 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 150 mm.
  • the longitudinal length of the absorbent layer 503 (and corresponding obscuring layer, if so provided) measures approximately 150 mm, with a transverse width of approximately 100 mm.
  • no viewing windows 507 are illustrated, it will of course be understood that one or more such windows 507 may be provided on the dressing 500.
  • the spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible.
  • the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
  • Figure 34A illustrates an exploded view of a dressing 3400 for use in negative pressure wound therapy.
  • the dressing 3400 comprises a release layer 3480, wound contact layer 3460, a transmission layer 3450, an acquisition distribution layer (ADL) 3440, an absorbent layer 3430, an obscuring layer 3420, and a backing layer 3410.
  • the dressing 3400 may be connected to a port, such as described below with respect to Figures 35 and 36.
  • At least the wound contact layer 3460, transmission layer 3450, absorbent layer 3430, obscuring layer 3420, and backing layer 3410 may have properties as described with respect to particular embodiments above, such as the embodiments of Figures 3A-22, and 24A-33B, as well as or instead of the properties described below.
  • the dressing 3400 may optionally comprise a wound contact layer 3460 for sealing the dressing 3400 to the healthy skin of a patient surrounding a wound area.
  • Certain embodiments of the wound contact layer may comprise three layers: a polyurethane film layer, a lower adhesive layer and an upper adhesive layer.
  • the upper adhesive layer may assist in maintaining the integrity of the dressing 3400, and the lower adhesive layer may be employed for sealing the dressing 3400 to the healthy skin of a patient around a wound site.
  • some embodiments of the polyurethane film layer may be perforated.
  • Some embodiments of the polyurethane film layer and upper and lower adhesive layers may be perforated together after the adhesive layers have been applied to the polyurethane film.
  • a pressure sensitive adhesive which may be a silicone, hot melt, hydrocolloid or acrylic based adhesive or other such adhesives, may be formed on both sides or optionally on a selected one side of the wound contact layer.
  • the upper adhesive layer may comprise an acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive
  • the lower adhesive layer may comprise a silicone pressure sensitive adhesive.
  • the wound contact layer 3460 may not be provided with adhesive.
  • the wound contact layer 3460 may be transparent or translucent.
  • the film layer of the wound contact layer 3460 may define a perimeter with a rectangular or a square shape.
  • a release layer 3480 may be removably attached to the underside of the wound contact layer 3460, for example covering the lower adhesive layer, and may be peeled off using flaps 3481. Some embodiments of the release layer 3480 may have a plurality of flaps extending along the length of the layer 3480.
  • the dressing 3400 may comprise an optional spacer or transmission layer 3450.
  • the transmission layer 3450 may comprise a porous material or 3D fabric configured to allow for the passage of fluids therethrough away from the wound site and into the upper layers of the dressing 3400.
  • the transmission layer 3450 can ensure that an open air channel can be maintained to communicate negative pressure over the wound area even when the absorbent layer 3430 has absorbed substantial amounts of exudates.
  • the transmission layer 3450 should remain open under the typical pressures that will be applied during negative pressure wound therapy as described above, so that the whole wound site sees an equalized negative pressure.
  • An outer perimeter of the transmission layer may be smaller than the outer perimeter of the dressing layer positioned above the transmission layer, for example the ADL 3440 and/or absorbent layer 3430.
  • the entire outer perimeter of the transmission layer may be spaced inward from the outer perimeter of the overlying layer by 5 mm, or approximately 5 mm, or 2 mm to 8 mm, or approximately 2 mm to approximately 8 mm.
  • the transmission layer 3450 may be formed of a material having a three dimensional structure.
  • a knitted or woven spacer fabric for example Baltex 7970 weft knitted polyester
  • a non-woven fabric can be used.
  • the transmission layer 3450 can have a 3D polyester spacer fabric layer. This layer can have a top layer which is a 84/144 textured polyester, and a bottom layer which can be a 100 denier flat polyester and a third layer formed sandwiched between these two layers which is a region defined by a knitted polyester viscose, cellulose or the like monofilament fiber.
  • this differential between filament counts in the spaced apart layers tends to draw liquid away from the wound bed and into a central region of the dressing 3400 where the absorbent layer 3430 helps lock the liquid away or itself wicks the liquid onwards towards the cover layer 3410 where it can be transpired.
  • Other materials can be utilized, and examples of such materials are described in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2011/0282309, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this disclosure.
  • the transmission layer 3450 may be optional, and for example may be optional in embodiments of the dressing 3400 which comprise the acquisition distribution layer 3440, described below.
  • Some embodiments may comprise a wicking or acquisition distribution layer (ADL) 3440 to horizontally wick fluid such as wound exudate as it is absorbed upward through the layers of the dressing 3400. Lateral wicking of fluid may allow maximum distribution of the fluid through the absorbent layer 3430 and may enable the absorbent layer 3430 to reach its full holding capacity. This may advantageously increase moisture vapor permeation and efficient delivery of negative pressure to the wound site.
  • Some embodiments of the ADL 3440 may comprise viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, or a combination of some or all of these, and the material may be needle-punched.
  • Some embodiments of the ADL 3440 may comprise polyethylene in the range of 40-150 grams per square meter (gsm). In some embodiments, the ADL 3440 may have a thickness of 1.2 mm or about 1.2 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm, or about 0.5 mm to about 3.0 mm.
  • the dressing 3400 may further comprise an absorbent or superabsorbent layer 3430.
  • the absorbent layer can be manufactured from ALLEVY TM foam, Freudenberg 114-224-4 and/or Chem-PositeTMl lC-450, or any other suitable material.
  • the absorbent layer 3430 can be a layer of non-woven cellulose fibers having super-absorbent material in the form of dry particles dispersed throughout. Use of the cellulose fibers introduces fast wicking elements which help quickly and evenly distribute liquid taken up by the dressing. The juxtaposition of multiple strand-like fibers leads to strong capillary action in the fibrous pad which helps distribute liquid.
  • the absorbent layer 3430 may have a thickness of 1.7 mm or about 1.7 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm, or about 0.5 mm to about 3.0 mm.
  • the absorbent layer 3430 may comprise a layered construction of an upper layer of non-woven cellulose fibers, superabsorbent particles (SAP), and a lower layer of cellulose fibers with 40-80% SAP.
  • the absorbent layer 3430 may be an air-laid material. Heat fusible fibers can optionally be used to assist in holding the structure of the pad together.
  • Some embodiments may combine cellulose fibers and air-laid materials, and may further comprise up to 60% SAP. Some embodiments may comprise 60% SAP and 40% cellulose.
  • Other embodiments of the absorbent layer may comprise between 60% and 90% (or between about 60% and about 90%) cellulose matrix and between 10% and 40% (or between about 10% and about 40%) superabsorbent particles.
  • the absorbent layer may have about 20% superabsorbent material and about 80% cellulose fibers. It will be appreciated that rather than using super-absorbing particles or in addition to such use, super-absorbing fibers can be utilized according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • An example of a suitable material is the Product Chem-PositeTM 11 C available from Emerging Technologies Inc (ETi) in the USA.
  • Super-absorber particles/fibers can be, for example, sodium polyacrylate or carbomethoxycellulose materials or the like or any material capable of absorbing many times its own weight in liquid.
  • the material can absorb more than five times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc.
  • the material can absorb more than 15 times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc.
  • the material is capable of absorbing more than 20 times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc.
  • the material is capable of absorbing more than 30 times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc.
  • the absorbent layer 3430 can have one or more through holes 3431 located so as to underlie the suction port.
  • Some embodiments of the present disclosure may employ a masking or obscuring layer 3420 to help reduce the unsightly appearance of a dressing 3400 during use due to the absorption of wound exudate.
  • the obscuring layer 3420 may be a colored portion of the absorbent material, or may be a separate layer that covers the absorbent material.
  • the obscuring layer 3420 may be one of a variety of colors such as blue, orange, yellow, green, or any color suitable for masking the presence of wound exudate in the dressing 3400.
  • a blue obscuring layer 3420 may be a shade of blue similar to the shade of blue commonly used for the material of medical gowns, scrubs, and drapes.
  • the obscuring layer 3420 may comprise polypropylene spunbond material. Further, some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3420 may comprise a hydrophobic additive or coating. Other embodiments may comprise a thin fibrous sheet of 60, 70, or 80 gsm. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 3420 may have a thickness of .045 mm or about .045 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.02 mm to 0.5 mm, or about 0.02 mm to about 0.5 mm. [0176] The obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window 3422 configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer. The at least one viewing window 3422 may comprise at least one aperture made through the obscuring layer. The at least one viewing window 3422 may comprise at least one uncolored region of the obscuring layer. Some embodiments of the obscuring layer may comprise a plurality of viewing windows or an array of viewing windows, as discussed above with respect to Figures 25-32.
  • the masking capabilities of the obscuring layer 3420 should preferably only be partial, to allow clinicians to access the information they require by observing the spread of exudate across the dressing surface.
  • a obscuring layer 3420 may be partial due to material properties allowing wound exudate to slightly alter the appearance of the dressing or due to the presence of at least one viewing window 3422 in a completely obscuring material.
  • the partial masking nature of the obscuring layer 3420 enables a skilled clinician to perceive a different colour caused by exudate, blood, by-products etc. in the dressing allowing for a visual assessment and monitoring of the extent of spread across the dressing.
  • Tests performed upon various dressings with respect to the transmittance properties of the dressing indicate the ability of various samples to mask colour.
  • the ability to mask colour may be calculated, for example, by measuring the reduction in absorption of light radiation at particular wavelengths.
  • the tests utilized a UV-Vis spectrophotometer Jasco with integrating sphere, with a scanning range 340 to 800 nm, bandwidth 5nm and lOOOnm/sec scanning speed.
  • the data labelled black background represents the extreme of exudate colour (the most colour an exudate might have) - the highest level of radiation absorbed and the least amount of radiation reflected from the sample.
  • the data for white background represents the upper limit for total masking - generally the lowest level of radiation absorbed and the highest level of reflection.
  • Sample 1 was a tinted polymer film placed over a black background, which was judged not to sufficiently mask the black background (representing wound exudate) satisfactorily.
  • Sample 2 was a sheet of 3- dimensional spacer fabric (Baltex 3D) placed over a black background, and was judged to provide adequate masking of the black background.
  • Sample 3 was a sheet of non-woven material dyed green placed over a black background, and provided complete masking of the black background.
  • Wound exudate may have dark yellow, red and/or brown tones. Therefore, to appropriately mask these colours, an obscuring layer 3420 would preferably shield light wavelengths of below 600 nm.
  • Measuring the reduction in absorption of light radiation at particular wavelengths may be performed by calculating:
  • a complete masking element would preferably require a means for a clinician to judge the spread of wound exudate in the dressing below the obscuring layer 3420, e.g. the masking element not completely covering the entire dressing.
  • a plurality of viewing windows may be provided in the obscuring layer 3420 such that the spread of exudate in the dressing below may be adequately assessed.
  • a partial masking element may allow a clinician to judge the spread of exudate in the dressing below without additional means.
  • Table 4 shows the L*a*b* values found when Samples 1 , 2 and 3 were respectively placed over a black background. The results for the black background alone and a white background are also shown.
  • the color of the obscuring layer 3420 may affect the masking ability of the layer.
  • various colors are suitable for masking the usual colors of wound exudate, while other colors may not provide optimal masking of the exudate.
  • some embodiments of the obscuring layer, in a dry state may be configured to yield a CIE y value of .4 or less and a CIE x value of .5 or less.
  • Some embodiments of the obscuring layer in a dry state, may have a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram. It will be appreciated that liquid impermeable embodiments of the obscuring layer may be configured with any color.
  • the obscuring layer 3420 can have one or more through holes located so as to underlie the suction port. Some embodiments may have a maltese cross 3421 or other shaped cutout underlying the suction port, wherein the diameter of the maltese cross 3421 is greater than the diameter of the port. This may allow a clinician to easily asses the amount of wound exudate absorbed into the layers beneath the port.
  • the obscuring layer 3420 may have an outer perimeter that is larger than the dressing layer or layers provided beneath it, for example the absorbent layer 3430, ADL 3440 and/or transmission layer 3450.
  • the entire outer perimeter of the obscuring layer 3420 is spaced 1 mm, or approximately 1 mm, or 0.5 mm to 3 mm, or approximately 0.5 to approximately 3 mm, beyond the dressing layer or layers provided beneath it.
  • the larger perimeter of the obscuring layer 3420 may ensure that the underlying layers are adequately covered for visual obscuring of wound exudate.
  • the dressing 3400 may also comprise a backing layer, or cover layer 3410 extending across the width of the wound dressing.
  • the cover layer 3410 may be gas impermeable but moisture vapor permeable.
  • Some embodiments may employ a polyurethane film (for example, Elastollan SP9109) or any other suitable material.
  • certain embodiments may comprise translucent or transparent 30gsm EU33 film.
  • the cover layer 3410 may have a pressure sensitive adhesive on the lower side, thereby creating a substantially sealed enclosure over the wound in which negative pressure may be established.
  • the cover layer can protect the wound as a bacterial barrier from external contamination, and may allow liquid from wound exudates to be transferred through the layer and evaporated from the film outer surface.
  • the cover layer 3410 can have an orifice 341 1 located so as to underlie the suction port.
  • the orifice 3411 may allow transmission of negative pressure through the cover layer 3410 to the wound enclosure.
  • the port may be adhered and sealed to the cover film using an adhesive such as an acrylic, cyanoacrylate, epoxy, UV curable or hot melt adhesive.
  • Some embodiments may have a plurality of orifices for the attachment of multiple ports or other sources of negative pressure or other mechanisms for distributing fluid.
  • Figure 34B illustrates a cross sectional view of the wound dressing 3400, displaying an embodiment of the relative thicknesses of layers of the dressing 3400.
  • the wound contact layer 3460 may be flat and the top film layer 3410 may be contoured over the inner layers of the dressing 3400.
  • the spacer layer 3450 may be half as thick as the acquisition distribution layer 3440 in some embodiments.
  • the absorbent layer 3430 may be about 1.5 times thicker than the spacer layer 3450.
  • the obscuring layer 3420 may be about half the thickness of the spacer layer 3450.
  • Figure 35 illustrates a perspective exploded view of an embodiment of a flexible port or fluidic connector 3500 that may be used to connect any of the wound dressings described herein to a source of negative pressure.
  • the port 3500 comprises a top layer 3510, a spacer layer 3520, a filter element 3530, a bottom layer 3540, and a conduit 3550.
  • the conduit optionally comprises a connector 3560.
  • the distal end of the port 3500 (the end connectable to the dressing 3400) is depicted as having an enlarged circular shape, although it will be appreciated that any suitable shape may be used and that the distal end need not be enlarged.
  • the distal end can have any of the shapes shown in Figures 23A and 23B above.
  • the distal end can also have the shape shown in Figures 3A-3C of International Application No. PCT/IB2013/001469, filed May 22, 2013, incorporated by reference herein.
  • the bottom layer 3540 may comprise an elongate bridge portion 3544, an enlarged (e.g., rounded or circular) sealing portion 3545, and an orifice 3541.
  • a plurality of orifices may be provided in the bottom layer.
  • Some embodiments of the rounded sealing portion 3545 may comprise a layer of adhesive, for example a pressure sensitive adhesive, on the lower surface for use in sealing the port 3500 to a dressing.
  • the port may be sealed to the cover layer 3410 of the dressing in Figure 34.
  • the orifice 3541 in the bottom layer 3540 of the port 3500 may be aligned with the orifice 341 1 in the cover layer 3410 of the dressing 3400 in order to transmit negative pressure through the dressing 3400 and into a wound site.
  • the top layer 3515 may be substantially the same shape as the bottom layer in that it comprises an elongate bridge 3514 and an enlarged (e.g., rounded or circular) portion 3515.
  • the top layer 3515 and the bottom layer 3545 may be sealed together, for example by heat welding.
  • the bottom layer 3545 may be substantially flat and the top layer 3515 may be slightly larger than the bottom layer 3545 in order to accommodate the height of the spacer layer 3520 and seal to the bottom layer 3545.
  • the top layer 3515 and bottom layer 3145 may be substantially the same size, and the layers may be sealed together approximately at the middle of the height of the spacer layer 3520.
  • the elongate bridge portions 3544, 3514 may have a length of 10 cm (or about 10 cm) or more, more preferably a length of 20 cm (or about 20 cm) or more and in some embodiments, may be about 27 cm long. In some embodiments, the elongate bridge portions may have a width of between 1 cm and 4 cm (or between about 1 cm and about 4 cm), and in one embodiment, is about 2.5 cm wide. The ratio of the length of the elongate bridge portions 3544, 3514 to their widths may in some embodiments exceed 6: 1 , and may more preferably exceed 8: 1 or even 10: 1. The diameter of the circular portion 3545, 3515 may be about 3.5 cm in some embodiments.
  • the bottom and top layers may comprise at least one layer of a flexible film, and in some embodiments may be transparent. Some embodiments of the bottom layer 3540 and top layer 3515 may be polyurethane, and may be liquid impermeable.
  • the top layer may comprise a flexible film having a thickness of 90 gsm, or approximately 90 gsm, or any thickness suitable for making the top film difficult to puncture.
  • the port 3500 may comprise a spacer layer 3520, such as the 3D fabric discussed above, positioned between the lower layer 3540 and the top layer 3510.
  • the spacer layer 3520 may be made of any suitable material, for example material resistant to collapsing in at least one direction, thereby enabling effective transmission of negative pressure therethrough.
  • some embodiments of the spacer layer 520 may comprise a fabric configured for lateral wicking of fluid, which may comprise viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, or a combination of some or all of these, and the material may be needle-punched.
  • spacer layer 520 may comprise polyethylene in the range of 40-160 grams per square meter (gsm) (or about 40 to about 160 gsm), for example 80 (or about 80) gsm. Such materials may be constructed so as to resist compression under the levels of negative pressure commonly applied during negative pressure therapy.
  • the spacer layer 3520 may comprise an enlarged (e.g., rounded or circular) portion 3525, and may optionally include a fold 3521.
  • the elongate bridge portion may have dimensions in the same ranges as the bridge portions of the upper and lower layers described above though slightly smaller, and in one embodiment is about 25.5 cm long and 1.5 cm wide.
  • the diameter of the circular portion 3525 may be slightly smaller than the diameters of the enlarged ends 3545, 3515, and in one embodiment is about 2 cm.
  • the spacer layer 3520 may have adhesive on one or both of its proximal and distal ends (e.g., one or more dabs of adhesive) in order to secure the spacer layer 3520 to the top layer 3510 and/or the bottom layer 3540. Adhesive may also be provided along a portion or the entire length of the spacer layer. In other embodiments, the spacer layer 3520 may be freely movable within the sealed chamber of the top and bottom layers.
  • the fold 3521 of the spacer fabric may make the end of the port 3500 softer and therefore more comfortable for a patient, and may also help prevent the conduit 3550 from blockage.
  • the fold 3521 may further protect the end of the conduit 3550 from being occluded by the top or bottom layers.
  • the fold 3521 may, in some embodiments, be between 1 cm and 3 cm (or between about 1 cm and about 3 cm) long, and in one embodiment is 2 cm (or about 2 cm) long.
  • the spacer fabric may be folded underneath itself, that is toward the bottom layer 3540, and in other embodiments may be folded upward toward the top layer 3510. Other embodiments of the spacer layer 3520 may contain no fold.
  • a slot or channel 3522 may extend perpendicularly away from the proximal end of the fold 3521, and the conduit 3550 may rest in the slot or channel 3522.
  • the slot 3522 may extend through one layer of the fold, and in others it may extend through both layers of the fold.
  • the slot 3522 may, in some embodiments, be 1 cm (or about 1 cm) long.
  • Some embodiments may instead employ a circular or elliptical hole in the fold 3521. The hole may face proximally so that the conduit 3550 may be inserted into the hole and rest between the folded layers of spacer fabric.
  • the conduit 3550 may be adhered to the material of the fold 3521, while in other embodiments it may not.
  • the port 3500 may have a filter element 3530 located adjacent the orifice 3541, and as illustrated is located between the lower layer 3540 and the spacer layer 3520.
  • the filter element 3530 may have a round or disc shape.
  • the filter element 3530 is impermeable to liquids, but permeable to gases.
  • the filter element 3530 can act as a liquid barrier, to substantially prevent or inhibit liquids from escaping from the wound dressing, as well as an odor barrier.
  • the filter element 3530 may also function as a bacterial barrier.
  • the pore size of the filter element 3530 can be approximately 0.2 ⁇ .
  • Suitable materials for the filter material of the filter element include 0.2 micron GoreTM expanded PTFE from the MMT range, PALL VersaporeTM 200R, and DonaldsonTM TX6628.
  • the filter element 3530 thus enables gas to be exhausted through the orifice. Liquid, particulates and pathogens however are contained in the dressing. Larger pore sizes can also be used but these may require a secondary filter layer to ensure full bioburden containment.
  • the filter element 3530 may be adhered to one or both of top surface of the bottom layer 3540 and the bottom surface of the spacer layer 3520 using an adhesive such as, but not limited to, a UV cured adhesive. In other embodiments, the filter 3530 may be welded to the inside of the spacer layer 3520 and to the top surface of the bottom layer 3540. The filter may also be provided adjacent the orifice on a lower surface of the bottom layer 3540. Other possible details regarding the filter are disclosed in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2011/0282309 and incorporated by reference herein.
  • the proximal end of the port 3500 may be connected to the distal end of a conduit 3550.
  • the conduit 3550 may comprise one or more circular ribs 3551.
  • the ribs 3551 may be formed in the conduit 3550 by grooves in a mold during the manufacturing of the conduit. During heat welding of the upper and lower layers 3515, 3545 melted material from those layers may flow around the ribs 3551 , advantageously providing a stronger connection between the conduit 3550 and the layers. As a result, it may be more difficult to dislodge the conduit 3550 out from between the layers during use of the port 3500.
  • the proximal end of the conduit 3550 may be optionally attached to a connector 3560.
  • the connector 3560 may be used to connect the port 3500 to a source of negative pressure, or in some embodiments to an extension conduit which may in turn be connected to a source of negative pressure.
  • the distal end of the conduit 3550, which is inserted into the spacer layer 3520, may be shaped in such a way to reduce the possibility of occlusion.
  • Figure 36 illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 3610 with a flexible port 3620 such as described with respect to Figure 35 attached.
  • the port 3620 comprises a conduit 3630 and a connector 3640 for connecting the port to a source of negative pressure or to an extension conduit.
  • the dressing 3610 comprises an obscuring layer with one row of eight holes in a linear arrangement, and is described above in more detail with respect to Figure 25.
  • the port 3620 is connected over a circular window in the obscuring layer of the dressing 3610, in other embodiments the port 3620 may be connected over a maltese cross in the obscuring layer.
  • the maltese cross may be of a larger diameter than the port and may be at least partially viewable after the port is attached to the dressing.
  • FIGs 37A-1 and 37A-2 illustrate photographic and line drawing perspective views, respectively, of an embodiment of the dressing. Although the configuration as depicted is similar to the embodiment of Figure 29B, the dressing can have any of the constructions of different layers previously described.
  • Conduit 3710 is connected to the dressing 3700 via port 3720, however other embodiments of ports may be connected to the dressing, for example the flexible port of Figure 35.
  • Figures 37B-1 and 37B-2 illustrate photographic and line drawing bottom views, respectively, of the dressing 3700.
  • the view illustrates a transmission layer 3730 and an acquisition distribution layer 3740, which may be similar to the transmission layer 3450 and acquisition distribution layer 3440 of Figures 34A and 34B.
  • the perimeter of the transmission layer 3730 may be slightly smaller than the perimeter of the acquisition distribution layer 3740.
  • the view also illustrates one embodiment of a release layer 3750 similar to release layer 3480 previously described for use in protecting the adhesive side of the wound contact layer.
  • the release layer 3750 as illustrated is made of two separate layers of material that can be removed from the adhesive side of the wound contact layer by pulling on flaps attached to the release layer.
  • Figure 37C illustrates a photograph of an embodiment of a wound dressing having a soft or flexible port for transmitting negative pressure secured over a cross- shaped viewing window in an obscuring layer of the dressing.
  • the port comprises a 3D fabric encased in transparent plastic film layers as described above. As illustrated in Figure 35, the plastic film layers have a perimeter larger than the perimeter of the 3D fabric.
  • An enlarged distal end of the port is positioned over the cross-shaped viewing window in the obscuring layer of the wound dressing, such that an end portion of each arm of the cross- shaped viewing window extends past the perimeter of the film layers of the enlarged distal end.
  • Figure 39A illustrates another embodiment of a wound dressing 3900.
  • the wound dressing may comprise a release layer 3980, wound contact layer 3960, a transmission layer 3950, an acquisition distribution layer 3940, an adhesive layer 3970, an absorbent layer 3930, an obscuring layer 3920, and a backing layer 3910.
  • this figure illustrates a dressing having one particular shape, the construction of the layers can be applied to any of the embodiments identified above, including Figures 4A-14, 16-22, and 24A-33B.
  • At least the wound contact layer 3960, transmission layer 3950, absorbent layer 3930, obscuring layer 3920, and backing layer 3910 may have properties as described with respect to particular embodiments above, such as the embodiments of Figures 3A-22, and 24A-33B, and these layers as well as the acquisition distribution layer 3940 may have properties similar to those described for the layers of the dressing embodiment of Figure 34A, as well as or instead of the properties described below.
  • the dressing 3900 may be connected to a port 3990, such as described above with respect to Figures 35 and 36 and as illustrated in Figure 39B (shown without the release layer 3980).
  • a port 3990 such as described above with respect to Figures 35 and 36 and as illustrated in Figure 39B (shown without the release layer 3980).
  • At least the backing layer 3910, obscuring layer 3920, absorbent layer 3930, and acquisition distribution layer 3940 may have openings underlying the port 3990, and the port 3990 may comprise a three-dimensional fabric 3997 and a filter element 3995 overlying the openings.
  • the opening 3921 in the obscuring layer may be cross-shaped.
  • the cross-shaped opening 3921 may comprise four arms of roughly equal length extending outward from a central point of intersection of the arms, wherein the sides of each arm are angled or arced such that the far end of each arm is wider than the end closest to the intersection.
  • the far ends of the four arms may comprise arcs, for example four arcs from a single circle, giving the cross a rounded shape.
  • the opening 3911 in the backing layer 3910, opening 3931 in the absorbent layer 3930, and opening 3941 in the acquisition distribution layer 3940 may be aligned with the central intersection point of the cross-shaped opening 3921.
  • the openings 3911 , 3931, and 3941 may be the same size or of varying sizes.
  • the backing layer 3910 (as well as the backing layer of previously described embodiments) may comprise, in some embodiments, EU33 film and may optionally have a pressure-sensitive adhesive provided on a lower surface thereof.
  • the adhesive may be a water dispersible acrylic adhesive, for example K5.
  • the adhesive may be able to be pattern spread, and may be hydrophilic.
  • the obscuring layer 3920 may be provided to increase patient comfort by masking the presence of wound exudate absorbed by the inner layers of the dressing.
  • the obscuring layer 3920 may have an outer perimeter that is spaced 1 mm, or approximately 1 mm, or 0.5 mm to 3 mm, or approximately 0.5 to approximately 3 mm, beyond the adjacent perimeter edge of the dressing layer or layers provided beneath it, for example the absorbent layer 3930, ADL 3940, and/or transmission layer 3950.
  • the obscuring layer 3920 may be provided with a plurality of viewing windows 3922 which may be used to assess the spread of exudate across the dressing 3900.
  • the cross-shaped opening 3921 may be used as a viewing window to ascertain the level of saturation of the layer or layers underlying an attached port.
  • the width of the cross-shaped opening 3921 may be greater than the width of an attached port to enable such assessment.
  • Some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3920 may comprise polypropylene spunbond material of suitable colors such as described above, including medical blue. Further, some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3420 may comprise a hydrophobic additive or coating.
  • the absorbent layer 3930 may be configured to absorb and retain exudate from a patient's wound. The absorbent layer 3930 will preferably be constructed from a material which has good absorbent qualities under negative pressure. In some embodiments (including any of the earlier described embodiments), the absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers or air-laid materials.
  • Some embodiments may comprise a cellulose fibers with 40-80% superabsorbent particles (SAP), for example 40%-60% (or about 40% to about 60%) SAP or 60%-80% (or about 60% to about 80%) SAP.
  • SAP superabsorbent particles
  • Heat fusible fibers can optionally be used to assist in holding the structure of the absorbent pad together.
  • Some embodiments may combine cellulose fibers and air-laid materials, for example as a hybrid bonded airlaid composite in the range of 400-500 gsm (or about 400 to about 500 gsm), for example 460 (or about 460) gsm.
  • the absorbent layer 3930 may include polyacrylate superabsorber powder to increase the absorbent capabilities of the material.
  • Some embodiments of the absorbent layer 3930 comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
  • the tissue dispersant layer may comprise a heat fusible binder to aid in holding the layer structure together.
  • the tissue dispersant layer may provide the advantage of enabling fluid transport.
  • the tissue dispersant layer may comprise a hot melt adhesive such as ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA), for example applied as a solution to cellulose fibers of the absorbent layer.
  • EVA ethylene vinyl acetate
  • the adhesive layer 3970 may bond an upper surface of the acquisition distribution layer 3940 to a lower surface of the absorbent layer 3930.
  • the adhesive layer 3970 may comprise an adhesive web or net.
  • the adhesive layer 3970 may comprise adhesive tape.
  • a hot melt adhesive such as EVA.
  • EVA powder may be sprinkled over the ADL 3940, which may then be heat bonded to the adhesive layer 3970.
  • the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and the absorbent layer 3930 may be stitched or sewn together, and the adhesive layer 3970 may comprise suitable fibers, strands, or threads.
  • the adhesive layer 3970 are hydrophilic so as not to affect the transport of water and/or water-based solutions between the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and absorbent layer 3930.
  • the adhesive layer may comprise a fine sprinkle of adhesive powder such that the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and absorbent layer 3930 are not bonded together across the entire upper and lower surfaces, respectively, but may be merely tacked together in a number of locations.
  • some embodiments of the dressing may be constructed without the use of an adhesive between the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and absorbent layer 3930.
  • the acquisition distribution layer (ADL) 3940 may be constructed so as to advantageously horizontally wick fluid, such as wound exudate, as it is absorbed upward through the layers of the dressing 3900. Such lateral wicking of fluid may allow maximum distribution of the fluid through the absorbent layer 3930, enabling the absorbent layer 3930 to reach its full holding capacity.
  • Some embodiments of the ADL 3440 may comprise cellulose in the range of 40- 160 gsm (or about 40 to about 160 gsm), for example 80 (or about 80) gsm..
  • the ADL may be constructed from a material which resists compression under the levels of negative pressure commonly applied during negative pressure therapy.
  • the dressing 3900 may optionally comprise a spacer or transmission layer 3950.
  • the transmission layer 3950 may comprise a porous material or 3D fabric configured to allow for the passage of fluids therethrough away from the wound site and into the upper layers of the dressing 3400.
  • the transmission layer 3450 should remain open under the typical pressures that will be applied during negative pressure wound therapy as described above, so that the whole wound site sees an equalized negative pressure.
  • the acquisition distribution layer 3940 may be sufficient to maintain even transmission of negative pressure throughout the dressing 3900 and the transmission layer 3950 may be excluded.
  • An outer perimeter of the transmission layer may be spaced 5 mm, or approximately 5 mm, or 2 mm to 8 mm, or approximately 2 mm to approximately 8 mm, inward of the adjacent perimeter edge of the dressing layer positioned above the transmission layer, for example the ADL 3940 or absorbent layer 3930.
  • the dressing 3900 may optionally comprise a wound contact layer 3960 for sealing the dressing 3900 to the healthy skin of a patient surrounding a wound area.
  • the wound contact layer 3960 may comprise flexible polyurethane film, and may be provided with a silicone adhesive on a lower surface thereof.
  • the wound contact layer 3960 may be perforated to allow for the transmission of fluids such as wound exudate therethrough, so that the fluids may be passed through or retained by the inner layers of the dressing 3900.
  • the wound contact layer 3960 Prior to use, the wound contact layer 3960 may be protected by a protective release layer 3980, which may be provided with at least one set of flaps 3981 for removing or peeling off the release layer 3980.
  • Figures 40A and 40B illustrate one embodiment of spacer layer, or transmission layer, material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above, and which may also be used in any of the port or fluidic connector embodiments described above.
  • the spacer or transmission material is preferably formed of a material having a three dimensional structure, and may have a top layer and a bottom layer comprising a knit pattern.
  • a knitted or woven spacer fabric for example Baltex 7970 weft knitted polyester
  • the top and bottom fabric layers may comprise polyester, such as 84/144 textured polyester or a flat denier polyester. Other materials and other linear mass densities of fiber could of course be used.
  • the top and bottom fabric layers may be the same pattern and the same material, and in other embodiments they may be different patterns and/or different materials.
  • the top fabric layer may have more filaments in a yarn used to form it than the number of filaments making up the yarn used to form the bottom fabric layer, in order to control moisture flow across the transmission layer. Particularly, by having a filament count greater in the top layer, that is to say, the top layer is made from a yarn having more filaments than the yarn used in the bottom layer, liquid tends to be wicked along the top layer more than the bottom layer.
  • Figure 40A illustrates one possible knit pattern for a top or bottom fabric layer.
  • the filaments may comprise a monofilament fiber or a multistrand fiber, and may be knitted polyester viscose or cellulose.
  • a majority of the filaments, by volume may extend vertically (that is, perpendicular to the plane of the top and bottom layers), or substantially or generally vertically.
  • 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the filaments or more, by volume may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
  • all or substantially all of the filaments, by volume may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
  • a majority, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the filaments or more, or even all or substantially all of the filaments extend upward from the bottom fabric layer and/or downward from the top fabric layer, and in some embodiments, such filaments extend over a length more than half the distance between the top and bottom fabric layers.
  • a majority, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the filaments or more, or even all or substantially all of the filaments span a distance that is greater in a direction perpendicular to the top and bottom fabric layers (a vertical direction) than in a direction parallel to the top and bottom fabric layers (a horizontal direction). The orientation of such filaments may promote vertical wicking of fluid through the spacer layer.
  • the ratio of the amount of fluid wicked vertically through the spacer material to the amount of fluid wicked laterally across the spacer material when under negative pressure may be 2: 1 or more, or approximately 2: 1 or more, or may be up to 10: 1 or more, or approximately 10: 1 or more, in some embodiments.
  • Such filaments may also keep the top and bottom layers spaced apart when exposed to compressive forces or negative pressure.
  • FIGS 41A-D illustrate one embodiment of acquisition distribution layer (ADL) material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above, and which may also be used in any of the port or fluidic connector embodiments described above.
  • the ADL material in an uncompressed state, may be 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick, or approximately 0.5 mm to approximately 3 mm thick, and in some embodiments may be 1.2 mm thick, or approximately 1.2 mm thick, in an uncompressed state.
  • the ADL material may comprise a plurality of loosely packed fibers, which may be arranged in a substantially horizontal fibrous network.
  • the ADL material may consist of a mix of two fiber types.
  • One may be a flat fiber which may be 20 ⁇ to 50 ⁇ in width, or approximately 20 ⁇ to approximately 50 ⁇ in width, and may comprise a cellulosic based material.
  • the other fiber may be a two component fiber that has an inner core that is 8 ⁇ to 10 ⁇ in diameter, or approximately is 8 ⁇ to approximately 10 ⁇ in diameter, and an outer layer with a thickness of 1 ⁇ to 2 ⁇ , or approximately 1 ⁇ to approximately 2 ⁇ .
  • the two component fiber may be a mix of a polyethylene (PE) type material, and polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
  • PE polyethylene
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the inner core of the two component fiber may be PET and the outer layer may be PE.
  • the PE/PET fibers may have a smooth surface morphology, while the cellulosic fibers may have a relatively rougher surface morphology.
  • the ADL material may comprise about 60% to about 90% cellulosic fibers, for example approximately 75% cellulosic fibers, and may comprise about 10% to about 40% PE/PET fibers, for example approximately 25% PE/PET fibers.
  • Figure 41A illustrates a backscatter scanning electron microscope (SEM) plan view of a sample portion of acquisition distribution layer material at 140x magnification.
  • Figure 41 B illustrates an SEM cross sectional view at 25 Ox magnification.
  • a majority of the fiber volume may extend horizontally (that is, parallel to the plane of the top and bottom surfaces of the material), or substantially or generally horizontally.
  • 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) or more of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally.
  • all or substantially all of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally.
  • a majority, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the fibers or more, or even all or substantially all of the fibers span a distance perpendicular to the thickness of the ADL material (a horizontal or lateral distance) that is greater than the thickness of the ADL material.
  • the horizontal or lateral distance spanned by such fibers is 2 times (or about 2 times) or more, 3 times (or about 3 times) or more, 4 times (or about 4 times) or more, 5 times (or about 5 times) or more, or 10 times (or about 10 times) or more the thickness of the ADL material.
  • the orientation of such such fibers may promote lateral wicking of fluid through the ADL material.
  • the ratio of the amount of fluid wicked laterally across the ADL material to the amount of fluid wicked vertically through the ADL material under negative pressure may be 2: 1 or more, or approximately 2: 1 or more, or may be up to 10: 1 or more, or approximately 10: 1 or more, in some embodiments.
  • Figure 41 C is a two dimensional microtomographic cross sectional view of a compressed portion of a sample of ADL material which is approximately 9.2 mm long.
  • Figure 41D is an SEM cross sectional view at 130x magnification of the compressed portion illustrated in Figure 41C. Such compressed portions may occur in the ADL material may occur due to the application of pressure to the material.
  • Figures 41 C and 41D further illustrate the horizontal network of ADL fibers.
  • Figures 42A and 42B illustrate one embodiment of absorbent material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above.
  • Figure 42A illustrates a three dimensional microtomographic cross sectional view of a sample of absorbent material, depicting a fibrous composition interspersed with superabsorbent particles.
  • the absorbent material may, for example, be any of the materials described in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2012/308780, titled “Absorbent Structure,” filed May 25, 2012, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Figure 42B is a cross sectional schematic diagram of an embodiment of the absorbent material illustrating a plurality of layers within the absorbent material.
  • the absorbent material may have a textured layer 4210 on one side of a fibrous network, the fibrous network defining the bulk of the absorbent material and comprising layers 4220, 4240, and 4250.
  • Superabsorbent particles 4230 may be dispersed throughout layers 4220, 4240, and 4250.
  • the textured layer 4210 also referred to as the "tissue dispersant layer" in above portions of this specification, may be configured to laterally transmit fluid.
  • the textured layer 4210 may in some embodiments be positioned as the uppermost layer of the absorbent material, and in some embodiments may be positioned as both the lowermost and uppermost layers of the absorbent material.
  • the textured layer 4210 may comprise flat fibers 20 ⁇ to 50 ⁇ in width, or approximately 20 ⁇ to approximately 50 ⁇ in width.
  • the textured layer 4210 may comprise 1 to 2 or approximately 1 to approximately 2 layers of the flat fibers, and the textured layer 4210 may have an overall thickness of 0.04 mm, or approximately 0.04 mm.
  • the bulk of the absorbent material comprising layers 4220, 4240, and 4250, may have a thickness of 1.7 mm, or approximately 1.7 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm, or about 0.5 mm to about 3.0 mm.
  • the bulk of the absorbent material may comprise a mix of two fiber types arranged in a fibrous network, for example the cellulosic fiber having a width of 20 ⁇ to 50 ⁇ , or approximately 20 ⁇ to approximately 50 ⁇ , and the PE/PET composite fiber, described above with respect to the ADL material.
  • the superabsorbent particles 4230 may be irregularly shaped and varied in size, and may have a diameter of up to 1 mm, or approximately 1 mm.
  • the superabsorbent particles 4230 may comprise a sodium acrylate type material. There may be relatively fewer superabsorbent particles in a portion of the uppermost surface of the bulk of the absorbent material (the surface of layer 4250 opposite the textured layer 4210), for example in an uppermost surface having a thickness of approximately 0.1 mm.
  • Layer 4220 may be a liquid absorption layer configured to draw liquid upward through the material towards layers 4240 and 4250.
  • Layer 4240 may be a storage layer configured to hold absorbed liquid.
  • Layer 4220 may be a liquid distribution layer configured to apply a "reverse suction" effect to the liquid storage layer 4240 in order to inhibit (or substantially inhibit) absorbed liquid from leaking back down through the lower layers of the absorbent material, a phenomenon which is commonly known as "backwetting.”
  • Superabsorbent particles 4230 may be distributed primarily within the storage layer, may extend partially into the absorption layer 4220 and liquid distribution layer 4250, or may be distributed evenly (or substantially evenly) throughout the layers.
  • the layers 4220, 4240, and 4250 may overlap with a portion of adjacent layers, and may or may not be separable.
  • Figures 43A and 43B illustrate one embodiment of obscuring layer material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above.
  • Figure 43A illustrates a photographic plan view of obscuring material, depicting a material comprising a fibrous network having a reoccurring regularly spaced criss-cross diamond pattern.
  • the diamond shaped pattern may, in one embodiment, be 1.2 mm long by 1.0 mm wide, and may have a thickness of approximately 0.04 mm thick, consisting of fibers that are more densely packed relative to the surrounding area of the material.
  • the diamond shaped pattern may increase structural stability of the fibrous network of the material, for example serving as "tacking" points.
  • Figure 43B illustrates a three dimensional microtomographic perspective view of the compressed diamond pattern and the surrounding uncompressed fibers.
  • Some embodiments of the obscuring material may comprise polypropylene spunbond material. Further, some embodiments of the obscuring material may comprise a hydrophobic additive or coating, for example a hydrophobic wash designed to permeate the fibers of the obscuring material to make the material substantially waterproof while permitting vapor permeability. Other embodiments may comprise a thin fibrous sheet of 60, 70, or 80 gsm.
  • the fibers of the obscuring material may, in one embodiment, comprise layers of polypropylene (PP) fibers having a smooth surface morphology, and the PP fibers may have a thickness of approximately 25 ⁇ .
  • the obscuring material may have a thickness of .045 mm or about .045 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.02 mm to 0.5 mm, or about 0.02 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • Figure 44 illustrates one embodiment of an adhesive spread on approximately one square centimeter of a film material, which may be used as the cover or backing layer in any of the dressing embodiments or fluidic connector embodiments described above.
  • the adhesive on the film has been covered with carbon powder for ease of illustrating the spread of the adhesive.
  • the adhesive may comprise, for example, an acrylate type adhesive, for example K5 adhesive, and may be laid down in a criss cross pattern.
  • the adhesive material may cover approximately 45.5% ⁇ approximately 1.3% of the film surface.
  • the pattern and coverage of the adhesive may vary so long as the configuration is suitable for desired vapor permeability.
  • Figures 45A-D illustrate one embodiment of a sealing strip assembly 4501 which may be used with a wound dressing and/or fluidic connector to provide additional sealing against the skin of the patient surrounding the wound dressing or fluidic connector. Sealing strips may also be used to reseal a cut or punctured wound dressing or fluidic connector.
  • the sealing strips of Figures 45A-D may be used, for example, like the fixation strips 210 of Figure 2D.
  • a plurality of sealing strips 4501 may be provided together on one sheet 4500 with a plurality of perforations or weakened lines 4515, separating the individual sealing strips on the sheet. In some embodiments anywhere from 2 to 10 or more sealing strips may be provided on one sheet. As illustrated, 6 sealing strips 4501a, 4501b, 4501c, 4501d, 4501e and 450 If are provided on one sheet 4500 in Figure 45A. In other embodiments each sealing strip may be provided separately, or a plurality of separate sealing strips may be provided, for example in a kit.
  • a kit may be provided in the form of a tray, for example a sealed tray, which may include one or more sheets containing a plurality of sealing strips 4501 separated by the plurality of perforations or weakened lines 4515, or other embodiments of sealing strips as described.
  • the kit may also contain a wound dressing with a fluidic connector that may be pre-connected to the wound dressing or separately provided.
  • the wound dressing may have any of the shapes and layer configurations described above, and the fluidic connector may be any of the soft or hard ports described above.
  • the kit may further comprise a pump configured to connect to the fluidic connector and transmit negative pressure to the wound dressing.
  • FIG. 45B An example perforation pattern of a perforated cut 4515 is illustrated in Figure 45B, which an enlarged view of the portion of Figure 45 A labeled with the reference number 45B.
  • a repeating perforation gap 4525 may extend across the perforation, each gap separated by a connected or intact portion 4590. These perforation gaps 4525 may extend through some or all of the layers of the sealing strip assembly described further below.
  • a perforation gap 4525 may be 10 mm, or approximately 10 mm, in length, wherein length is the dimension measured along the perforation line.
  • the perforation gap length may be also in the range of 2 mm to 20 mm, or approximately 2 mm to approximately 20 mm, in some embodiments.
  • the intact portion 4590 separating perforation gaps may be in the range of 0.25 mm to 3 mm, or approximately 0.25 mm to approximately 3 mm, in length, for example 0.5 mm, or approximately 0.5 mm, in length.
  • the sheet 4500 of sealing strips 4501 may comprise an adhesive film 4545, which may be a flexible film material provided with a pressure-sensitive adhesive on a lower surface thereof.
  • the adhesive film 4545 may, in some embodiments, be thin and prone to sticking to itself when folded or handled. Therefore, the adhesive film 4545 may be provided with a carrier layer 4535 on an upper, non-adhesive surface having the same length and width as the adhesive film 4545, and may also be provided with a one or protective layers 4570, 4580 on its lower, adhesive surface.
  • the protective layers 4570, 4580 may be configured to protect the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545.
  • First and second outer protective layers 4570 may be provided at opposite ends of the sheet 4500 or an individual sealing strip assembly 4501 (on the right and left sides of Figure 45A and 45C, with only the right side shown in Figure 45D), thereby covering the opposite ends of the individual sealing strips 4501.
  • a central protective layer 4580 may be provided over a central portion of the sheet 4500 or an individual sealing strip assembly 4501 and therefore over a central portion of adhesive film 4545, between the opposite ends of the adhesive film 4545and partially overlapping with and underlying the outer protective layers 4570.
  • the protective layers 4570 may have an outer edge (shown on the right in Figure 45D) that is positioned beyond the outer edge of the adhesive film 4545, and may also include a folded handle 4575 that is covered by the central protective layer 4580.
  • the folded handles 4575 of protective layer 4570 are therefore not in direct contact with the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545 to facilitate removal of the outer protective layers 4570.
  • the portions 4585 of the central protective layer 4580 overlapping the outer protective layers 4570 are not in direct contact with the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545, and are not adhered to the outer protective layers 4570, thereby forming handles to facilitate removal of the central protective layer 4580.
  • the carrier layer 4535 that may be provided on the upper surface of the adhesive film may be configured to releasably attach to the non-adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545, and may comprise a sheet of paper or film with relatively more rigidity than the adhesive film.
  • Release tabs 4595 may be provided on one or both opposite ends of the carrier layer 4535 for ease of removing the carrier layer 4535 from the adhesive film 4545. As illustrated in Figure 45D, the release tabs 4595 may extend outwardly from the adhesive film 4545 and carrier layer 4535 to an outer edge aligned with an outer edge of the outer protective layer 4570.
  • graphical and/or numbered instructions for removal of the protective layer and carrier layer may be provided on one or both of the protective layer and carrier layer.
  • one or more sealing strips 4501 may be removed from the sheet 4500 by cutting or tearing along the perforations 4515.
  • the central protective layer 4580 may be removed using the non-adhered portions 4585 of the central protective layer 4580, which serve as handles, for the exposing a central adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545.
  • the adhesive surface may then be applied to skin and/or a dressing or any desired location, or the adhesive surface may be applied after one or both of the outer protective layers 4570 is removed.
  • the folded handle 4575 of outer protective layers 4570 may be grasped to remove the outer protective layers 4570, exposing the entirety of the lower adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545.
  • the outer edges of the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545 may be placed in a desired location. After sealing the adhesive film 4545, the release tab or tabs 4595 may be used to remove the carrier layer 4535 from the adhesive film 4545. This may be repeated with as many adhesive strips as are needed.
  • FIG 45 A illustrates a top view of assembly sheet 4500 of sealing strip assemblies 4501, in which the release tabs 4595 and carrier layer 4535 on adhesive film 4545 would be seen.
  • the dashed lines in Figure 45A illustrate edges or fold locations of the adhesive film 4545, central protective layer 4580, outer protective layers 4570, and carrier layer 4535.
  • each sealing strip 4501 may have a width 4530 of 40 mm, or approximately 40 mm, or a width in the range of 20 mm to 80 mm, or approximately 20 mm to 80 mm.
  • each sealing strip assembly (or the sheet 4500, including release tabs 4595 and outer protective layers 4570) may be 250 mm or 300 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 250 mm or approximately 300 mm, or in the range of 100 mm to 400 mm, or approximately 100 to approximately 400 mm.
  • the length 4520 of the adhesive film 4545 and carrier layer 4535 may be 280 mm or 330 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 280 mm or approximately 330 mm, or in the range of 90 mm to 380 mm, or approximately 90 to approximately 380 mm.
  • the length 4505 of central protective layer 4580 may be 210 mm or 260 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 210 mm or approximately 260 mm, or may be in the range of 100 mm to 300 mm, or approximately 100 mm to approximately 300 mm.
  • the length 4565 of outer protective layers 4570 may be 85 mm or 1 10 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 85 mm or approximately 1 10 mm, or may be in the range of 50 mm to 200 mm, or approximately 500 mm to approximately 200 mm.
  • the length 4555 of the folded portion or handle 4575 of outer protective layer 4570 may be 20 mm plus or minus 5 mm, in some embodiments, or approximately 20 mm plus or minus approximately 5 mm.
  • the distance 4550 from the outer edge of the folded tab 4575 to the outer edge of the central protective layer 4580 may be 20 mm plus or minus 5 mm, in some embodiments, or approximately 20 mm plus or minus approximately 5 mm.
  • dressing configurations are possible other than a narrow central portion configuration, a three-lobed configuration, a four-lobed configuration, including, for example, hexagonal or circular shaped backing layers for use in dressings.
  • these embodiments may also comprise various configurations of slits, described previously, so as to enhance conformability of the dressing in non-planar wounds.
  • the absorbent layers of these embodiments may be colored or obscured with an obscuring layer, and optionally provided with one or more viewing windows.
  • the domed ports of these embodiments may also be replaced with one or more fluidic connectors of the type described below in Figures 23A-B, and vice versa. Additionally, all features and structures described for wound dressings with the waisted portion configuration can be incorporated into any shape or dressing configuration as described herein.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Media Introduction/Drainage Providing Device (AREA)
  • Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments disclosed herein are directed to negative pressure treatment systems and wound dressing systems with an acquisition distribution layer that may be used for the treatment of wounds. In particular, some embodiments are directed to improved wound dressings comprising an obscuring layer that may hide fluid contained therein. Some embodiments may further comprise one or more viewing windows disposed therethrough so as to enable monitoring or examination of fluids contained therein.

Description

WOUND DRESSING
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/678,569, filed August 1, 2012, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61,753,374, filed January 16, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/753,878, filed January 17, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/785,054, filed March 14, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/823,298, filed May 14, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," the entireties of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Field of the Invention
[0002] Embodiments described herein relate to apparatuses, systems, and methods the treatment of wounds, for example using dressings in combination with negative pressure wound therapy.
Description of the Related Art
[0003] Prior art dressings for use in negative pressure have been difficult to apply, particularly around curved or non-flat body surfaces. Further, when used, wound exudate may soak into the dressing, which some patients may find aesthetically unpleasing and difficult to address in social situations.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0004] Accordingly, certain embodiments disclosed herein relate to improved wound dressing that exhibit enhanced conformability and aesthetic presentation. Also disclosed are improved methods of use and systems for use of the same, preferably in conjunction with negative pressure wound therapy. [0005] In one embodiment, a wound dressing comprises:
an acquisition distribution layer;
an absorbent layer over the acquisition distribution layer; and
a backing layer above the absorbent layer.
[0006] In some embodiments, the wound dressing may further comprise a fluidic connector configured to connect the backing layer to a source of negative pressure. The fluidic connector may be positioned over an opening in the backing layer.
[0007] The acquisition distribution layer may be configured to horizontally wick fluid as the fluid is absorbed upward through the wound dressing. In some embodiments, the acquisition distribution layer may comprise a mix of cellulosic fibers and composite fibers, the composite fibers comprising a PET core and a PE outer layer. The acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and a majority of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally. The acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and approximately 80% to approximately 90% of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally. The acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and all or substantially all of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally extending fibers. The acquisition distribution layer may comprise a plurality of fibers, and a majority of the fibers may span a distance perpendicular to the thickness of the acquisition distribution layer that is greater than the thickness of the acquisition distribution layer. The wound dressing may be configured such that a ratio of an amount of fluid wicking laterally across the acquisition distribution layer to an amount of fluid wicking vertically through the acquisition distribution layer when under negative pressure is about 2: 1 or more.
[0008] In some embodiments, the absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer may be bonded together by one or more of adhesive, stitching, or heat bonding. The absorbent layer may comprise a fibrous network and superabsorbing particles within the fibrous network. The wound dressing may further comprise a wound contact layer below the acquisition distribution layer. The wound dressing may further comprise a transmission layer between the wound contact layer and the acquisition distribution layer.
[0009] The transmission layer may be configured to vertically wick fluid. The transmission layer may comprise a top fabric layer, a bottom fabric layer, and a plurality of filaments extending generally perpendicularly between said top fabric layer and said bottom fabric layer. In some embodiments, a majority of filaments, by volume, may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically. In another embodiment, approximately 80% to approximately 90% of the filaments, by volume, may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically. In yet another embodiment, all or substantially all of the filaments, by volume, may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically. In some embodiments, a majority of filaments may extend upward from the bottom fabric layer and/or downward from the top fabric layer and may extend over a length more than half the distance between the top and bottom fabric layers. A majority of filaments may span a distance that is greater in a direction perpendicular to the top and bottom fabric layers than in a direction parallel to the top and bottom fabric layers. A ratio of an amount of fluid wicking vertically through the transmission layer to an amount of fluid wicking laterally across the transmission layer when under negative pressure may be, in some embodiments, about 2: 1 or more.
[0010] In some embodiments, the acquisition distribution layer may comprise viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, polyethylene or a combination of some or all of these materials. The absorbent layer may comprise between 30% and 40% cellulose matrix and 60% and 70% superabsorbing polymers. The absorbent layer may comprise a mix of cellulosic fibers and composite fibers, and the composite fibers may comprise a PET core and a PE outer layer. The absorbent layer may comprise a plurality of layers. The plurality of layers of the absorbent layer may comprise a textured layer configured to laterally spread absorbed fluid, an absorption layer configured to draw fluid upward into an interior of the absorbent layer, a storage layer configured to absorb the fluid, and a liquid distribution layer configured to apply a reverse suction effect to the storage layer. The absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
[0011] The backing layer may be transparent or translucent, and the wound dressing may further comprise an obscuring layer between the absorbent layer and the backing layer. The wound dressing may comprise one or more viewing windows in the obscuring layer. At least the obscuring layer may be shaped with a narrowed central portion along its length. The obscuring layer may comprise two rows of three viewing windows. The obscuring layer may comprise one row of three viewing windows. The obscuring layer may comprise one row of eight viewing windows. The obscuring layer may comprise two rows of five viewing windows. The obscuring layer may comprise one row of five viewing windows. At least the obscuring layer may be shaped with a narrowed central portion along both its width and its length. The obscuring layer may comprise a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows. The obscuring layer may comprise a quincunx array of viewing windows. At least the obscuring layer may comprise a six-lobed shape. The absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer may be substantially the same shape as the obscuring layer. The obscuring layer may further comprise a cross or maltese cross shaped hole over which a fluidic connector for transmitting negative pressure may be connected.
[0012] In one embodiment, a wound treatment apparatus for treatment of a wound site comprises:
a wound dressing comprising:
an absorbent layer configured to retain fluid,
a backing layer above the absorbent layer, and
an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer; and
a fluidic connector configured to transmit negative pressure from a negative pressure source to the wound dressing for the application of topical negative pressure at the wound site.
[0013] In some embodiments, the obscuring layer is above or below the backing layer. The obscuring layer may be configured to at least partially visually obscure fluid contained within the absorbent layer. The obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer. The at least one viewing window may comprise at least one aperture made through the obscuring layer. The at least one viewing window may comprise at least one uncolored region of the obscuring layer. The viewing window may comprise an array of dots. The array of dots may be distributed in a straight line of dots, the straight line of dots being positioned on a center line along a length of the absorbent layer. The straight line of dots may comprise an array of three dots. The straight line of dots may comprise an array of five dots. The straight line of dots may comprise an array of eight dots. The array of dots may be distributed in two straight lines of dots, the two straight lines of dots positioned to be an equal distance from a center line along a length of the absorbent layer, the two straight lines of dots having an equal number of dots. The two straight lines of dots may comprise an array of three dots. The two straight lines of dots may comprise an array of five dots. The array of dots may be distributed regularly over the obscuring layer to enable assessment of wound exudate spread. The viewing window may be selected from the group consisting of a graphical element or a typographical element. The obscuring layer may comprise an auxiliary compound, wherein the auxiliary compound may comprise activated charcoal configured to absorb odors and configured to color or tint the obscuring layer. The fluidic connector may comprise an obscuring element configured to substantially visually obscure wound exudate.
[0014] Some embodiments may further comprise an acquisition distribution layer between the wound contact layer and the absorbent material. The absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers and between 40% and 80% (or between about 40% and about 80%) superabsorbent particles. The obscuring layer, in a dry state, may be configured to yield a CIE y value of .4 or less and a CIE x value of .5 or less on a CIE x, y chromaticity diagram. The obscuring layer, in a dry state, may have a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on a CIE x, y chromaticity diagram. In some embodiments, the wound dressing further comprises an orifice in the backing layer, the orifice configured to communicate negative pressure to the wound site. The obscuring layer may comprise at least one orifice viewing window configured to be positioned adjacent to the orifice in the backing layer, the orifice viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer adjacent to the orifice. The orifice viewing window may be cross- shaped. The wound dressing may comprise a first length corresponding to a first edge of a wound dressing and a first width corresponding to a second edge of the wound dressing, a first x axis runs along the first width and a first y axis runs along the first length, wherein the first x axis and the first y axis are in a perpendicular alignment. The viewing window may comprise a first arm and a second arm, the first arm of the viewing window define a second length and the second arm defines a second width, a second x axis runs along the second width and a second y axis runs along the second length, wherein the second x axis and the second y axis are in a perpendicular alignment. The second x axis and second y axis of the viewing window is offset from the first x axis and the first y axis of the absorbent layer. The second x axis and second y axis of the viewing window may be aligned with the first x axis and the first y axis of the absorbent layer. The cross-shaped viewing window may comprise flared ends. The fluidic connector may be configured to transmit air. The fluidic connector may comprise a filter, the filter configured to block fluid transport past itself. The fluidic connector may comprise a secondary air leak channel, the secondary air leak channel configured to allow a flow of ambient air to the wound site. The secondary air leak channel may comprise a filter. The fluidic connector may comprise a soft fluidic connector. The soft fluidic connector may comprise a three dimensional fabric. In some embodiments, the three dimensional fabric is configured to transmit therapeutic levels of negative pressure while an external pressure up to 2 kg/cm2 is applied thereto. The soft fluidic connector may be configured to be connected to a tube in fluid communication with the vacuum source. The soft fluidic connector may be configured to be connected directly to the vacuum source. The soft fluidic connector may comprise an enlarged distal end, the enlarged distal end configured to be connected to the wound dressing. The apparatus may further comprise a tube connected to the fluidic connector. The apparatus may further comprise a pump in fluid communication with the fluidic connector. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer comprises two or more lobes. The absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
[0015] In another embodiment, a wound treatment apparatus for treatment of a wound site comprises:
a wound dressing configured to be positioned over a wound site, the wound dressing comprising:
a backing layer having an upper surface and a lower surface and defining a perimeter configured to be positioned over skin surrounding the wound site, the backing layer including an opening;
a wound contact layer adhered to the lower surface of the backing layer, the wound contact layer comprising an adhesive on a lower surface thereof;
an absorbent material positioned between the backing layer and the wound contact layer, wherein the absorbent material comprises a vertical hole positioned below the opening in the backing layer; an obscuring layer positioned at least partially over the absorbent material, wherein the obscuring layer comprises a vertical hole positioned between the opening in the backing layer and the vertical hole in the absorbent material;
one or more viewing windows extending through the obscuring layer configured to allow visualization of wound exudate in the absorbent material; and a port positioned over the opening in the backing layer configured to transmit negative pressure through the port for the application of topical negative pressure at the wound site.
[0016] In some embodiments, the backing layer is transparent or translucent. The backing layer may define a perimeter with a rectangular or a square shape. The wound contact layer may be adhered to the lower surface of the backing layer along the perimeter of the backing layer. The hole in the obscuring layer may have a different diameter than the hole in the absorbent material or the opening in the backing layer. The one or more viewing windows may be arranged in a repeating pattern across the obscuring layer. The one or more viewing windows may have a circular shape. Some embodiments may further comprise an acquisition distribution layer between the wound contact layer and the absorbent material. The absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers and between 40% and 80% (or between about 40% and about 80%) superabsorbent particles. The obscuring layer, in a dry state, may be configured to yield a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
[0017] Some embodiments further comprise a transmission layer between the absorbent material and the wound contact layer. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a hydrophobic filter positioned in or below the port. The absorbent material may have a longitudinal length and a transverse width, wherein the length is greater than the width, and wherein the width of the absorbent material narrows in a central portion along the longitudinal length of the absorbent material. The obscuring layer may have substantially the same perimeter shape as the absorbent material. The apparatus may further comprise a pump
[0018] In another embodiment, a wound treatment apparatus for treatment of a wound site comprises:
a wound dressing configured to be conformable to a nonplanar wound comprising: an absorbent layer comprising a contoured shape, the contoured shape comprising a substantially rectangular body with a waisted portion, and
a backing layer above the absorbent layer; and
a fiuidic connector configured to transmit negative pressure from a negative pressure source to the wound dressing for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site.
[0019] Some embodiments may further comprise a wound contact layer. The backing layer may be rectangular. In some embodiments, the negative pressure source is a pump. In some embodiments, the wound dressing has a longer axis and a shorter axis, and wherein the waisted portion configured to be on the longer axis. The apparatus may further comprise an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer. The obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer. The viewing window may comprise an array of dots. The fluidic connector may be located along a side or corner of the rectangular body. Some embodiments may further comprise an acquisition distribution layer between the wound contact layer and the absorbent material. The absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers and 40%-80% (or about 40% to about 80%) superabsorbent particles. The obscuring layer, in a dry state, may be configured to yield a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram. The absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
[0020] In yet another embodiment, an apparatus for dressing a wound for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site, comprises:
an absorbent layer having one or more slits extending at least partially across the width of the absorbent layer; and
a backing layer above the absorbent layer, the backing layer having an orifice for communicating negative pressure to the wound site, wherein the orifice is positioned over a portion of the absorbent layer having no slits.
[0021] In some embodiments, the one or more slits comprise one or more concentric arcs.
[0022] In another embodiment, a wound treatment apparatus comprises: a wound dressing configured to be conformable to a nonplanar wound comprising:
an absorbent layer above the contact layer, the absorbent layer comprising a contoured shape, the contoured shape comprising two or more lobes, and
a backing layer above the absorbent layer.
[0023] In some embodiments, the wound treatment apparatus comprises a pump. The wound dressing may comprise a fluidic connector configured to transmit negative pressure from a pump to the wound dressing for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site. The wound dressing may also comprise a wound-facing contact layer. The contoured shape may comprise three lobes. The contoured shape may comprise four lobes. The two or more lobes may comprise rounded projections. The apparatus may comprise two or more lobes flared lobes. The contoured shape may be oval-shaped. The contoured shape may comprise six lobes. The apparatus may further comprise an obscuring layer disposed so as to obscure the absorbent layer. The apparatus may further comprise an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer. The obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer. The viewing window may comprise an array of dots.
[0024] In yet another embodiment, an apparatus for dressing a wound for the application of topical negative pressure at a wound site, comprises:
an absorbent layer configured to retain fluid,
a backing layer above the absorbent layer, and
an obscuring layer configured to at least partly visually obscure fluid within the absorbent layer, wherein the obscuring layer, in a dry state, is configured to yield a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram.
[0025] Some embodiments may further comprise one or more viewing windows in the backing layer. At least the obscuring layer may be shaped with a narrowed central portion along its length. The obscuring layer may comprise a 3 x 3 array of viewing window or a quincunx array of viewing windows. In some embodiments, at least the obscuring layer may comprise a six-lobed shape. The absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer may be substantially the same shape as the obscuring layer. The obscuring layer may further comprise a cross or maltese cross shaped hole over which a fluidic connector for transmitting negative pressure may be connected. The apparatus may further comprise a fluidic connector configured to connect the backing layer to a source of negative pressure. The absorbent layer may further comprise a tissue dispersant layer.
[0026] In some embodiments, a negative pressure wound therapy kit is provided comprising:
a wound dressing; and
a sheet comprising a plurality of sealing strips and a plurality of perforations configured to facilitate separation of the sealing strips from the sheet.
[0027] The wound dressing may be any of the dressings described herein. In some embodiments, the kit may further comprise a fluidic connector attached to the wound dressing. The sheet comprising a plurality of sealing strips may comprise an adhesive film and at least one protective layer over an adhesive surface of the adhesive film. The at least one sealing strip may further comprise a carrier layer configured to be releasably attached to a non-adhesive surface of the adhesive film. The carrier layer may comprise at least one tab. The at least one protective layer may comprise a central protective layer and two outer protective layers. .
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0028] Figure 1 illustrates an embodiment of a wound treatment system;
[0029] Figures 2A-D illustrate the use and application of an embodiment of a wound treatment system onto a patient;
[0030] Figure 3A illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing in cross-section;
[0031] Figure 3B illustrates another embodiment of a wound dressing in cross- section;
[0032] Figure 3C illustrates another embodiment of a wound dressing in cross- section;
[0033] Figures 4A-C illustrate a top view of an embodiment of a wound dressing with a narrow central portion; [0034] Figures 5A-F - 9A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows;
[0035] Figures 10A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows, and Figure 10G illustrates a top view of the wound dressing of Figures 10A-F with a maltese cross shaped viewing window in the obscuring layer;
[0036] Figures 11 A-F - 12A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows;
[0037] Figures 13A-B and 14 illustrate a top view of an embodiment of a wound dressing including a cross-shaped viewing window;
[0038] Figures 15A-B illustrate a top view of an embodiment of a wound dressing including slits in the wound dressing;
[0039] Figure 16 illustrates an embodiment of a dressing comprising a viewing window in the shape of a trademarked brand name;
[0040] Figure 17 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe configuration of a wound dressing and a dot pattern of viewing windows;
[0041] Figure 18 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe configuration of a wound dressing and viewing windows in the shape of a logo;
[0042] Figure 19 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe wound dressing;
[0043] Figure 20 illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a three-lobe wound dressing with flared ends on each lobe;
[0044] Figure 21 A illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing with crescent shaped cut-outs as viewing windows;
[0045] Figure 21B illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing with an array of dots at viewing windows;
[0046] Figure 21 C illustrates a top view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing with viewing windows; [0047] Figure 22 illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a four-lobe wound dressing;
[0048] Figure 23A-B illustrate embodiments of white and colored fluidic connectors, respectively;
[0049] Figures 24A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of an oval-shaped wound dressing, and Figure 24G illustrates a top view of an alternate embodiment of the wound dressing of Figures 24A-F;
[0050] Figures 25A-32B illustrate embodiments of a wound dressing including an obscuring layer and viewing windows including an orifice viewing window;
[0051] Figures 33A-B illustrate embodiments of an oval-shaped wound dressing comprising an obscuring layer and an orifice viewing window;
[0052] Figure 34A illustrates an exploded view of an embodiment of a wound dressing;
[0053] Figure 34B illustrates a cross sectional view of an embodiment of a wound dressing;
[0054] Figure 35 illustrates an exploded view of an embodiment of a soft or flexible port for transmitting negative pressure to a wound dressing;
[0055] Figure 36 illustrates an embodiment of a soft or flexible port attached to a wound dressing;
[0056] Figures 37A-1 and 37A-2 illustrates a perspective view of a wound dressing;
[0057] Figures 37B-1 and 37B-2 illustrates a bottom view of the wound dressing of Figures 37A-1 and 37A-2;
[0058] Figure 37C illustrates a photograph of an embodiment of a wound dressing having a soft or flexible port for transmitting negative pressure secured over a cross- shaped viewing window;
[0059] Figure 38 illustrates a CIE chromaticity scale;
[0060] Figure 39 A illustrates an exploded view of another embodiment of a wound dressing; [0061] Figure 39B illustrates a cross-sectional view of the wound dressing of Figure 39 A;
[0062] Figures 40A and 40B illustrate one embodiment of spacer layer material;
[0063] Figures 41A-D illustrate one embodiment of acquisition distribution layer material;
[0064] Figures 42A and 42B illustrate one embodiment of absorbent layer material;
[0065] Figures 43A and 43B illustrate one embodiment of obscuring layer material;
[0066] Figure 44 illustrates one embodiment of an adhesive spread on cover layer material;
[0067] Figures 45A-D illustrate one embodiment of a sealing strip assembly which may be used with a dressing and/or fluidic connector.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
[0068] Embodiments disclosed herein relate to apparatuses and methods of treating a wound with reduced pressure, including pump and wound dressing components and apparatuses. The apparatuses and components comprising the wound overlay and packing materials, if any, are sometimes collectively referred to herein as dressings.
[0069] It will be appreciated that throughout this specification reference is made to a wound. It is to be understood that the term wound is to be broadly construed and encompasses open and closed wounds in which skin is torn, cut or punctured or where trauma causes a contusion, or any other superficial or other conditions or imperfections on the skin of a patient or otherwise that benefit from reduced pressure treatment. A wound is thus broadly defined as any damaged region of tissue where fluid may or may not be produced. Examples of such wounds include, but are not limited to, abdominal wounds or other large or incisional wounds, either as a result of surgery, trauma, sterniotomies, fasciotomies, or other conditions, dehisced wounds, acute wounds, chronic wounds, subacute and dehisced wounds, traumatic wounds, flaps and skin grafts, lacerations, abrasions, contusions, bums, diabetic ulcers, pressure ulcers, stoma, surgical wounds, trauma and venous ulcers or the like.
[0070] It will be understood that embodiments of the present disclosure are generally applicable to use in topical negative pressure ("TNP") therapy systems. Briefly, negative pressure wound therapy assists in the closure and healing of many forms of "hard to heal" wounds by reducing tissue oedema; encouraging blood flow and granular tissue formation; removing excess exudate and may reduce bacterial load (and thus infection risk). In addition, the therapy allows for less disturbance of a wound leading to more rapid healing. TNP therapy systems may also assist on the healing of surgically closed wounds by removing fluid and by helping to stabilize the tissue in the apposed position of closure. A further beneficial use of TNP therapy can be found in grafts and flaps where removal of excess fluid is important and close proximity of the graft to tissue is required in order to ensure tissue viability.
[0071] As is used herein, reduced or negative pressure levels, such as -X mmHg, represent pressure levels that are below standard atmospheric pressure, which corresponds to 760 mmHg (or 1 atm, 29.93 inHg, 101.325 kPa, 14.696 psi, etc.). Accordingly, a negative pressure value of -X mmHg reflects absolute pressure that is X mmHg below 760 mmHg or, in other words, an absolute pressure of (760-X) mmHg. In addition, negative pressure that is "less" or "smaller" than X mmHg corresponds to pressure that is closer to atmospheric pressure (e.g.,—40 mmHg is less than -60 mmHg). Negative pressure that is "more" or "greater" than -X mmHg corresponds to pressure that is further from atmospheric pressure (e.g., -80 mmHg is more than -60 mmHg).
[0072] The negative pressure range for some embodiments of the present disclosure can be approximately -80 mmHg, or between about -20 mmHg and -200 mmHg. Note that these pressures are relative to normal ambient atmospheric pressure. Thus, -200 mmHg would be about 560 mmHg in practical terms. In some embodiments, the pressure range can be between about -40 mmHg and -150 mmHg. Alternatively a pressure range of up to -75 mmHg, up to -80 mmHg or over -80 mmHg can be used. Also in other embodiments a pressure range of below -75 mmHg can be used. Alternatively, a pressure range of over approximately -100 mmHg, or even 150 mmHg, can be supplied by the negative pressure apparatus. In some embodiments of wound closure devices described here, increased wound contraction can lead to increased tissue expansion in the surrounding wound tissue. This effect may be increased by varying the force applied to the tissue, for example by varying the negative pressure applied to the wound over time, possibly in conjunction with increased tensile forces applied to the wound via embodiments of the wound closure devices. In some embodiments, negative pressure may be varied over time for example using a sinusoidal wave, square wave, and/or in synchronization with one or more patient physiological indices (e.g., heartbeat). Examples of such applications where additional disclosure relating to the preceding may be found include Application Serial No. 1 1/919,355, titled "Wound treatment apparatus and method," filed October 26, 2007, published as US 2009/0306609; and U.S. Patent No. 7,753,894, titled "Wound cleansing apparatus with stress," issued July 13, 2010. Both applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0073] International Application PCT/GB2012/000587, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT" and filed on July 12, 2012, and published as WO 2013/007973 A2 on January 17, 2013, is an application, hereby incorporated and considered to be part of this specification, that is directed to embodiments, methods of manufacture, and wound dressing components and wound treatment apparatuses that may be used in combination or in addition to the embodiments described herein. Additionally, embodiments of the wound dressings, wound treatment apparatuses and methods described herein may also be used in combination or in addition to those described in U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/650,904, filed May 23, 2012, titled "APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE WOUND THERAPY," International Application No. PCT/IB2013/001469, filed May 22, 2013, titled "APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE WOUND THERAPY," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/678,569, filed August 1 , 2012, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61 ,753,374, filed January 16, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/753,878 , filed January 17, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/785,054, filed March 14, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/823,298, filed May 14, 2013, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT," which are hereby incorporated by reference into this present application in their entireties. Embodiments of the wound dressings, wound treatment apparatuses and methods described herein may also be used in combination or in addition to those described in Application Serial No. 13/092,042, filed April 21 , 2011, published as US2011/0282309, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF USE," and which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, including further details relating to embodiments of wound dressings, the wound dressing components and principles, and the materials used for the wound dressings.
[0074] Figure 1 illustrates an embodiment of a TNP wound treatment system 100 comprising a wound dressing 1 10 in combination with a pump 150. As stated above, the wound dressing 1 10 can be any wound dressing embodiment disclosed herein including without limitation dressing embodiment or have any combination of features of any number of wound dressing embodiments disclosed herein. Here, the dressing 110 may be placed over a wound as described previously, and a conduit 130 may then be connected to the port 120, although in some embodiments the dressing 101 may be provided with at least a portion of the conduit 130 preattached to the port 120. Preferably, the dressing 1 10 is provided as a single article with all wound dressing elements (including the port 120) pre-attached and integrated into a single unit. The wound dressing 110 may then be connected, via the conduit 130, to a source of negative pressure such as the pump 150. The pump 150 can be miniaturized and portable, although larger conventional pumps may also be used with the dressing 110 . In some embodiments, the pump 150 may be attached or mounted onto or adjacent the dressing 110 . A connector 140 may also be provided so as to permit the conduit 130 leading to the wound dressing 110 to be disconnected from the pump, which may be useful for example during dressing changes.
[0075] Figures 2A-D illustrate the use of an embodiment of a TNP wound treatment system being used to treat a wound site on a patient. Figure 2A shows a wound site 200 being cleaned and prepared for treatment. Here, the healthy skin surrounding the wound site 200 is preferably cleaned and excess hair removed or shaved. The wound site 200 may also be irrigated with sterile saline solution if necessary. Optionally, a skin protectant may be applied to the skin surrounding the wound site 200. If necessary, a wound packing material, such as foam or gauze, may be placed in the wound site 200. This may be preferable if the wound site 200 is a deeper wound.
[0076] After the skin surrounding the wound site 200 is dry, and with reference now to Figure 2B, the wound dressing 110 may be positioned and placed over the wound site 200. Preferably, the wound dressing 1 10 is placed with the wound contact layer 2102 over and/or in contact with the wound site 200. In some embodiments, an adhesive layer is provided on the lower surface 2101 of the wound contact layer 2102, which may in some cases be protected by an optional release layer to be removed prior to placement of the wound dressing 110 over the wound site 200. Preferably, the dressing 110 is positioned such that the port 2150 is in a raised position with respect to the remainder of the dressing 1 10 so as to avoid fluid pooling around the port. In some embodiments, the dressing 110 is positioned so that the port 2150 is not directly overlying the wound, and is level with or at a higher point than the wound. To help ensure adequate sealing for TNP, the edges of the dressing 110 are preferably smoothed over to avoid creases or folds.
[0077] With reference now to Figure 2C, the dressing 1 10 is connected to the pump 150. The pump 150 is configured to apply negative pressure to the wound site via the dressing 1 10, and typically through a conduit. In some embodiments, and as described above in Figure 1 , a connector may be used to join the conduit from the dressing 1 10 to the pump 150. Upon the application of negative pressure with the pump 150, the dressing 1 10 may, in some embodiments, partially collapse and present a wrinkled appearance as a result of the evacuation of some or all of the air underneath the dressing 110. In some embodiments, the pump 150 may be configured to detect if any leaks are present in the dressing 1 10, such as at the interface between the dressing 110 and the skin surrounding the wound site 200. Should a leak be found, such leak is preferably remedied prior to continuing treatment.
[0078] Turning to Figure 2D, additional fixation strips 210 may also be attached around the edges of the dressing 110. Such fixation strips 210 may be advantageous in some situations so as to provide additional sealing against the skin of the patient surrounding the wound site 200. For example, the fixation strips 210 may provide additional sealing for when a patient is more mobile. In some cases, the fixation strips 210 may be used prior to activation of the pump 150, particularly if the dressing 110 is placed over a difficult to reach or contoured area. [0079] Treatment of the wound site 200 preferably continues until the wound has reached a desired level of healing. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to replace the dressing 110 after a certain time period has elapsed, or if the dressing is full of wound fluids. During such changes, the pump 150 may be kept, with just the dressing 1 10 being changed.
[0080] Figures 3A-C illustrate cross-sections through a wound dressing 2100 similar to the wound dressing of Figure 1 according to an embodiment of the disclosure. A view from above the wound dressing 2100 is illustrated in Figure 1 with the line A-A indicating the location of the cross-section shown in Figures 3A and 3B. The wound dressing 2100, which can alternatively be any wound dressing embodiment disclosed herein including without limitation wound dressing 1 10 or any combination of features of any number of wound dressing embodiments disclosed herein, can be located over a wound site to be treated. The dressing 2100 may be placed to as to form a sealed cavity over the wound site. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 2100 comprises a backing layer 2140 attached to a wound contact layer 2102, both of which are described in greater detail below. These two layers 2140, 2102 are preferably joined or sealed together so as to define an interior space or chamber. This interior space or chamber may comprise additional structures that may be adapted to distribute or transmit negative pressure, store wound exudate and other fluids removed from the wound, and other functions which will be explained in greater detail below. Examples of such structures, described below, include a transmission layer 2105 and an absorbent layer 2110.
[0081] As illustrated in Figures 3A-C, a lower surface 2101 of the wound dressing 2100 may be provided with an optional wound contact layer 2102. The wound contact layer 2102 can be a polyurethane layer or polyethylene layer or other flexible layer which is perforated, for example via a hot pin process, laser ablation process, ultrasound process or in some other way or otherwise made permeable to liquid and gas. The wound contact layer 2102 has a lower surface 2101 and an upper surface 2103. The perforations 2104 preferably comprise through holes in the wound contact layer 2102 which enable fluid to flow through the layer 2102. The wound contact layer 2102 helps prevent tissue ingrowth into the other material of the wound dressing. Preferably, the perforations are small enough to meet this requirement while still allowing fluid to flow therethrough. For example, perforations formed as slits or holes having a size ranging from 0.025 mm to 1.2 mm are considered small enough to help prevent tissue ingrowth into the wound dressing while allowing wound exudate to flow into the dressing. In some configurations, the wound contact layer 2102 may help maintain the integrity of the entire dressing 2100 while also creating an air tight seal around the absorbent pad in order to maintain negative pressure at the wound.
[0082] Some embodiments of the wound contact layer 2102 may also act as a carrier for an optional lower and upper adhesive layer (not shown). For example, a lower pressure sensitive adhesive may be provided on the lower surface 2101 of the wound dressing 2100 whilst an upper pressure sensitive adhesive layer may be provided on the upper surface 2103 of the wound contact layer. The pressure sensitive adhesive, which may be a silicone, hot melt, hydrocolloid or acrylic based adhesive or other such adhesives, may be formed on both sides or optionally on a selected one or none of the sides of the wound contact layer. When a lower pressure sensitive adhesive layer is utilized may be helpful to adhere the wound dressing 2100 to the skin around a wound site. In some embodiments, the wound contact layer may comprise perforated polyurethane film. The lower surface of the film may be provided with a silicone pressure sensitive adhesive and the upper surface may be provided with an acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive, which may help the dressing maintain its integrity. In some embodiments, a polyurethane film layer may be provided with an adhesive layer on both its upper surface and lower surface, and all three layers may be perforated together.
[0083] A layer 2105 of porous material can be located above the wound contact layer 2102. This porous layer, or transmission layer, 2105 allows transmission of fluid including liquid and gas away from a wound site into upper layers of the wound dressing. In particular, the transmission layer 2105 preferably ensures that an open air channel can be maintained to communicate negative pressure over the wound area even when the absorbent layer has absorbed substantial amounts of exudates. The layer 2105 should preferably remain open under the typical pressures that will be applied during negative pressure wound therapy as described above, so that the whole wound site sees an equalized negative pressure. The layer 2105 may be formed of a material having a three dimensional structure. For example, a knitted or woven spacer fabric (for example Baltex 7970 weft knitted polyester) or a non- woven fabric could be used. [0084] A layer 2110 of absorbent material is provided above the transmission layer 2105. The absorbent material, which comprise a foam or non-woven natural or synthetic material, and which may optionally comprise a super-absorbent material, forms a reservoir for fluid, particularly liquid, removed from the wound site. In some embodiments, the layer 2100 may also aid in drawing fluids towards the backing layer 2140.
[0085] With reference to Figures 3A-C, a masking or obscuring layer 2107 can be positioned beneath at least a portion of the backing layer 2140. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 2107 can have any of the same features, materials, or other details of any of the other embodiments of the obscuring layers disclosed herein, including but not limited to having any viewing windows or holes. Additionally, the obscuring layer 2107 can be positioned adjacent to the backing layer, or can be positioned adjacent to any other dressing layer desired. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 2107 can be adhered to or integrally formed with the backing layer. Preferably, the obscuring layer 2107 is configured to have approximately the same size and shape as the absorbent layer 2110 so as to overlay it. As such, in these embodiments the obscuring layer 2107 will be of a smaller area than the backing layer 2140.
[0086] The material of the absorbent layer 2110 may also prevent liquid collected in the wound dressing 2100 from flowing freely within the dressing, and preferably acts so as to contain any liquid collected within the absorbent layer 21 10. The absorbent layer 2110 also helps distribute fluid throughout the layer via a wicking action so that fluid is drawn from the wound site and stored throughout the absorbent layer. This helps prevent agglomeration in areas of the absorbent layer. The capacity of the absorbent material must be sufficient to manage the exudates flow rate of a wound when negative pressure is applied. Since in use the absorbent layer experiences negative pressures the material of the absorbent layer is chosen to absorb liquid under such circumstances. A number of materials exist that are able to absorb liquid when under negative pressure, for example superabsorber material. The absorbent layer 2110 may typically be manufactured from ALLEVY ™ foam, Freudenberg 1 14-224-4 and/or Chem-Posite™l lC-450. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 2110 may comprise a composite comprising superabsorbent powder, fibrous material such as cellulose, and bonding fibers. In a preferred embodiment, the composite is an airlaid, thermally-bonded composite. [0087] An orifice 2145 is preferably provided in the backing layer 2140 to allow a negative pressure to be applied to the dressing 2100. A suction port 2150 is preferably attached or sealed to the top of the backing layer 2140 over an orifice 2145 made into the dressing 2100, and communicates negative pressure through the orifice 2145. A length of tubing 2220 may be coupled at a first end to the suction port 2150 and at a second end to a pump unit (not shown) to allow fluids to be pumped out of the dressing. The port may be adhered and sealed to the backing layer 2140 using an adhesive such as an acrylic, cyanoacrylate, epoxy, UV curable or hot melt adhesive. The port 2150 is formed from a soft polymer, for example a polyethylene, a polyvinyl chloride, a silicone or polyurethane having a hardness of 30 to 90 on the Shore A scale. In some embodiments, the port 2150 may be made from a soft or conformable material, for example using the embodiments described below in Figures 23A-B.
[0088] Preferably the absorbent layer 2110 and the obscuring layer 2107 include at least one through hole 2146 located so as to underlie the port 2150. The through hole 2146, while illustrated here as being larger than the hole through the obscuring layer 2107 and backing layer 2140, may in some embodiments be bigger or smaller than either. Of course, the respective holes through these various layers 2107, 2140, and 2110 may be of different sizes with respect to each other. As illustrated in Figures 3A-C a single through hole can be used to produce an opening underlying the port 2150. It will be appreciated that multiple openings could alternatively be utilized. Additionally should more than one port be utilized according to certain embodiments of the present disclosure one or multiple openings may be made in the absorbent layer and the obscuring layer in registration with each respective port. Although not essential to certain embodiments of the present disclosure the use of through holes in the super-absorbent layer may provide a fluid flow pathway which remains unblocked in particular when the absorbent layer 2100 is near saturation.
[0089] The aperture or through-hole 2146 is preferably provided in the absorbent layer 2110 and the obscuring layer 2107 beneath the orifice 2145 such that the orifice is connected directly to the transmission layer 2105. This allows the negative pressure applied to the port 2150 to be communicated to the transmission layer 2105 without passing through the absorbent layer 21 10. This ensures that the negative pressure applied to the wound site is not inhibited by the absorbent layer as it absorbs wound exudates. In other embodiments, no aperture may be provided in the absorbent layer 2110 and/or the obscuring layer 2107, or alternatively a plurality of apertures underlying the orifice 2145 may be provided.
[0090] The backing layer 2140 is preferably gas impermeable, but moisture vapor permeable, and can extend across the width of the wound dressing 2100. The backing layer 2140, which may for example be a polyurethane film (for example, Elastollan SP9109) having a pressure sensitive adhesive on one side, is impermeable to gas and this layer thus operates to cover the wound and to seal a wound cavity over which the wound dressing is placed. In this way an effective chamber is made between the backing layer 2140 and a wound site where a negative pressure can be established. The backing layer 2140 is preferably sealed to the wound contact layer 2102 in a border region 2200 around the circumference of the dressing, ensuring that no air is drawn in through the border area, for example via adhesive or welding techniques. The backing layer 2140 protects the wound from external bacterial contamination (bacterial barrier) and allows liquid from wound exudates to be transferred through the layer and evaporated from the film outer surface. The backing layer 2140 preferably comprises two layers; a polyurethane film and an adhesive pattern spread onto the film. The polyurethane film is preferably moisture vapor permeable and may be manufactured from a material that has an increased water transmission rate when wet.
[0091] The absorbent layer 21 10 may be of a greater area than the transmission layer 2105, such that the absorbent layer overlaps the edges of the transmission layer 2105, thereby ensuring that the transmission layer does not contact the backing layer 2140. This provides an outer channel 21 15 of the absorbent layer 2110 that is in direct contact with the wound contact layer 2102, which aids more rapid absorption of exudates to the absorbent layer. Furthermore, this outer channel 2115 ensures that no liquid is able to pool around the circumference of the wound cavity, which may otherwise seep through the seal around the perimeter of the dressing leading to the formation of leaks.
[0092] As shown in Figure 3 A, one embodiment of the wound dressing 2100 comprises an aperture 2146 in the absorbent layer 2110 situated underneath the port 2150. In use, for example when negative pressure is applied to the dressing 2100, a wound facing portion of the port 150 may thus come into contact with the transmission layer 2105, which can thus aid in transmitting negative pressure to the wound site even when the absorbent layer 21 10 is filled with wound fluids. Some embodiments may have the backing layer 2140 be at least partly adhered to the transmission layer 2105. In some embodiments, the aperture 2146 is at least 1-2 mm larger than the diameter of the wound facing portion of the port 2150, or the orifice 2145.
[0093] A filter element 2130 that is impermeable to liquids, but permeable to gases is provided to act as a liquid barrier, and to ensure that no liquids are able to escape from the wound dressing. The filter element may also function as a bacterial barrier. Typically the pore size is 0.2μπι. Suitable materials for the filter material of the filter element 2130 include 0.2 micron Gore™ expanded PTFE from the MMT range, PALL Versapore™ 200R, and Donaldson™ TX6628. Larger pore sizes can also be used but these may require a secondary filter layer to ensure full bioburden containment. As wound fluid contains lipids it is preferable, though not essential, to use an oleophobic filter membrane for example 1.0 micron MMT-332 prior to 0.2 micron MMT-323. This prevents the lipids from blocking the hydrophobic filter. The filter element can be attached or sealed to the port and/or the backing layer 2140 over the orifice 2145. For example, the filter element 2130 may be molded into the port 2150, or may be adhered to both the top of the backing layer 2140 and bottom of the port 2150 using an adhesive such as, but not limited to, a UV cured adhesive.
[0094] In Figure 3B, an embodiment of the wound dressing 2100 is illustrated which comprises spacer elements 2152, 2153 in conjunction with the port 2150 and the filter 2130. With the addition of such spacer elements 2152, 2153, the port 2150 and filter 2130 may be supported out of direct contact with the absorbent layer 2110 and/or the transmission layer 2105. The absorbent layer 2110 may also act as an additional spacer element to keep the filter 2130 from contacting the transmission layer 2105. Accordingly, with such a configuration contact of the filter 2130 with the transmission layer 2105 and wound fluids during use may thus be minimized. As contrasted with the embodiment illustrated in Figure 3 A, the aperture 2146 through the absorbent layer 2110 and the obscuring layer 2107 may not necessarily need to be as large or larger than the port 2150, and would thus only need to be large enough such that an air path can be maintained from the port to the transmission layer 2105 when the absorbent layer 2110 is saturated with wound fluids. [0095] With reference now to Figure 3C, which shares many of the elements illustrated in Figures 3A-C, the embodiment illustrated here comprises the backing layer 2140, masking layer 2107, and absorbent layer 2110, all of which have a cut or opening made therethrough which communicate directly to the transmission layer 2105 so as to form the orifice 2145. The suction port 2150 is preferably situated above it and communicates with the orifice 2145.
[0096] In particular for embodiments with a single port 2150 and through hole, it may be preferable for the port 2150 and through hole to be located in an off-center position as illustrated in Figures 3A-C and in Figure 1. Such a location may permit the dressing 2100 to be positioned onto a patient such that the port 2150 is raised in relation to the remainder of the dressing 2100. So positioned, the port 2150 and the filter 2130 may be less likely to come into contact with wound fluids that could prematurely occlude the filter 2130 so as to impair the transmission of negative pressure to the wound site.
[0097] Figures 4A-C illustrate embodiments of wound dressings 300 similar to the embodiments described above and provided with a narrowed central portion in various lengths and widths. Figure 4A illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 300 with a narrowed central portion or a waisted middle portion. The wound dressing 300 has a backing layer 301. The backing layer 301 can have a rectangular or square shaped perimeter and can be a transparent or translucent material. The backing layer 301 can have a lower surface 305 and an upper surface 306. The lower surface of the backing layer 301 can be configured to be placed on the skin surface surrounding the wound site as discussed previously with reference to Figures 3A-C. Additionally, the lower surface 305 can have a wound contact layer. The wound contact layer can have all the features and embodiments described herein, including without limitation wound dressing embodiments described in reference to Figures 3A-C. The wound contact layer can be adhered to the perimeter of the lower surface 305 of the backing layer 301. The wound contact layer can comprise an adhesive or any other method of attachment that allows attachment of the wound dressing to the skin surface as previously described.
[0098] In some embodiments, the wound dressing 300 can have a port 304 offset from the center of the dressing as described previously. The port 304 can be a domed port or a soft fluidic connector (described in detail below). Although the port 304 can be placed in a central location on the dressing, it is preferably offset from the center of the dressing to a particular side or edge. As such, the orientation of the port 304, when placed on the body, may thus permit the port 304 to be situated in an elevated position, thereby increasing the amount of time that the dressing 300 may be used before coming into contact with fluids. Although other orientations may be used, and may occur in practice (e.g., when the patient shifts positions), placing the port 304 at a lower position may cause the filter proximate the port (not illustrated here) to become saturated, which may cause the dressing to need changing even though there may still remain some absorptive capacity within the absorbent layer. Preferably, the port 304 has an orifice for the connection of a tube or conduit thereto; this orifice may be angled away from the center of the dressing 300 so as to permit the tube or conduit to extend away from the dressing 300. In some preferred embodiments, the port 304 comprises an orifice that permits the tube or conduit inserted therein to be approximately parallel to the top surface of the backing layer 301.
[0099] In various embodiments, the wound dressing 300 can have an absorbent material 302. The absorbent material 302 can be accompanied by the additional components within the wound dressing as described with reference to the wound dressing cross-section in Figure 3A-B, such as a transmission layer and a masking or obscuring layer (not shown).
[0100] In some embodiments, the wound dressing 300 can have an absorbent material 302 with a central portion 308. The absorbent material 302 can have a longitudinal length and a transverse width. In some embodiments, the longitudinal length is greater than the transverse width. In some embodiments, the longitudinal length and the transverse width are of equal size. In various embodiments, the absorbent material 302 can have a contoured shape with a substantially rectangular body.
[0101] The central portion 308 of the absorbent material 302 may comprise a waisted portion 303. The waisted portion 303 can be defined by the transverse width of the absorbent material 302 narrowing at the central portion 308 of the longitudinal length. For example, in some embodiments, the waisted portion 303 can be a narrow width at the central portion 308 of the absorbent material 302, as illustrated in Figures 4A-C. Additional embodiments of the waisted portion 303 are possible including those described herein. Further, the shape of the accompanying components within the wound dressing as described with reference to Figures 3A-C can be formed to the same contoured shape of the absorbent material including the waisted portion.
[0102] The waisted portion 303 can increase the flexibility of the wound dressing and can allow enhanced compatibility of the wound dressing to the patient's body. For example, the narrow central region may allow for improved contact and adhesion of the wound dressing to the skin surface when the wound dressing is used on non-planar surfaces and/or wrapped around an arm or leg. Further, the narrow central portion provides increased compatibility with the patient's body and patient movement.
[0103] As in Figures 15A-B, embodiments of wound dressings may comprise various configurations of slits (described in detail below) so as to further enhance conformability of the dressing in non-planar wounds. Also, as described below, the absorbent layers may be colored or obscured with an obscuring layer, and optionally provided with one or more viewing windows. The domed ports may also be replaced with one or more fluidic connectors of the type described below in Figures 23A-B. Further, the wound dressing 300 can comprise all designs or embodiments herein described or have any combination of features of any number of wound dressing embodiments disclosed herein.
[0104] Figure 4B illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 300 with a waisted portion. A wound dressing 300 as illustrated in Figure 4B can have the features and embodiments as described above with reference to Figure 4A. However, Figure 4B illustrates an embodiment with a shorter longitudinal length with respect to the transverse width. Figure 4C illustrates an additional embodiment of a wound dressing 300 with a waisted portion. As illustrated in Figure 4C, the wound dressing can have a longitudinal length and a transverse width that are not substantially different in size, as opposed to a longitudinal length that is substantially longer than the transverse width of the wound dressing as shown in the embodiments illustrated in Figure 4A and 4B. The embodiments of a wound dressing illustrated in Figures 4B and 4C can include all features and embodiments described herein for wound dressings including those embodiments of the waisted portion 303 described with reference to Figure 4A.
[0105] Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F, and 24 illustrate additional embodiments of wound dressings. In these embodiments, a waisted portion 408 is located inwardly with reference to an edge 409 of the absorbent layer 402. Preferably, the contour of the absorbent layer 402 is curved from the edge 409 to the waisted portion 408, so as to form a smooth countour.
[0106] Figures 5A-F illustrate multiple views of an embodiment of a wound dressing with a waisted portion, obscuring layer, and viewing windows. Figure 5A illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. The wound dressing 400 preferably comprises a port 406. The port 406 is preferably configured to be in fluid communication with a pump as described with reference to Figure 1 , and may include a tube or conduit pre-attached to the port. Alternatively, negative pressure can be supplied to the wound dressing through other suitable fluidic connectors, including but not limited to the fluidic connectors of the type described below in Figures 23 A-B.
[0107] The wound dressing 400 can be constructed similar to the embodiments of Figures 3 A and 3B above, and may comprise an absorbent material 402 underneath or within a backing layer 405. Optionally, a wound contact layer and a transmission layer may also be provided as part of the wound dressing 400 as described above. The absorbent material 402 can contain a narrowed central or waisted portion 408, as described previously to increase flexibility and conformability of the wound dressing to the skin surface. The backing layer 405 may have a border region 401 that extends beyond the periphery of the absorbent material 402. The backing layer 405 may be a translucent or transparent backing layer, such that the border region 401 created from the backing layer 405 can be translucent or transparent. The area of the border region 401 of the backing layer 405 can be approximately equal around the perimeter of the entire dressing with the exception of the narrowed central portion, where the area of the border region is larger. One will recognize that the size of the border region 401 will depend on the full dimensions of the dressing and any other design choices.
[0108] As illustrated in Figure 5A, provided at least at the top of or over the absorbent layer 402 and under the backing layer 405 may be an obscuring layer 404 that optionally has one or more viewing windows 403. The obscuring layer 404 may partially or completely obscure contents (such as fluids) contained within the wound dressing 400 and/or the absorbent material (i.e., within the absorbent material 402 or under the backing layer 405). The obscuring layer may be a colored portion of the absorbent material, or may be a separate layer that covers the absorbent material. In some embodiments, the absorbent material 402 may be hidden (partially or completely), colored, or tinted, via the obscuring layer 404, so as to provide cosmetic and/or aesthetic enhancements, in a similar manner to what is described above. The obscuring layer is preferably provided between the topmost backing layer 405 and the absorbent material 402, although other configurations are possible. The cross-sectional view in Figure 3A and B illustrates this arrangement with respect to the masking or obscuring layer 2107. Other layers and other wound dressing components can be incorporated into the dressing as herein described.
[0109] The obscuring layer 404 can be positioned at least partially over the absorbent material 402. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 404 can be positioned adjacent to the backing layer, or can be positioned adjacent to any other dressing layer desired. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 404 can be adhered to or integrally formed with the backing layer and/or the absorbent material.
[0110] As illustrated in Figure 5A, the obscuring layer 404 can have substantially the same perimeter shape and size as the absorbent material 402. The obscuring layer 404 and absorbent material 402 can be of equal size so that the entirety of the absorbent material 402 can be obscured by the obscuring layer 404. The obscuring layer 404 may allow for obscuring of wound exudate, blood, or other matter released from a wound. Further, the obscuring layer 404 can be completely or partially opaque having cut-out viewing windows or perforations.
[0111] In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 404 can help to reduce the unsightly appearance of a dressing during use, by using materials that impart partial obscuring or masking of the dressing surface. The obscuring layer 404 in one embodiment only partially obscures the dressing, to allow clinicians to access the information they require by observing the spread of exudate across the dressing surface. The partial masking nature of this embodiment of the obscuring layer enables a skilled clinician to perceive a different color caused by exudate, blood, by-products etc. in the dressing allowing for a visual assessment and monitoring of the extent of spread across the dressing. However, since the change in color of the dressing from its clean state to a state containing exudate is only a slight change, the patient is unlikely to notice any aesthetic difference. Reducing or eliminating a visual indicator of wound exudate from a patient's wound is likely to have a positive effect on their health, reducing stress for example. [0112] In some embodiments, the obscuring layer can be formed from a non- woven fabric (for example, polypropylene), and may be thermally bonded using a diamond pattern with 19% bond area. In various embodiments, the obscuring layer can be hydrophobic or hydrophilic. Depending on the application, in some embodiments, a hydrophilic obscuring layer may provide added moisture vapor permeability. In some embodiments, however, hydrophobic obscuring layers may still provide sufficient moisture vapor permeability (i.e., through appropriate material selection, thickness of the obscuring layer), while also permitting better retention of dye or color in the obscuring layer. As such, dye or color may be trapped beneath the obscuring layer. In some embodiments, this may permit the obscuring layer to be colored in lighter colors or in white. In the preferred embodiment, the obscuring layer is hydrophobic. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer material can be sterilizable using ethylene oxide. Other embodiments may be sterilized using gamma irradiation, an electron beam, steam or other alternative sterilization methods. Additionally, in various embodiments the obscuring layer can colored or pigmented, e.g., in medical blue. The obscuring layer may also be constructed from multiple layers, including a colored layer laminated or fused to a stronger uncolored layer. Preferably, the obscuring layer is odorless and exhibits minimal shedding of fibers.
[0113] The absorbent layer 402, itself may be colored or tinted in some embodiments, however, so that an obscuring layer is not necessary. The dressing may optionally include a means of partially obscuring the top surface. This could also be achieved using a textile (knitted, woven, or non-woven) layer without openings, provided it still enables fluid evaporation from the absorbent structure. It could also be achieved by printing an obscuring pattern on the top film, or on the top surface of the uppermost pad component, using an appropriate ink or colored pad component (yarn, thread, coating) respectively. Another way of achieving this would be to have a completely opaque top surface, which could be temporarily opened by the clinician for inspection of the dressing state (for example through a window), and closed again without compromising the environment of the wound.
[0114] Additionally, Figure 5A illustrates an embodiment of the wound dressing including one or more viewing windows 403. The one or more viewing windows 403 preferably extend through the obscuring layer 404. These viewing windows 403 may allow visualization by a clinician or patient of the wound exudate in the absorbent material below the obscuring layer. Figure 5 A illustrates an array of dots (e.g., in one or more parallel rows) that can serve as viewing windows 403 in the obscuring layer 404 of the wound dressing. In a preferred embodiment, two or more viewing windows 403 may be parallel with one or more sides of the dressing 400. In some embodiments, the one or more viewing windows may measure between 0.1 mm and 20 mm, preferably 0.4 mm to 10 mm, and even more preferably, 1mm to 4 mm.
[0115] The viewing windows 403 may be cut through the obscuring layer 404 or may be part of an uncolored area of the obscuring layer 404 and therefore may allow visualization of the absorbent material 402. The one or more viewing windows 403 can be arranged in a repeating pattern across the obscuring layer 404 or can be arranged at random across the obscuring layer. Additionally, the one or more viewing windows can be a circular shape or dots. Preferably, the one or more viewing windows 403 are configured so as to permit not only the degree of saturation, but also the progression or spread of fluid toward the fluid port 406, as in some embodiments, dressing performance may be adversely affected when the level of fluid has saturated the fluid proximate the port 406. In some embodiments, a "starburst" array of viewing windows 403 emanating around the port 406 may be suitable to show this progression, although of course other configurations are possible.
[0116] In Figure 5A, the viewing windows 403 correspond to the area of the absorbent material 402 that is not covered by the obscuring layer 404. As such, the absorbent material 402 is directly adjacent the backing layer 405 in this area. Since the obscuring layer 404 acts as a partial obscuring layer, the viewing windows 403 may be used by a clinician or other trained user to assess the spread of wound exudate throughout the dressing. In some embodiments, the viewing windows 403 can comprise an array of dots or crescent shaped cut-outs. For example, an array of dots as viewing windows 403 are illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, and 12A-F in which the array of dots are arranged in an 5 x 2, 3 x 2, 8 x 1, 5 x 1, 3 x 1 , 3 x 3, 3 x 3, and quincunx array respectively. Additionally, in some embodiments, the dot pattern can be distributed evenly throughout the obscuring layer and across the entire or substantially the entire surface of the obscuring layer. In some embodiments, the viewing windows 403 may be distributed randomly throughout the obscuring layer. Preferably, the area of the obscuring layer 404 uncovered by the one or more viewing windows 403 is balanced to as to minimize the appearance of exudate while permitting the inspection of the dressing 400 and/or absorbent material 402. In some embodiments, the area exposed by the one or more viewing windows 403 does not exceed 20% of the area of the obscuring layer 404, preferably 10%, and even more preferably 5%.
[0117] The viewing windows 403 may take several configurations, as will be discussed in relation to Figures 16-18. In Figure 17, the viewing windows 403 may comprise an array of regularly spaced uncolored dots (holes) made into the obscuring layer 404. While the dots illustrated here are in a particular pattern, the dots may be arranged in different configurations, or at random. The viewing windows 403 are preferably configured so as to permit a patient or caregiver to ascertain the status of the absorbent layer, in particular to determine its saturation level, as well as the color of the exudate (e.g., whether excessive blood is present). By having one or more viewing windows, the status of the absorbent layer can be determined in an unobtrusive manner that is not aesthetically unpleasing to a patient. Because a large portion of the absorbent layer may be obscured, the total amount of exudate may therefore be hidden. As such, the status and saturation level of the absorbent layer 402 may therefore present a more discreet external appearance so as to reduce patient embarrassment and visibility and thereby enhance patient comfort. In some configurations, the one or more viewing windows 403 may be used to provide a numerical assessment of the degree of saturation of the dressing 400. This may be done electronically (e.g., via a digital photograph assessment), or manually. For example, the degree of saturation may be monitored by counting the number of viewing windows 403 which may be obscured or tinted by exudate or other wound fluids.
[0118] In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 402 or the obscuring layer 404, in particular the colored portion of the absorbent layer, may comprise (or be colored because of) the presence of an auxiliary compound. The auxiliary compound may in some embodiments be activated charcoal, which can act to absorb odors. The use of antimicrobial, antifungal, anti-inflammatory, and other such therapeutic compounds is also possible. In some embodiments, the color may change as a function of time (e.g., to indicate when the dressing needs to be changed), if the dressing is saturated, or if the dressing has absorbed a certain amount of a harmful substance (e.g., to indicate the presence of infectious agents). In some embodiments, the one or more viewing windows 403 may be monitored electronically, and may be used in conjunction with a computer program or system to alert a patient or physician to the saturation level of the dressing 400.
[0119] Figure 16 illustrates an embodiment of a dressing containing a viewing window in the shape of a trademarked brand name ("PICO"). Figure 18 illustrates an embodiment of a dressing comprising a viewing window in the shape of a logo, here, the Smith & Nephew logo. Of course, many other configurations are possible, including other graphics, texts, or designs. The graphical or textual elements present in the viewing window may also be, for example, instructional in nature.
[0120] In other alternatives, instructions may be given to change the wound dressing when the exudate reaches a predetermined distance from the edge of the wound dressing, such as 5 mm from the wound dressing edge or 7 mm from the wound dressing edge, etc. Alternatively a 'traffic light' system may be implemented whereby an electronic indicator shows green, amber or red light to indicate the spread of exudate in the wound dressing. Alternatively or additionally, another suitable indicator may be used for indicating the spread of exudate over the dressing.
[0121] Figures 5A-F illustrate multiple views of the wound dressing 400. Figure 5 A illustrates a perspective view of a wound dressing with the dimensions of 300mm x 150mm. Figures 5B and 5C illustrate a top view and bottom view of the embodiment of a wound dressing described in Figure 5A. Figures 5D and 5E illustrate a front and back view respectively of the wound dressing 400 described in Figure 5A. Figure 5F illustrates a side view of the wound dressing as described in Figure 5A.
[0122] Embodiments of the wound dressings described herein may be arranged such that each embodiment may have enhanced compatibility with body movement. This can be achieved by using a different shape for different wound types or areas of the body. Wound dressing embodiments can be of any suitable shape or form or size as illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F, and 24A-F. The overall dimensions of the dressings as illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F may be, for example but without limitation, 300 mm x 150 mm, 200mm x 150 mm, 400 mm x 100 mm, 300 mm x 100 mm, 200mm x 100 mm, 250 mm x 250 mm, 200mm x 200mm, and 150 mm x 150mm, respectively, although any total size may be used, and the size may be determined to match particular wound sizes. The oval-shaped dressing in Figures 24A-F may, in some embodiments, measure 190mm x 230mm, or 145.5mm x 190 mm. Again, it will be understood that the embodiments described in the foregoing are simply illustrative embodiments illustrating possible sizes, dimensions, and configurations of wound dressings, and that other configurations are possible.
[0123] As noted above, the preceding embodiments illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F and 12A-F may comprise a waisted portion 408 located inwardly with reference to an edge 409 of the absorbent layer 402. The contour of the absorbent layer to the waisted portion 408 is preferably rounded and smooth. In the embodiments of Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, and 9A-F, the inward distance between the edge 409 and the waisted portion 408 may range from 1mm, 5mm, 10mm, 15mm, 20mm, and 30mm. Preferably, the inward distance is 10mm. In the embodiments of Figures 10A-F, 11A-F, and 12A-F the inward distance between the edge 409 and the waisted portion 408 may range from 5mm, 10mm, 20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 45mm, 50mm, 60mm, and 75mm. Figures 6A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 200mm x 150mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 6A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 6A-F are of a smaller size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F which comprises a 5 x 2 configuration of an array of dots viewing windows, the embodiment of Figures 6A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 2 array of dots.
[0124] Figures 7A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 400mm x 100mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 7A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 7A-F are of a different size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F, the embodiment of Figures 7A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising an 8 x 1 array of dots.
[0125] Figures 8A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 300mm x 100mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 8A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 8A-F are of a different size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F, the embodiment of Figures 8A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 5 x 1 array of dots.
[0126] Figures 9A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 200mm x 100mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 9A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 9A-F are of a different size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F, the embodiment of Figures 9A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 1 array of dots.
[0127] Figures 12A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 150mm x 150mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 12A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 9A-F are of a different size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F, the embodiment of Figures 12A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a quincunx array of dots. The quincunx array of dots configuration consists of five dots arranged in a cross, with four of the dots forming a square or rectangle where one dot is positioned at each of the four corners of the square or rectangle shaped wound dressing and a fifth dot in the center. However, one corner of the wound dressing preferably has the fluidic connector or port 406 in place of a dot in the quincunx dot array.
[0128] Figures 10A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 250mm x 250mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 10A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 10A-F are of a different size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F, the embodiment of Figures 10A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 3 array of dots with an absent dot at a corner position of the wound dressing and in its place is a domed port or a fluidic connector 406 completing the 3 x 3 array. Figure 10G illustrates a top view of the wound dressing 400 of Figures 10A-F (without showing a port or fluidic connector or an opening in the backing layer) with a cross shaped opening (for example a maltese cross) in the obscuring layer, described further below. A port or fluidic connector may be secured over the maltese cross shaped viewing window and over an opening in the backing layer for transmission of negative pressure to the wound dressing. An outer perimeter of the maltese cross may extend beyond an outer perimeter of the port so that the arms of the cross shaped opening forms viewing windows through the obscuring layer (see, for example, Figures 37A- 1 and 37C). The cross shaped opening in the obscuring layer may be provided in any of the wound dressings described in this specification. As illustrated in Figure 10G, the cross in one embodiment may have 4 arms that extend at 45 degree angles relative to the sides of the backing layer, but in other embodiments may be at different angles or may have 2 opposite arms parallel to one side of the backing layer, with the other 2 opposite arms perpendicular thereto.
[0129] Figures 11 A-F illustrate a perspective view, a top view, a bottom view, a front view, a back view, and a side view, respectively, of an embodiment of a wound dressing 400. In some embodiments, the dressing may measure 200mm x 200mm. The wound dressing 400 of Figures 1 1 A-F can have a similar configuration and components as described above for Figures 5 A-F, except the embodiments of Figure 11 A-F are of a different size. Additionally, in contrast to the embodiment of Figures 5A-F, the embodiment of Figures 1 1 A-F comprises a viewing window configuration comprising a 3 x 3 array of dots with an absent dot at a corner position of the wound dressing and in its place is a domed port or a fluidic connector completing the 3 x 3 array.
[0130] The additional sizes and shapes illustrated in Figures 5A-F, 6A-F, 7A-F, 8A-F, 9A-F, 10A-F, 11A-F, 12A-F, and 24 may incorporate the waisted portion 408, obscuring layer 404, viewing windows 403, and other components and embodiments described herein.
[0131] Figures 13A, 13B, and 14 illustrate embodiments of a dressing 500 comprising one or more orifice viewing windows 502 at, near, or adjacent to the port. The orifice viewing windows 502 can be provided at, near, adjacent to the port 504 in the backing layer for viewing of the absorbent material 503 present in proximity to the port 504. The orifice viewing windows 502 can have the same structure and/or function as the viewing windows herein described. In some embodiments, the orifice viewing window 502 can be formed from a cross-shaped or Maltese-cross-shaped aperture or cut-out 501 in the obscuring layer. The arms of the cross-shaped cut-out 501 can be aligned with the longitudinal length and transverse width of the absorbent material 503 as shown in Figure 13 A. Alternatively, the arms of the cross-shaped cut-out 501 can be offset from the longitudinal length and transverse width of the absorbent material, at an angle, for example, a 45° angle, as illustrated in Figure 13B. The arms of the cross-shaped cut-out may span a larger dimension than a hole in the absorbent material below the cut-out 501. For example, the arms may span a dimension of about 25 mm, while the through-hole in the absorbent material may have a diameter of 10 mm.
[0132] Additionally, Figure 14 illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 600 in which the arms of the cross-shaped aperture can have flared edges 601. The orifice viewing windows 502 at, near, or adjacent to the port 604 may be used to indicate that fluid is approaching the port 604 or that the dressing 600 is otherwise becoming saturated. This can assist the clinician or patient in maintaining the wound dressing and determining when to change the dressing, because once fluid contacts the center of the port, such fluid contact may at least partially occlude the hydrophobic filter that may be contained therein so as to interrupt or at least partially block the application of negative pressure. The orifice viewing windows 502 can be used with the fluidic connector as well as the domed port or any other suitable connector.
[0133] As with Figures 15A and 15B, the wound dressing may also be provided with one or more slits 2150 to aid the dressing in conforming to a non-planar area. Figure 15 A illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 2100 with a narrowed central portion or waisted portion 2120 and concentric slits 2150. This embodiment may be useful for the treatment of wounds on non-planar surfaces or otherwise contoured wounds, including, for example, feet, knees, sacral regions, or other such areas. In some embodiments, the wound dressing 2100 may provide for one or more slits 2150 cut into the dressing, preferably into the absorbent layer, that may enhance the conformability of the dressing. In this embodiment, the slits 2150 are cut in concentric ovoid arcs, although other configurations (as discussed below) are possible. Preferably, the area under the port 2130 or fluidic connector disposed at the top of the device is free from the slits 2150, as this may interfere with fluid transfer from the dressing. In some embodiments, the slits 2150 may be formed as part of, in addition to, or instead of baffles that may be present within the absorbent layer so as to may aid in distribution of wound exudate. In these embodiments, and with all other embodiments described herein, although a domed connector is shown attached to the dressing, this may be interchanged with any other suitable connector, including for example embodiments of the fluidic connectors described in Figures 23 A and 23B (as described below).
[0134] Figure 15B illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 2100 with a narrow central portion 2120. Here, however, one or more slits 2150 extending across the width of the dressing may be present. Preferably, these slits 2150 do not extend entirely across the width of the dressing, in order to promote fluid transfer within the absorbent layer. The slits 2150 may enhance conformability of the dressing, possibly in conjunction with the waisted configuration of the dressing, when applied to a non-planar or contoured wound area. For example, such a dressing 2100 may be useful when applied so as to wrap around an arm or a leg.
[0135] Figures 23A and 23B illustrate embodiments of white and black (or colored) fluidic connectors 2410, 2420, respectively, that may be used to connect an embodiment of a wound dressing described herein to a source of negative pressure. In some embodiments, the domed port used in other embodiments discussed herein (e.g., as illustrated above in Figure 1) may be replaced by the fluidic connector 2410, 2420, for example as illustrated in Figures 16-19. The fluidic connector 2410, 2420 may be flexible and/or enhance the comfort of the patient. The fluidic connector 2410, 2420 preferably comprises a fluidic connector body configured to transmit fluid through itself, including, for example, negative pressure and/or wound exudate. The fluidic connector body is preferably encapsulated within one or more layers of fluid-impermeable material. In some embodiments, the fluid-impermeable material is heat-sealed together to enclose the fluid connector body.
[0136] With reference now to Figure 23 A, the body of the fluidic connector 2410 is preferably be constructed from a material configured to transmit fluids therethrough, including fabrics such as 3D fabric. In some embodiments, the thickness of the fluidic connector body may measure between 0.5 to 4mm, preferably 0.7 to 3mm, and even more preferably between 1 and 2mm; in a preferred embodiment the fluid connector body is 1.5mm thick. Suitable materials that may be used for the fluidic connector body, including the 3D fabric, are disclosed in U.S. Application 13/381,885, filed December 30, 2011, published as US2012/0116334, titled "APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE WOUND THERAPY," and which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Use of the 3D fabric in the fluidic connector body may help alleviate fluid blockage when the connector is kinked, and may further provide for a soft fluidic connector that alleviates contact pressure onto a patient, for example when the patient's weight is pressed against the fluidic connector. This may enhance patient comfort and reduce the likelihood of pressure ulcers.
[0137] Testing of various weights in various configurations on embodiments of fluidic connectors comprising a 3D fabric was completed. The testing included weights above those believed to be likely to be encountered by a patient, as maximal pressure on a heel for a patient using dressings was found to be 1.3 kg/cm in some studies. Preferably, embodiments of the fluidic connectors described herein, especially when comprising 3D fabric, can transmit therapeutic levels of negative pressure (i.e., in an amount sufficient to heal a wound) while a weight is pressed down thereupon. For example, embodiments are preferably able to transmit therapeutic levels of negative pressure while an external pressure
2 2 applied on the dressing and/or 3D fabric of up to 1 kg/cm , preferably up to 2 kg/cm , and even more preferably up to 4 kg/cm2. Certain embodiments, as described below, have been tested as being capable of transmitting therapeutic levels of negative pressure while an external pressure applied on the dressing and/or 3D fabric is above 6 kg/cm2.
[0138] In the testing, a 400ml wound cavity was used, and pressure was measured both at the wound and at the pump. Embodiments of a fluidic connector comprising 3D fabric were tested when laid flat with a weight placed thereupon. Testing indicated that when no pressure was applied to the fluidic connector, the pressure differential between the pressure at the pump and at the cavity was approximately 2 mmHg. Various different weights were applied, ranging between 2 and 12 kg/cm2, in 2 kg increments, and the resulting pressure difference was approximately linear, with the pressure difference at 12 kg/cm2 being calculated at 33 mmHg, while the pressure difference at 2 kg/cm2 being only 16mmHg. The relation between the pressure difference in mmHg was found to equal approximately 4.5 times the applied load in kg/cm2. Testing also indicated that the relative pressure difference between the pressure at the pump and the pressure at the wound after five minutes was less than 10 mmHg when measured at the pump for loads under 4 kg/cm2, and under 20 mmHg when measured at the wound for loads under 4 kg/cm2.
[0139] Testing was also performed with a weight laid on an embodiment of a fluidic connector, while being bent at a 90° angle. Various different weights were applied, ranging between 2 and 12 kg/cm2, in 2 kg increments, and the resulting pressure difference was approximately linear, with the pressure difference at 12 kg/cm2 being calculated at 51 mmHg, while the pressure difference at 2 kg/cm2 being 17 mmHg. The relation between the pressure difference in mmHg was found to equal approximately 8 times the applied load in kg/cm2. Testing also indicated that the relative pressure difference between the pressure at the pump and the pressure at the wound after five minutes was approximately 20 mmHg when measured at the pump for loads under 4 kg/cm2, and under 30 mmHg when measured at the wound for loads under 4 kg/cm .
[0140] Further testing was performed with a weight laid on an embodiment of a fluidic connector, while being bent at a 180° angle (i.e., folded over itself). Various different weights were applied, ranging between 2 and 12 kg/cm2, in 2 kg increments, and the resulting pressure difference was approximately linear, with the pressure difference at 12 kg/cm2 being calculated at 76 mmHg, while the pressure difference at 2 kg/cm2 being 25 mmHg. The relation between the pressure difference in mmHg was found to equal approximately 10.7 times the applied load in kg/cm . Testing also indicated that the relative pressure difference between the pressure at the pump and the pressure at the wound after five minutes was approximately 20 mmHg when measured at the pump for loads under 4 kg/cm , and under 30 mmHg when measured at the wound for loads under 4 kg/cm2.
[0141] Testing was also performed on different widths and thicknesses of 3D fabric that may be used in embodiments of fluidic connectors described herein. In a particular example, the maximum negative pressure that could be applied using 3D fabric measuring 1, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, and 2 cm in width was found to be between 85 and 92 mmHg, respectively. Upon application of an applied load of 1 kg/cm2, however, the maximum negative pressure applied for a 1 cm-width embodiment dropped to 75mmHg, while the 1.25 and 1.5 cm-width embodiments were essentially unchanged, exhibiting pressures between 85 and 90 mmHg. Application of a 1 kg/cm2 weight made the 1 cm- width embodiment maximum negative pressure drop to about 73mmHg, while the 1.25 cm-width embodiment dropped to about 84 mmHg. The 1.5 cm-width embodiment showed a minimal maximum negative pressure change down to approximately 86 mmHg. As tested, the greatest increases in flow rate (as evidenced by the maximal negative pressures applied) were greatest when increasing the width of the 3D fabric from 1 cm to 1.25 cm, and stabilized above 1.5 cm. Similarly, increasing the width of the 3D fabric (i.e., above 1 cm) was found to slightly reduce the amount of time required to pump a wound cavity down to a target negative pressure.
[0142] Further testing with single and double layers of Baltex 3540 3D fabric, either single or double thickness, indicated that while the maximum negative pressure applied using a single thickness fabric dropped from about 88 mmHg with no applied weight to about 73mmHg with a 2 kg/cm2 weight. However, a double thickness fabric showed minimal change in the maximum amount of negative pressure applied, dropping from 90mmHg with no weight applied to about 87mmHg with an applied load of 2 kg/cm .
[0143] Depending on the particular application, using wider and/or thicker 3D fabric may permit improved air flow, together with greater pressure and kink resistance in some context; this may be useful especially if higher absolute negative pressure need to be applied to the wound. However, the greater kink and pressure resistance may need to be balanced with other concerns such as perceived bulk and size of the fluidic connector, aesthetics, and comfort, which may require use of a thinner 3D fabric.
[0144] In some embodiments, the proximal end 2411 of the fluidic connector 2410 is configured to be connected to a tube or other conduit that is in fluid communication with a source of negative pressure via the fluid connector body, although some embodiments may provide for the fluidic connector 2410 to be directly connectable to a source of negative pressure without needing a conventional tube. The distal end 2412 of the fluidic connector 2410 may be enlarged, and is configured to be attached and/or adhered to a dressing, for example via an aperture in the backing layer of the dressing and/or in the fluidic connector 2410, so that the fluid connector body is in fluid communication therewith.
[0145] In one configuration and as illustrated in Figure 23 A, the distal end 2412 of the fluidic connector 2410 may be convex on one side and flat on the opposite side. As illustrated in Figures 16-18 below, the flat side may be aligned with the edge of the absorbent layer with the convex side extending over the aperture in the backing layer. The fluidic connector 2410 may be provided preattached to the dressing portion, or may be provided in an unattached format so as to be connectable to the dressing portion by the patient or caregiver. The enlarged distal end 2412 may aid in providing a larger area capable of transmitting negative pressure to the dressing, although the distal end may be provided without any enlargement. Although preferred embodiments of the fluidic connector 2410 are used in dressings that contain substantially all wound exudate within the absorbent material, such that the fluidic connector transmits essentially only air, some embodiments of the fluidic connector may be configured so as to transfer exudate in addition to air. In embodiments of the fluidic connector that are configured to transfer essentially only air (while wound exudate remains substantially within the absorbent material), the distal end of the fluidic connector is preferably provided with a filter configured to block fluid transport beyond itself, such as a hydrophobic filter. An example of such a configuration is described in International Application No. PCT/IB2013/001469, filed May 22, 2013,, titled "APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR NEGATIVE PRESSURE WOUND THERAPY," and which is hereby incorporated into this present application in its entirety.
[0146] In embodiments of the fluidic connector that are configured to transfer exudate in addition to air, the fluidic connector may be provided with a secondary air leak channel configured to provide a flow of ambient air to the wound site. Preferably, the secondary air leak channel is provided with a filter to prevent contamination of the wound.
[0147] Turning now to Figure 23B, this figure shows an embodiment similar to Figure 23A, but where the fluidic connector 2420 may appear colored, for example as a result of an obscuring layer similar to that previously described. In some embodiments, obscuring coloration may be provided by dyeing the material used in the fluidic connector 2420, for example the 3D fabric that may be used therein. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer may be placed above the 3D fabric, either above or below the fluid- impermeable material. In some embodiments, the encapsulating fluid-impermeable material may be colored or tinted. Coloring the fluidic connector 2420 (e.g, via the obscuring layer) may enhance the aesthetic appeal of the device, help in disguising or making the device less obtrusive (in particular when the fluidic connector is visible to others), and, when the fluidic connector is used to transfer exudates away from the wound, may hide the presence of the exudates therein.
[0148] In some embodiments, the fluidic connector body may be colored as a result of an auxiliary compound such as activated charcoal. Further, some embodiments may provide for text or images to be printed thereon, for example for instructional or advertising purposes. Such improvements may enhance patient comfort and minimize embarrassment, thereby increasing patient compliance and satisfaction with the device. The obscuring layer in the fluidic connector can have all features described with reference to the obscuring layer of the wound dressing as herein described.
[0149] Figure 17 illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 720 that comprises a hexagonal backing layer and a three-lobed configuration for the absorbent material and the obscuring layer. This wound dressing 720, as with several other embodiments described herein, may be advantageously applied to wounds or areas surrounding wounds that are located in non-planar areas. The embodiment illustrated here may be particularly advantageous when applied to protruding body portions, for example elbows and heels.
[0150] Figure 18 illustrates a wound dressing 730 with a three-lobed configuration similar in some respects to the embodiment illustrated in Figure 17. Here, however, the dressing is smaller and comprises more rounded projections. Figures 16-18 illustrate a fluidic connector 721, 731 similar to those described in Figures 23 A and 23B attached to the device, with the flat end aligned with the edge of the absorbent material and the convex end extending over an aperture in the backing layer. This fluidic connector may enhance comfort and prevent pressure ulcers or other complications that may result from extended pressure of a conventional tube onto the wound or skin surrounding the wound (as described above). Of course, different connectors may be used, such as the domed port illustrated in Figure 1.
[0151] Figures 19-20 also illustrate additional embodiments of wound dressings 740, 750 with three-lobed configurations for the absorbent material and a hexagonal backing layer. The wound dressing 750 illustrated in Figure 20 is larger where the lobes of the absorbent material comprises flared ends, while the wound dressing 740 illustrated in Figure 19 is smaller and the absorbent material does not have flared ends. All suitable fluidic connectors or conduits may be used, and the domed port connector of Figure 20 may be used in place of the fluidic connector of Figure 19, and vice versa. As with the preceding embodiments, the absorbent layers may be colored or obscured, and one or more slits may be formed onto the absorbent layers to enhance conformability to non-planar surfaces. It will be appreciated that in the embodiments of Figures 17-20, the number of lobes may be varied, and the backing layer can have other shapes, and is not limited to being hexagonal.
[0152] Additionally, Figures 21A-C and 22 illustrate embodiments of a wound dressing 760, 770, 780, 790 that comprises a four-lobed configuration. Although these embodiments are illustrated without a port or fluidic connector attached thereto, it will of course be understood that such ports and fluidic connectors are envisioned and may be attached in a similar fashion as described previously herein. Figures 21A-C comprise embodiments of a four-lobed wound dressing comprising an obscuring layer and viewing windows extending through the obscuring layer. The viewing windows can be used as discussed above for visualization of wound exudate in the absorbent layer. Examples of such viewing windows are illustrated in Figures 21A and 21B. The dressing 760 shown in Figure 21 A includes an obscuring layer 762 and crescent-shaped viewing windows 764 provided in the obscuring layer to extend through the obscuring layer allowing visibility of the dressing therebelow. The dressing 770 of Figure 21B includes an obscuring layer 772 and a number of holes 774 therethrough acting as viewing windows for viewing the state of the dressing therebelow. Figure 21C shows another dressing 780 including an obscuring layer 782 with viewing windows 784. With the dressings 760, 770, 780 the progress of exudate spread over the dressing and towards the edge of the dressing can be monitored.
[0153] Figure 22 illustrates a perspective view of an embodiment of a wound dressing 790 according to an embodiment of the four-lobe configuration. Figure 22 shows a possible four-lobe configuration of a dressing, useful for enhanced compatibility with body movement, where each layer is shaped to reduce the incident angle of the pad edge, and to provide somewhat independently moving sub-sections of the dressing. The dressing border, including the wound contact layer 791 and the backing layer 792 can also comprise slits, provided to further enhance the conformability on application by allowing the borders to overlap if needed. The wound dressing with a four-lobe configuration, as well as other configurations, are described in detail in International Application PCT/GB2012/000587, titled "WOUND DRESSING AND METHOD OF TREATMENT" and filed on My 12, 2012. which is incorporated by reference herein.
[0154] Additionally, Figures 24A-F illustrate an embodiment of a wound dressing 2300 with an oval shaped absorbent layer 2308 having multiple lobes 2301. Figures 24A-F illustrate, respectively, perspective, top, bottom, left, right, and side views of an embodiment of the dressing 2300. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 2308 can have six lobes. Preferably, two or more lobes 2301 (e.g., six lobes) are provided on the wound dressing 2300; the lobes 2301, and specifically, the gaps between the lobes 2301 , aid the wound dressing 2300 in conforming to nonplanar wounds. For example, it may be advantageous to use the dressing 2300 to conform around joints such as elbows and knees.
[0155] The dressing 2300 can have a rectangular or square shaped backing layer 2302, and in some embodiments, the overall dressing 2300 may measure 190mm x 230mm, or 145.5mm x 190 mm. Preferably, a fluidic connector such as a port 2306 is attached to the dressing 2300, although it will of be recognized that the fluidic connector of Figures 23A-B may be used instead or in addition. Additionally, in some embodiments, the dressing 2300 can have an obscuring layer 2304 with a similar perimeter shape as the absorbent layer and one or more viewing windows 2303 similar to that described for other embodiments herein. Figure 24 A illustrates a perspective view of the dressing 2300, while Figure 24B illustrates a top view, 24C a bottom view, and 24D-F represent views of the four sides of the dressing 2300.
[0156] Figure 24G illustrates a top view of an alternate embodiment of the wound dressing of Figures 24A-F. The dressing may have circular cutouts in a central waisted portion, which may be located along a midline of the dressing transverse to a longitudinal axis of the dressing. Such cutouts may be, in some embodiments, 10 mm, or approximately 10 mm, in diameter, or may be in the range of 5 mm to 25 mm, or approximately 5 mm to approximately 25 mm, in diameter. As illustrated, the circular cutouts are symmetrically arranged on opposite sides of a longitudinal midline of the dressing, and may form an arc of greater than 180 degrees, preferably between 180 and 270 (or about 180 to 270) degrees. The dressing embodiment is illustrated with a cross-shaped viewing window in the obscuring layer and a hole in the backing layer at the middle of the cross-shaped viewing window, which may be positioned so as to underlie a port sealed to the dressing. The outer perimeter of the cross-shaped viewing window may extend beyond the outer perimeter of an attached port to provide a visual indication of the level of saturation of the absorbent layer underlying the port. Though illustrated without additional viewing windows, the obscuring layer in the dressing may be provided with one or more additional viewing windows, for example in a 1 x 3 array, a 2 x 3 array, or any other configuration suitable for providing a visual indication of the spread of exudate through the absorbent layer of the dressing.
[0157] Figures 25A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 7A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 similar to that described in relation to Figures 13A-B and 14. The orifice viewing window 502 is preferably formed from a cross- shaped or Maltese-cross shaped aperture or cutout 501 in the obscuring layer 506. The backing layer 510 provided over the obscuring layer preferably has an orifice 504 located at the center of the orifice viewing window 502. Reference number 504 can also be considered to designate a port that may be provided in or over the backing layer 510 to provide a connection to a source of negative pressure, for example, a port provided over the orifice in the backing layer as described above. A smaller orifice 505 may be located in the absorbent layer 503 that is provided below the obscuring layer 506. The dressing 500 may comprise one or more viewing windows 507; here, eight viewing windows 507 are provided in a linear arrangement. The bottom side of the dressing 500 optionally comprises a layer of adhesive, over which a release layer 513 may be placed. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 25A illustrate possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided.
[0158] In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 400 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm. The central axis of each arm of the cutout 501 of the orifice viewing window 502 is preferably offset from the longitudinal length and transverse width of the absorbent material, at an angle, for example, a 45° angle, as illustrated. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 25A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500. Although the location may be changed, it may be preferable to locate the port 504 near or along a side, edge, or corner of the dressing 500, which is then preferably elevated with respect to the remainder of the dressing. This configuration may extend the life of the dressing, as fluid would be slower in saturating the absorbent layer below or near the orifice or port 504.
[0159] Figures 26A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 8A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with for example five linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 300 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 26A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
[0160] Figures 27A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 9A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with for example three linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 200 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 27A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
[0161] Figures 28A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 5A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501 , with for example two rows of five linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 300 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 150 mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 28A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
[0162] Figures 29A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 6A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501 , with for example two rows of three linearly arranged viewing windows 507, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here has a longitudinal length of approximately 300 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 100 mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines 512 illustrated in Figure 29A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500. [0163] Figures 30A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 10A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows absent a viewing window at a corner position of the wound dressing, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B but located in a corner of the dressing 500. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here is approximately square, with each side measuring approximately 250mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines
512 illustrated in Figure 30A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner
513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on a corner of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
[0164] Figures 31A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 11 A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows absent a viewing window at a corner position of the wound dressing, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B but located in a corner of the dressing 500. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here is approximately square, with each side measuring approximately 200mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines
512 illustrated in Figure 31 A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner
513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on a corner of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
[0165] Figures 32A-B illustrate an embodiment similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 12A-F. Here, however, the dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501, with a quincunx array of viewing windows absent a viewing window at a corner position of the wound dressing, among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figures 25A-B but located in a corner of the dressing 500. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated here is approximately square, with each side measuring approximately 150mm. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be, as illustrated here, 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. Dashed lines 512 of Figure 32 A, indicating possible locations where breaks in the release liner 513 may be provided, can be located, for example, at 80mm, 40±4mm, and 25±4mm from each of the top and bottom edges of the dressing 500. As illustrated, the port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on a corner of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500.
[0166] Figure 33A-B illustrates an embodiment somewhat similar in shape and overall configuration to the embodiments illustrated above in Figures 24A-F. Here, however, the oval-shaped dressing 500 comprises an orifice viewing window 502 and cutout 501 , among other parts, that are similar to that described above in relation to Figure 25. Viewing windows are not shown, but may be provided as in one embodiment as described above. In a preferred embodiment, the dressing 500 illustrated in Figure 33A has a longitudinal length of approximately 250 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 200 mm. The longitudinal length of the absorbent layer 503 (and corresponding obscuring layer, if so provided) measures approximately 200 mm, with a transverse width of approximately 150mm. The embodiment of the dressing 500 illustrated in Figure 33B has a longitudinal length of approximately 200 mm, and a transverse width of approximately 150 mm. The longitudinal length of the absorbent layer 503 (and corresponding obscuring layer, if so provided) measures approximately 150 mm, with a transverse width of approximately 100 mm. Although no viewing windows 507 are illustrated, it will of course be understood that one or more such windows 507 may be provided on the dressing 500. The spacing between each arm of the cutout 501 may be 72°, although it will of course be recognized that other angles and configurations are possible. As illustrated, the orifice or port 504 (and cutout 501) are preferably centered on the transverse midline of the dressing 500, and situated approximately 52-55mm from the top edge of the dressing 500. [0167] Figure 34A illustrates an exploded view of a dressing 3400 for use in negative pressure wound therapy. Although this figure illustrates a dressing having one particular shape, the construction of the layers can be applied to any of the embodiments identified above, including Figures 4A-14, 16-22, and 24A-33B. The dressing 3400 comprises a release layer 3480, wound contact layer 3460, a transmission layer 3450, an acquisition distribution layer (ADL) 3440, an absorbent layer 3430, an obscuring layer 3420, and a backing layer 3410. The dressing 3400 may be connected to a port, such as described below with respect to Figures 35 and 36. At least the wound contact layer 3460, transmission layer 3450, absorbent layer 3430, obscuring layer 3420, and backing layer 3410 may have properties as described with respect to particular embodiments above, such as the embodiments of Figures 3A-22, and 24A-33B, as well as or instead of the properties described below.
[0168] The dressing 3400 may optionally comprise a wound contact layer 3460 for sealing the dressing 3400 to the healthy skin of a patient surrounding a wound area. Certain embodiments of the wound contact layer may comprise three layers: a polyurethane film layer, a lower adhesive layer and an upper adhesive layer. The upper adhesive layer may assist in maintaining the integrity of the dressing 3400, and the lower adhesive layer may be employed for sealing the dressing 3400 to the healthy skin of a patient around a wound site. As described above, in some embodiments with respect to Figures 3A-C, some embodiments of the polyurethane film layer may be perforated. Some embodiments of the polyurethane film layer and upper and lower adhesive layers may be perforated together after the adhesive layers have been applied to the polyurethane film. In some embodiments a pressure sensitive adhesive, which may be a silicone, hot melt, hydrocolloid or acrylic based adhesive or other such adhesives, may be formed on both sides or optionally on a selected one side of the wound contact layer. In certain embodiments, the upper adhesive layer may comprise an acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive, and the lower adhesive layer may comprise a silicone pressure sensitive adhesive. In other embodiments the wound contact layer 3460 may not be provided with adhesive. In some embodiments, the wound contact layer 3460 may be transparent or translucent. The film layer of the wound contact layer 3460 may define a perimeter with a rectangular or a square shape. A release layer 3480 may be removably attached to the underside of the wound contact layer 3460, for example covering the lower adhesive layer, and may be peeled off using flaps 3481. Some embodiments of the release layer 3480 may have a plurality of flaps extending along the length of the layer 3480.
[0169] Some embodiments of the dressing 3400 may comprise an optional spacer or transmission layer 3450. The transmission layer 3450 may comprise a porous material or 3D fabric configured to allow for the passage of fluids therethrough away from the wound site and into the upper layers of the dressing 3400. In particular, the transmission layer 3450 can ensure that an open air channel can be maintained to communicate negative pressure over the wound area even when the absorbent layer 3430 has absorbed substantial amounts of exudates. The transmission layer 3450 should remain open under the typical pressures that will be applied during negative pressure wound therapy as described above, so that the whole wound site sees an equalized negative pressure. An outer perimeter of the transmission layer may be smaller than the outer perimeter of the dressing layer positioned above the transmission layer, for example the ADL 3440 and/or absorbent layer 3430. In some embodiments, the entire outer perimeter of the transmission layer may be spaced inward from the outer perimeter of the overlying layer by 5 mm, or approximately 5 mm, or 2 mm to 8 mm, or approximately 2 mm to approximately 8 mm.
[0170] Some embodiments of the transmission layer 3450 may be formed of a material having a three dimensional structure. For example, a knitted or woven spacer fabric (for example Baltex 7970 weft knitted polyester) or a non-woven fabric can be used. In some embodiments, the transmission layer 3450 can have a 3D polyester spacer fabric layer. This layer can have a top layer which is a 84/144 textured polyester, and a bottom layer which can be a 100 denier flat polyester and a third layer formed sandwiched between these two layers which is a region defined by a knitted polyester viscose, cellulose or the like monofilament fiber. In use, this differential between filament counts in the spaced apart layers tends to draw liquid away from the wound bed and into a central region of the dressing 3400 where the absorbent layer 3430 helps lock the liquid away or itself wicks the liquid onwards towards the cover layer 3410 where it can be transpired. Other materials can be utilized, and examples of such materials are described in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2011/0282309, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this disclosure. However, the transmission layer 3450 may be optional, and for example may be optional in embodiments of the dressing 3400 which comprise the acquisition distribution layer 3440, described below.
[0171] Some embodiments may comprise a wicking or acquisition distribution layer (ADL) 3440 to horizontally wick fluid such as wound exudate as it is absorbed upward through the layers of the dressing 3400. Lateral wicking of fluid may allow maximum distribution of the fluid through the absorbent layer 3430 and may enable the absorbent layer 3430 to reach its full holding capacity. This may advantageously increase moisture vapor permeation and efficient delivery of negative pressure to the wound site. Some embodiments of the ADL 3440 may comprise viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, or a combination of some or all of these, and the material may be needle-punched. Some embodiments of the ADL 3440 may comprise polyethylene in the range of 40-150 grams per square meter (gsm). In some embodiments, the ADL 3440 may have a thickness of 1.2 mm or about 1.2 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm, or about 0.5 mm to about 3.0 mm.
[0172] The dressing 3400 may further comprise an absorbent or superabsorbent layer 3430. The absorbent layer can be manufactured from ALLEVY ™ foam, Freudenberg 114-224-4 and/or Chem-Posite™l lC-450, or any other suitable material. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 3430 can be a layer of non-woven cellulose fibers having super-absorbent material in the form of dry particles dispersed throughout. Use of the cellulose fibers introduces fast wicking elements which help quickly and evenly distribute liquid taken up by the dressing. The juxtaposition of multiple strand-like fibers leads to strong capillary action in the fibrous pad which helps distribute liquid. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 3430 may have a thickness of 1.7 mm or about 1.7 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm, or about 0.5 mm to about 3.0 mm.
[0173] For example, some embodiments of the absorbent layer 3430 may comprise a layered construction of an upper layer of non-woven cellulose fibers, superabsorbent particles (SAP), and a lower layer of cellulose fibers with 40-80% SAP. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 3430 may be an air-laid material. Heat fusible fibers can optionally be used to assist in holding the structure of the pad together. Some embodiments may combine cellulose fibers and air-laid materials, and may further comprise up to 60% SAP. Some embodiments may comprise 60% SAP and 40% cellulose. Other embodiments of the absorbent layer may comprise between 60% and 90% (or between about 60% and about 90%) cellulose matrix and between 10% and 40% (or between about 10% and about 40%) superabsorbent particles. For example, the absorbent layer may have about 20% superabsorbent material and about 80% cellulose fibers. It will be appreciated that rather than using super-absorbing particles or in addition to such use, super-absorbing fibers can be utilized according to some embodiments of the present invention. An example of a suitable material is the Product Chem-Posite™ 11 C available from Emerging Technologies Inc (ETi) in the USA.
[0174] Super-absorber particles/fibers can be, for example, sodium polyacrylate or carbomethoxycellulose materials or the like or any material capable of absorbing many times its own weight in liquid. In some embodiments, the material can absorb more than five times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc. In some embodiments, the material can absorb more than 15 times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc. In some embodiments, the material is capable of absorbing more than 20 times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc. Preferably, the material is capable of absorbing more than 30 times its own weight of 0.9% W/W saline, etc. The absorbent layer 3430 can have one or more through holes 3431 located so as to underlie the suction port.
[0175] Some embodiments of the present disclosure may employ a masking or obscuring layer 3420 to help reduce the unsightly appearance of a dressing 3400 during use due to the absorption of wound exudate. The obscuring layer 3420 may be a colored portion of the absorbent material, or may be a separate layer that covers the absorbent material. The obscuring layer 3420 may be one of a variety of colors such as blue, orange, yellow, green, or any color suitable for masking the presence of wound exudate in the dressing 3400. For example, a blue obscuring layer 3420 may be a shade of blue similar to the shade of blue commonly used for the material of medical gowns, scrubs, and drapes. Some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3420 may comprise polypropylene spunbond material. Further, some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3420 may comprise a hydrophobic additive or coating. Other embodiments may comprise a thin fibrous sheet of 60, 70, or 80 gsm. In some embodiments, the obscuring layer 3420 may have a thickness of .045 mm or about .045 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.02 mm to 0.5 mm, or about 0.02 mm to about 0.5 mm. [0176] The obscuring layer may comprise at least one viewing window 3422 configured to allow a visual determination of the saturation level of the absorbent layer. The at least one viewing window 3422 may comprise at least one aperture made through the obscuring layer. The at least one viewing window 3422 may comprise at least one uncolored region of the obscuring layer. Some embodiments of the obscuring layer may comprise a plurality of viewing windows or an array of viewing windows, as discussed above with respect to Figures 25-32.
[0177] The masking capabilities of the obscuring layer 3420 should preferably only be partial, to allow clinicians to access the information they require by observing the spread of exudate across the dressing surface. A obscuring layer 3420 may be partial due to material properties allowing wound exudate to slightly alter the appearance of the dressing or due to the presence of at least one viewing window 3422 in a completely obscuring material. The partial masking nature of the obscuring layer 3420 enables a skilled clinician to perceive a different colour caused by exudate, blood, by-products etc. in the dressing allowing for a visual assessment and monitoring of the extent of spread across the dressing. However, since the change in colour of the dressing from its clean state to a state with exudate contained is only a slight change, the patient is unlikely to notice any aesthetic difference. Reducing or eliminating a visual indicator of wound exudate from a patient is likely to have a positive effect on their health, reducing stress for example.
[0178] Tests performed upon various dressings with respect to the transmittance properties of the dressing indicate the ability of various samples to mask colour. The ability to mask colour may be calculated, for example, by measuring the reduction in absorption of light radiation at particular wavelengths. The tests utilized a UV-Vis spectrophotometer Jasco with integrating sphere, with a scanning range 340 to 800 nm, bandwidth 5nm and lOOOnm/sec scanning speed. The data labelled black background represents the extreme of exudate colour (the most colour an exudate might have) - the highest level of radiation absorbed and the least amount of radiation reflected from the sample. The data for white background represents the upper limit for total masking - generally the lowest level of radiation absorbed and the highest level of reflection. Sample 1 was a tinted polymer film placed over a black background, which was judged not to sufficiently mask the black background (representing wound exudate) satisfactorily. Sample 2 was a sheet of 3- dimensional spacer fabric (Baltex 3D) placed over a black background, and was judged to provide adequate masking of the black background. Sample 3 was a sheet of non-woven material dyed green placed over a black background, and provided complete masking of the black background.
[0179] Wound exudate may have dark yellow, red and/or brown tones. Therefore, to appropriately mask these colours, an obscuring layer 3420 would preferably shield light wavelengths of below 600 nm.
[0180] Measuring the reduction in absorption of light radiation at particular wavelengths may be performed by calculating:
/oreduction (Abackground Asampie placed on background) / (Abackground) X 100 where A is the absorption of light radiation at the particular wavelength.
[0181] Using this formula, using light at a wavelength of 460nm, the percentage of absorption reduction was calculated as shown in Table 3 below.
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000057_0001
[0182] It has been found that materials that reduce light absorption by about 50% or more will provide enough partial or complete masking of wound exudate (as judged by the inventors). Of course a complete masking element would preferably require a means for a clinician to judge the spread of wound exudate in the dressing below the obscuring layer 3420, e.g. the masking element not completely covering the entire dressing. For example, as described above with respect to Figures 25-33, a plurality of viewing windows may be provided in the obscuring layer 3420 such that the spread of exudate in the dressing below may be adequately assessed. Alternatively a partial masking element may allow a clinician to judge the spread of exudate in the dressing below without additional means. [0183] It will be understood that the wetting of a masking material (by exudate for example) will also affect the masking performance of the masking element, since hydrophilic materials will allow chromophore-carrying species to travel through them more easily. As such, the absorption reduction rate should also be tested on wet materials.
[0184] The above-mentioned Samples 1, 2 and 3 were also tested for their masking properties by measuring CIE L*a*b* values (a known 3-dimensional model for representing colour space). The analysis employed Jasco software using the range 380 to 780 nm, stard observed 2(deg), lightsource D65, colour matching JIS Z8701-1999.
[0185] Table 4 below shows the L*a*b* values found when Samples 1 , 2 and 3 were respectively placed over a black background. The results for the black background alone and a white background are also shown.
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000058_0001
[0186] Generally, samples which lead to an increase in L* value will provide a lighter colour tone than the reference surface, which is the main contributor to masking a dark colour. From the values above, apt partial masking materials will yield an L* value above 50, or more aptly above 70. [0187] However, completely opaque masking layers, such as for example a tinted polymeric film, may cover the area to be masked with a darker tone altogether, in which case the measure of L* is not relevant. Once again these values should also be considered on wet material, for the reasons stated above.
[0188] In addition to transmittance properties, the color of the obscuring layer 3420 may affect the masking ability of the layer. In liquid permeable embodiments of the obscuring layer, various colors are suitable for masking the usual colors of wound exudate, while other colors may not provide optimal masking of the exudate. For example, with reference to the CIE chromaticity diagram illustrated in Figure 38, some embodiments of the obscuring layer, in a dry state, may be configured to yield a CIE y value of .4 or less and a CIE x value of .5 or less. Some embodiments of the obscuring layer, in a dry state, may have a color of Bg, gB, B, pB, bP, P, rP, pPk, RP, O, rO, or yO on the CIE x, y chromaticity diagram. It will be appreciated that liquid impermeable embodiments of the obscuring layer may be configured with any color.
[0189] The obscuring layer 3420 can have one or more through holes located so as to underlie the suction port. Some embodiments may have a maltese cross 3421 or other shaped cutout underlying the suction port, wherein the diameter of the maltese cross 3421 is greater than the diameter of the port. This may allow a clinician to easily asses the amount of wound exudate absorbed into the layers beneath the port. The obscuring layer 3420 may have an outer perimeter that is larger than the dressing layer or layers provided beneath it, for example the absorbent layer 3430, ADL 3440 and/or transmission layer 3450. In some embodiments the entire outer perimeter of the obscuring layer 3420 is spaced 1 mm, or approximately 1 mm, or 0.5 mm to 3 mm, or approximately 0.5 to approximately 3 mm, beyond the dressing layer or layers provided beneath it. The larger perimeter of the obscuring layer 3420 may ensure that the underlying layers are adequately covered for visual obscuring of wound exudate.
[0190] The dressing 3400 may also comprise a backing layer, or cover layer 3410 extending across the width of the wound dressing. The cover layer 3410 may be gas impermeable but moisture vapor permeable. Some embodiments may employ a polyurethane film (for example, Elastollan SP9109) or any other suitable material. For example, certain embodiments may comprise translucent or transparent 30gsm EU33 film. The cover layer 3410 may have a pressure sensitive adhesive on the lower side, thereby creating a substantially sealed enclosure over the wound in which negative pressure may be established. The cover layer can protect the wound as a bacterial barrier from external contamination, and may allow liquid from wound exudates to be transferred through the layer and evaporated from the film outer surface.
[0191] The cover layer 3410 can have an orifice 341 1 located so as to underlie the suction port. The orifice 3411 may allow transmission of negative pressure through the cover layer 3410 to the wound enclosure. The port may be adhered and sealed to the cover film using an adhesive such as an acrylic, cyanoacrylate, epoxy, UV curable or hot melt adhesive. Some embodiments may have a plurality of orifices for the attachment of multiple ports or other sources of negative pressure or other mechanisms for distributing fluid.
[0192] Figure 34B illustrates a cross sectional view of the wound dressing 3400, displaying an embodiment of the relative thicknesses of layers of the dressing 3400. In some embodiments, the wound contact layer 3460 may be flat and the top film layer 3410 may be contoured over the inner layers of the dressing 3400. The spacer layer 3450 may be half as thick as the acquisition distribution layer 3440 in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the absorbent layer 3430 may be about 1.5 times thicker than the spacer layer 3450. The obscuring layer 3420 may be about half the thickness of the spacer layer 3450.
[0193] Figure 35 illustrates a perspective exploded view of an embodiment of a flexible port or fluidic connector 3500 that may be used to connect any of the wound dressings described herein to a source of negative pressure. The port 3500 comprises a top layer 3510, a spacer layer 3520, a filter element 3530, a bottom layer 3540, and a conduit 3550. The conduit optionally comprises a connector 3560. The distal end of the port 3500 (the end connectable to the dressing 3400) is depicted as having an enlarged circular shape, although it will be appreciated that any suitable shape may be used and that the distal end need not be enlarged. For example, the distal end can have any of the shapes shown in Figures 23A and 23B above. The distal end can also have the shape shown in Figures 3A-3C of International Application No. PCT/IB2013/001469, filed May 22, 2013, incorporated by reference herein.
[0194] The bottom layer 3540 may comprise an elongate bridge portion 3544, an enlarged (e.g., rounded or circular) sealing portion 3545, and an orifice 3541. In some embodiments a plurality of orifices may be provided in the bottom layer. Some embodiments of the rounded sealing portion 3545 may comprise a layer of adhesive, for example a pressure sensitive adhesive, on the lower surface for use in sealing the port 3500 to a dressing. For example, the port may be sealed to the cover layer 3410 of the dressing in Figure 34. The orifice 3541 in the bottom layer 3540 of the port 3500 may be aligned with the orifice 341 1 in the cover layer 3410 of the dressing 3400 in order to transmit negative pressure through the dressing 3400 and into a wound site.
[0195] The top layer 3515 may be substantially the same shape as the bottom layer in that it comprises an elongate bridge 3514 and an enlarged (e.g., rounded or circular) portion 3515. The top layer 3515 and the bottom layer 3545 may be sealed together, for example by heat welding. In some embodiments, the bottom layer 3545 may be substantially flat and the top layer 3515 may be slightly larger than the bottom layer 3545 in order to accommodate the height of the spacer layer 3520 and seal to the bottom layer 3545. In other embodiments, the top layer 3515 and bottom layer 3145 may be substantially the same size, and the layers may be sealed together approximately at the middle of the height of the spacer layer 3520. In some embodiments, the elongate bridge portions 3544, 3514 may have a length of 10 cm (or about 10 cm) or more, more preferably a length of 20 cm (or about 20 cm) or more and in some embodiments, may be about 27 cm long. In some embodiments, the elongate bridge portions may have a width of between 1 cm and 4 cm (or between about 1 cm and about 4 cm), and in one embodiment, is about 2.5 cm wide. The ratio of the length of the elongate bridge portions 3544, 3514 to their widths may in some embodiments exceed 6: 1 , and may more preferably exceed 8: 1 or even 10: 1. The diameter of the circular portion 3545, 3515 may be about 3.5 cm in some embodiments.
[0196] The bottom and top layers may comprise at least one layer of a flexible film, and in some embodiments may be transparent. Some embodiments of the bottom layer 3540 and top layer 3515 may be polyurethane, and may be liquid impermeable. The top layer may comprise a flexible film having a thickness of 90 gsm, or approximately 90 gsm, or any thickness suitable for making the top film difficult to puncture.
[0197] The port 3500 may comprise a spacer layer 3520, such as the 3D fabric discussed above, positioned between the lower layer 3540 and the top layer 3510. The spacer layer 3520 may be made of any suitable material, for example material resistant to collapsing in at least one direction, thereby enabling effective transmission of negative pressure therethrough. Instead of or in addition to the 3D fabric discussed above, some embodiments of the spacer layer 520 may comprise a fabric configured for lateral wicking of fluid, which may comprise viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, or a combination of some or all of these, and the material may be needle-punched. Some embodiments of the spacer layer 520 may comprise polyethylene in the range of 40-160 grams per square meter (gsm) (or about 40 to about 160 gsm), for example 80 (or about 80) gsm. Such materials may be constructed so as to resist compression under the levels of negative pressure commonly applied during negative pressure therapy.
[0198] The spacer layer 3520 may comprise an enlarged (e.g., rounded or circular) portion 3525, and may optionally include a fold 3521. In some embodiments, the elongate bridge portion may have dimensions in the same ranges as the bridge portions of the upper and lower layers described above though slightly smaller, and in one embodiment is about 25.5 cm long and 1.5 cm wide. Similarly, the diameter of the circular portion 3525 may be slightly smaller than the diameters of the enlarged ends 3545, 3515, and in one embodiment is about 2 cm. Some embodiments of the spacer layer 3520 may have adhesive on one or both of its proximal and distal ends (e.g., one or more dabs of adhesive) in order to secure the spacer layer 3520 to the top layer 3510 and/or the bottom layer 3540. Adhesive may also be provided along a portion or the entire length of the spacer layer. In other embodiments, the spacer layer 3520 may be freely movable within the sealed chamber of the top and bottom layers.
[0199] The fold 3521 of the spacer fabric may make the end of the port 3500 softer and therefore more comfortable for a patient, and may also help prevent the conduit 3550 from blockage. The fold 3521 may further protect the end of the conduit 3550 from being occluded by the top or bottom layers. The fold 3521 may, in some embodiments, be between 1 cm and 3 cm (or between about 1 cm and about 3 cm) long, and in one embodiment is 2 cm (or about 2 cm) long. The spacer fabric may be folded underneath itself, that is toward the bottom layer 3540, and in other embodiments may be folded upward toward the top layer 3510. Other embodiments of the spacer layer 3520 may contain no fold. A slot or channel 3522 may extend perpendicularly away from the proximal end of the fold 3521, and the conduit 3550 may rest in the slot or channel 3522. In some embodiments the slot 3522 may extend through one layer of the fold, and in others it may extend through both layers of the fold. The slot 3522 may, in some embodiments, be 1 cm (or about 1 cm) long. Some embodiments may instead employ a circular or elliptical hole in the fold 3521. The hole may face proximally so that the conduit 3550 may be inserted into the hole and rest between the folded layers of spacer fabric. In some embodiments, the conduit 3550 may be adhered to the material of the fold 3521, while in other embodiments it may not.
[0200] The port 3500 may have a filter element 3530 located adjacent the orifice 3541, and as illustrated is located between the lower layer 3540 and the spacer layer 3520. , As illustrated, the filter element 3530 may have a round or disc shape. The filter element 3530 is impermeable to liquids, but permeable to gases. The filter element 3530 can act as a liquid barrier, to substantially prevent or inhibit liquids from escaping from the wound dressing, as well as an odor barrier. The filter element 3530 may also function as a bacterial barrier. In some embodiments, the pore size of the filter element 3530 can be approximately 0.2μπι. Suitable materials for the filter material of the filter element include 0.2 micron Gore™ expanded PTFE from the MMT range, PALL Versapore™ 200R, and Donaldson™ TX6628. The filter element 3530 thus enables gas to be exhausted through the orifice. Liquid, particulates and pathogens however are contained in the dressing. Larger pore sizes can also be used but these may require a secondary filter layer to ensure full bioburden containment. As wound fluid contains lipids it is preferable, though not essential, to use an oleophobic filter membrane for example 1.0 micron MMT-332 prior to 0.2 micron MMT- 323. This prevents the lipids from blocking the hydrophobic filter. In some embodiments, the filter element 3530 may be adhered to one or both of top surface of the bottom layer 3540 and the bottom surface of the spacer layer 3520 using an adhesive such as, but not limited to, a UV cured adhesive. In other embodiments, the filter 3530 may be welded to the inside of the spacer layer 3520 and to the top surface of the bottom layer 3540. The filter may also be provided adjacent the orifice on a lower surface of the bottom layer 3540. Other possible details regarding the filter are disclosed in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2011/0282309 and incorporated by reference herein.
[0201] The proximal end of the port 3500 may be connected to the distal end of a conduit 3550. The conduit 3550 may comprise one or more circular ribs 3551. The ribs 3551 may be formed in the conduit 3550 by grooves in a mold during the manufacturing of the conduit. During heat welding of the upper and lower layers 3515, 3545 melted material from those layers may flow around the ribs 3551 , advantageously providing a stronger connection between the conduit 3550 and the layers. As a result, it may be more difficult to dislodge the conduit 3550 out from between the layers during use of the port 3500.
[0202] The proximal end of the conduit 3550 may be optionally attached to a connector 3560. The connector 3560 may be used to connect the port 3500 to a source of negative pressure, or in some embodiments to an extension conduit which may in turn be connected to a source of negative pressure. The distal end of the conduit 3550, which is inserted into the spacer layer 3520, may be shaped in such a way to reduce the possibility of occlusion.
[0203] Figure 36 illustrates an embodiment of a wound dressing 3610 with a flexible port 3620 such as described with respect to Figure 35 attached. The port 3620 comprises a conduit 3630 and a connector 3640 for connecting the port to a source of negative pressure or to an extension conduit. The dressing 3610 comprises an obscuring layer with one row of eight holes in a linear arrangement, and is described above in more detail with respect to Figure 25. Although in this depiction the port 3620 is connected over a circular window in the obscuring layer of the dressing 3610, in other embodiments the port 3620 may be connected over a maltese cross in the obscuring layer. In some embodiments, the maltese cross may be of a larger diameter than the port and may be at least partially viewable after the port is attached to the dressing.
[0204] Figures 37A-1 and 37A-2 illustrate photographic and line drawing perspective views, respectively, of an embodiment of the dressing. Although the configuration as depicted is similar to the embodiment of Figure 29B, the dressing can have any of the constructions of different layers previously described. Conduit 3710 is connected to the dressing 3700 via port 3720, however other embodiments of ports may be connected to the dressing, for example the flexible port of Figure 35.
[0205] Figures 37B-1 and 37B-2 illustrate photographic and line drawing bottom views, respectively, of the dressing 3700. The view illustrates a transmission layer 3730 and an acquisition distribution layer 3740, which may be similar to the transmission layer 3450 and acquisition distribution layer 3440 of Figures 34A and 34B. In some embodiments, the perimeter of the transmission layer 3730 may be slightly smaller than the perimeter of the acquisition distribution layer 3740. The view also illustrates one embodiment of a release layer 3750 similar to release layer 3480 previously described for use in protecting the adhesive side of the wound contact layer. The release layer 3750 as illustrated is made of two separate layers of material that can be removed from the adhesive side of the wound contact layer by pulling on flaps attached to the release layer.
[0206] Figure 37C illustrates a photograph of an embodiment of a wound dressing having a soft or flexible port for transmitting negative pressure secured over a cross- shaped viewing window in an obscuring layer of the dressing. The port comprises a 3D fabric encased in transparent plastic film layers as described above. As illustrated in Figure 35, the plastic film layers have a perimeter larger than the perimeter of the 3D fabric. An enlarged distal end of the port is positioned over the cross-shaped viewing window in the obscuring layer of the wound dressing, such that an end portion of each arm of the cross- shaped viewing window extends past the perimeter of the film layers of the enlarged distal end.
[0207] Figure 39A illustrates another embodiment of a wound dressing 3900. The wound dressing may comprise a release layer 3980, wound contact layer 3960, a transmission layer 3950, an acquisition distribution layer 3940, an adhesive layer 3970, an absorbent layer 3930, an obscuring layer 3920, and a backing layer 3910. Although this figure illustrates a dressing having one particular shape, the construction of the layers can be applied to any of the embodiments identified above, including Figures 4A-14, 16-22, and 24A-33B. At least the wound contact layer 3960, transmission layer 3950, absorbent layer 3930, obscuring layer 3920, and backing layer 3910 may have properties as described with respect to particular embodiments above, such as the embodiments of Figures 3A-22, and 24A-33B, and these layers as well as the acquisition distribution layer 3940 may have properties similar to those described for the layers of the dressing embodiment of Figure 34A, as well as or instead of the properties described below.
[0208] The dressing 3900 may be connected to a port 3990, such as described above with respect to Figures 35 and 36 and as illustrated in Figure 39B (shown without the release layer 3980). At least the backing layer 3910, obscuring layer 3920, absorbent layer 3930, and acquisition distribution layer 3940 may have openings underlying the port 3990, and the port 3990 may comprise a three-dimensional fabric 3997 and a filter element 3995 overlying the openings. In some embodiments, the opening 3921 in the obscuring layer may be cross-shaped. As illustrated, the cross-shaped opening 3921 may comprise four arms of roughly equal length extending outward from a central point of intersection of the arms, wherein the sides of each arm are angled or arced such that the far end of each arm is wider than the end closest to the intersection. The far ends of the four arms may comprise arcs, for example four arcs from a single circle, giving the cross a rounded shape. The opening 3911 in the backing layer 3910, opening 3931 in the absorbent layer 3930, and opening 3941 in the acquisition distribution layer 3940 may be aligned with the central intersection point of the cross-shaped opening 3921. The openings 3911 , 3931, and 3941 may be the same size or of varying sizes.
[0209] The backing layer 3910 (as well as the backing layer of previously described embodiments) may comprise, in some embodiments, EU33 film and may optionally have a pressure-sensitive adhesive provided on a lower surface thereof. For example, the adhesive may be a water dispersible acrylic adhesive, for example K5. The adhesive may be able to be pattern spread, and may be hydrophilic.
[0210] The obscuring layer 3920 may be provided to increase patient comfort by masking the presence of wound exudate absorbed by the inner layers of the dressing. The obscuring layer 3920 may have an outer perimeter that is spaced 1 mm, or approximately 1 mm, or 0.5 mm to 3 mm, or approximately 0.5 to approximately 3 mm, beyond the adjacent perimeter edge of the dressing layer or layers provided beneath it, for example the absorbent layer 3930, ADL 3940, and/or transmission layer 3950. The obscuring layer 3920 may be provided with a plurality of viewing windows 3922 which may be used to assess the spread of exudate across the dressing 3900. The cross-shaped opening 3921 may be used as a viewing window to ascertain the level of saturation of the layer or layers underlying an attached port. The width of the cross-shaped opening 3921 may be greater than the width of an attached port to enable such assessment. Some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3920 (including other embodiments of the obscuring layer previously described) may comprise polypropylene spunbond material of suitable colors such as described above, including medical blue. Further, some embodiments of the obscuring layer 3420 may comprise a hydrophobic additive or coating. [0211] The absorbent layer 3930 may be configured to absorb and retain exudate from a patient's wound. The absorbent layer 3930 will preferably be constructed from a material which has good absorbent qualities under negative pressure. In some embodiments (including any of the earlier described embodiments), the absorbent layer may comprise cellulose fibers or air-laid materials. Some embodiments may comprise a cellulose fibers with 40-80% superabsorbent particles (SAP), for example 40%-60% (or about 40% to about 60%) SAP or 60%-80% (or about 60% to about 80%) SAP. Heat fusible fibers can optionally be used to assist in holding the structure of the absorbent pad together. Some embodiments may combine cellulose fibers and air-laid materials, for example as a hybrid bonded airlaid composite in the range of 400-500 gsm (or about 400 to about 500 gsm), for example 460 (or about 460) gsm. The absorbent layer 3930 may include polyacrylate superabsorber powder to increase the absorbent capabilities of the material. Some embodiments of the absorbent layer 3930 comprise a tissue dispersant layer. This may, in some embodiments, be provided along the lower surface of the layer, resulting in an asymmetric construction of the absorbent layer. The tissue dispersant layer may comprise a heat fusible binder to aid in holding the layer structure together. The tissue dispersant layer may provide the advantage of enabling fluid transport. In some embodiments, the tissue dispersant layer may comprise a hot melt adhesive such as ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA), for example applied as a solution to cellulose fibers of the absorbent layer.
[0212] The adhesive layer 3970 may bond an upper surface of the acquisition distribution layer 3940 to a lower surface of the absorbent layer 3930. As illustrated, in some embodiments the adhesive layer 3970 may comprise an adhesive web or net. In other embodiments, the adhesive layer 3970 may comprise adhesive tape. Yet other embodiments may employ a hot melt adhesive, such as EVA. For example, EVA powder may be sprinkled over the ADL 3940, which may then be heat bonded to the adhesive layer 3970. In some embodiments the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and the absorbent layer 3930 may be stitched or sewn together, and the adhesive layer 3970 may comprise suitable fibers, strands, or threads. Preferred embodiments of the adhesive layer 3970 are hydrophilic so as not to affect the transport of water and/or water-based solutions between the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and absorbent layer 3930. In some embodiments, the adhesive layer may comprise a fine sprinkle of adhesive powder such that the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and absorbent layer 3930 are not bonded together across the entire upper and lower surfaces, respectively, but may be merely tacked together in a number of locations. However, some embodiments of the dressing may be constructed without the use of an adhesive between the acquisition distribution layer 3940 and absorbent layer 3930.
[0213] The acquisition distribution layer (ADL) 3940 may be constructed so as to advantageously horizontally wick fluid, such as wound exudate, as it is absorbed upward through the layers of the dressing 3900. Such lateral wicking of fluid may allow maximum distribution of the fluid through the absorbent layer 3930, enabling the absorbent layer 3930 to reach its full holding capacity. Some embodiments of the ADL 3440 (including any embodiments of the ADL previously described) may comprise cellulose in the range of 40- 160 gsm (or about 40 to about 160 gsm), for example 80 (or about 80) gsm.. The ADL may be constructed from a material which resists compression under the levels of negative pressure commonly applied during negative pressure therapy.
[0214] Some embodiments of the dressing 3900 may optionally comprise a spacer or transmission layer 3950. The transmission layer 3950 may comprise a porous material or 3D fabric configured to allow for the passage of fluids therethrough away from the wound site and into the upper layers of the dressing 3400. In particular, the transmission layer 3450 should remain open under the typical pressures that will be applied during negative pressure wound therapy as described above, so that the whole wound site sees an equalized negative pressure. In some embodiments, the acquisition distribution layer 3940 may be sufficient to maintain even transmission of negative pressure throughout the dressing 3900 and the transmission layer 3950 may be excluded. An outer perimeter of the transmission layer may be spaced 5 mm, or approximately 5 mm, or 2 mm to 8 mm, or approximately 2 mm to approximately 8 mm, inward of the adjacent perimeter edge of the dressing layer positioned above the transmission layer, for example the ADL 3940 or absorbent layer 3930.
[0215] The dressing 3900 may optionally comprise a wound contact layer 3960 for sealing the dressing 3900 to the healthy skin of a patient surrounding a wound area. As discussed above with respect to Figure 34A, the wound contact layer 3960 may comprise flexible polyurethane film, and may be provided with a silicone adhesive on a lower surface thereof. The wound contact layer 3960 may be perforated to allow for the transmission of fluids such as wound exudate therethrough, so that the fluids may be passed through or retained by the inner layers of the dressing 3900. Prior to use, the wound contact layer 3960 may be protected by a protective release layer 3980, which may be provided with at least one set of flaps 3981 for removing or peeling off the release layer 3980.
[0216] Figures 40A and 40B illustrate one embodiment of spacer layer, or transmission layer, material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above, and which may also be used in any of the port or fluidic connector embodiments described above. The spacer or transmission material is preferably formed of a material having a three dimensional structure, and may have a top layer and a bottom layer comprising a knit pattern. For example, a knitted or woven spacer fabric (for example Baltex 7970 weft knitted polyester) or a non-woven fabric could be used. The top and bottom fabric layers may comprise polyester, such as 84/144 textured polyester or a flat denier polyester. Other materials and other linear mass densities of fiber could of course be used. In some embodiments, the top and bottom fabric layers may be the same pattern and the same material, and in other embodiments they may be different patterns and/or different materials. The top fabric layer may have more filaments in a yarn used to form it than the number of filaments making up the yarn used to form the bottom fabric layer, in order to control moisture flow across the transmission layer. Particularly, by having a filament count greater in the top layer, that is to say, the top layer is made from a yarn having more filaments than the yarn used in the bottom layer, liquid tends to be wicked along the top layer more than the bottom layer. Figure 40A illustrates one possible knit pattern for a top or bottom fabric layer.
[0217] As illustrated in the side view of Figure 40B, between the top and bottom fabric layers may be a plurality of filaments. The filaments may comprise a monofilament fiber or a multistrand fiber, and may be knitted polyester viscose or cellulose. In some embodiments, a majority of the filaments, by volume, may extend vertically (that is, perpendicular to the plane of the top and bottom layers), or substantially or generally vertically. In another embodiment, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the filaments or more, by volume, may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically. In another embodiment, all or substantially all of the filaments, by volume, may extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically. In some embodiments, a majority, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the filaments or more, or even all or substantially all of the filaments, extend upward from the bottom fabric layer and/or downward from the top fabric layer, and in some embodiments, such filaments extend over a length more than half the distance between the top and bottom fabric layers. In some embodiments, a majority, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the filaments or more, or even all or substantially all of the filaments, span a distance that is greater in a direction perpendicular to the top and bottom fabric layers (a vertical direction) than in a direction parallel to the top and bottom fabric layers (a horizontal direction). The orientation of such filaments may promote vertical wicking of fluid through the spacer layer. In some embodiments, the ratio of the amount of fluid wicked vertically through the spacer material to the amount of fluid wicked laterally across the spacer material when under negative pressure may be 2: 1 or more, or approximately 2: 1 or more, or may be up to 10: 1 or more, or approximately 10: 1 or more, in some embodiments. Such filaments may also keep the top and bottom layers spaced apart when exposed to compressive forces or negative pressure.
[0218] Figures 41A-D illustrate one embodiment of acquisition distribution layer (ADL) material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above, and which may also be used in any of the port or fluidic connector embodiments described above. The ADL material, in an uncompressed state, may be 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick, or approximately 0.5 mm to approximately 3 mm thick, and in some embodiments may be 1.2 mm thick, or approximately 1.2 mm thick, in an uncompressed state. The ADL material may comprise a plurality of loosely packed fibers, which may be arranged in a substantially horizontal fibrous network.
[0219] In some embodiments, the ADL material may consist of a mix of two fiber types. One may be a flat fiber which may be 20 μπι to 50 μπι in width, or approximately 20 μπι to approximately 50 μπι in width, and may comprise a cellulosic based material. The other fiber may be a two component fiber that has an inner core that is 8 μπι to 10 μπι in diameter, or approximately is 8 μπι to approximately 10 μπι in diameter, and an outer layer with a thickness of 1 μπι to 2 μπι, or approximately 1 μπι to approximately 2 μπι. The two component fiber may be a mix of a polyethylene (PE) type material, and polyethylene terephthalate (PET). In some embodiments the inner core of the two component fiber may be PET and the outer layer may be PE. The PE/PET fibers may have a smooth surface morphology, while the cellulosic fibers may have a relatively rougher surface morphology. In some embodiments the ADL material may comprise about 60% to about 90% cellulosic fibers, for example approximately 75% cellulosic fibers, and may comprise about 10% to about 40% PE/PET fibers, for example approximately 25% PE/PET fibers.
[0220] Figure 41A illustrates a backscatter scanning electron microscope (SEM) plan view of a sample portion of acquisition distribution layer material at 140x magnification. Figure 41 B illustrates an SEM cross sectional view at 25 Ox magnification. As illustrated in Figure 41B, a majority of the fiber volume may extend horizontally (that is, parallel to the plane of the top and bottom surfaces of the material), or substantially or generally horizontally. In another embodiment, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) or more of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally. In another embodiment, all or substantially all of the fiber volume may extend horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally. In some embodiments, a majority, 80%-90% (or approximately 80% to approximately 90%) of the fibers or more, or even all or substantially all of the fibers, span a distance perpendicular to the thickness of the ADL material (a horizontal or lateral distance) that is greater than the thickness of the ADL material. In some embodiments, the horizontal or lateral distance spanned by such fibers is 2 times (or about 2 times) or more, 3 times (or about 3 times) or more, 4 times (or about 4 times) or more, 5 times (or about 5 times) or more, or 10 times (or about 10 times) or more the thickness of the ADL material. The orientation of such such fibers may promote lateral wicking of fluid through the ADL material. This may more evenly distribute fluid such as wound exudate throughout the ADL material. In some embodiments, the ratio of the amount of fluid wicked laterally across the ADL material to the amount of fluid wicked vertically through the ADL material under negative pressure may be 2: 1 or more, or approximately 2: 1 or more, or may be up to 10: 1 or more, or approximately 10: 1 or more, in some embodiments.
[0221] Figure 41 C is a two dimensional microtomographic cross sectional view of a compressed portion of a sample of ADL material which is approximately 9.2 mm long. Figure 41D is an SEM cross sectional view at 130x magnification of the compressed portion illustrated in Figure 41C. Such compressed portions may occur in the ADL material may occur due to the application of pressure to the material. Figures 41 C and 41D further illustrate the horizontal network of ADL fibers.
[0222] Figures 42A and 42B illustrate one embodiment of absorbent material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above. Figure 42A illustrates a three dimensional microtomographic cross sectional view of a sample of absorbent material, depicting a fibrous composition interspersed with superabsorbent particles. The absorbent material may, for example, be any of the materials described in U.S. Patent Pub. No. 2012/308780, titled "Absorbent Structure," filed May 25, 2012, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0223] Figure 42B is a cross sectional schematic diagram of an embodiment of the absorbent material illustrating a plurality of layers within the absorbent material. The absorbent material may have a textured layer 4210 on one side of a fibrous network, the fibrous network defining the bulk of the absorbent material and comprising layers 4220, 4240, and 4250. Superabsorbent particles 4230 may be dispersed throughout layers 4220, 4240, and 4250. The textured layer 4210, also referred to as the "tissue dispersant layer" in above portions of this specification, may be configured to laterally transmit fluid. Though depicted as the lowermost layer of the absorbent material, the textured layer 4210 may in some embodiments be positioned as the uppermost layer of the absorbent material, and in some embodiments may be positioned as both the lowermost and uppermost layers of the absorbent material. The textured layer 4210 may comprise flat fibers 20 μπι to 50 μπι in width, or approximately 20 μπι to approximately 50 μπι in width. The textured layer 4210 may comprise 1 to 2 or approximately 1 to approximately 2 layers of the flat fibers, and the textured layer 4210 may have an overall thickness of 0.04 mm, or approximately 0.04 mm.
[0224] The bulk of the absorbent material, comprising layers 4220, 4240, and 4250, may have a thickness of 1.7 mm, or approximately 1.7 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.5 mm to 3.0 mm, or about 0.5 mm to about 3.0 mm. The bulk of the absorbent material may comprise a mix of two fiber types arranged in a fibrous network, for example the cellulosic fiber having a width of 20 μπι to 50 μπι, or approximately 20 μπι to approximately 50 μπι, and the PE/PET composite fiber, described above with respect to the ADL material. The superabsorbent particles 4230 may be irregularly shaped and varied in size, and may have a diameter of up to 1 mm, or approximately 1 mm. The superabsorbent particles 4230 may comprise a sodium acrylate type material. There may be relatively fewer superabsorbent particles in a portion of the uppermost surface of the bulk of the absorbent material (the surface of layer 4250 opposite the textured layer 4210), for example in an uppermost surface having a thickness of approximately 0.1 mm.
[0225] Layer 4220 may be a liquid absorption layer configured to draw liquid upward through the material towards layers 4240 and 4250. Layer 4240 may be a storage layer configured to hold absorbed liquid. Layer 4220 may be a liquid distribution layer configured to apply a "reverse suction" effect to the liquid storage layer 4240 in order to inhibit (or substantially inhibit) absorbed liquid from leaking back down through the lower layers of the absorbent material, a phenomenon which is commonly known as "backwetting." Superabsorbent particles 4230 may be distributed primarily within the storage layer, may extend partially into the absorption layer 4220 and liquid distribution layer 4250, or may be distributed evenly (or substantially evenly) throughout the layers. The layers 4220, 4240, and 4250 may overlap with a portion of adjacent layers, and may or may not be separable.
[0226] Figures 43A and 43B illustrate one embodiment of obscuring layer material which may be used in any of the dressing embodiments described above. Figure 43A illustrates a photographic plan view of obscuring material, depicting a material comprising a fibrous network having a reoccurring regularly spaced criss-cross diamond pattern. The diamond shaped pattern may, in one embodiment, be 1.2 mm long by 1.0 mm wide, and may have a thickness of approximately 0.04 mm thick, consisting of fibers that are more densely packed relative to the surrounding area of the material. The diamond shaped pattern may increase structural stability of the fibrous network of the material, for example serving as "tacking" points. Figure 43B illustrates a three dimensional microtomographic perspective view of the compressed diamond pattern and the surrounding uncompressed fibers.
[0227] Some embodiments of the obscuring material may comprise polypropylene spunbond material. Further, some embodiments of the obscuring material may comprise a hydrophobic additive or coating, for example a hydrophobic wash designed to permeate the fibers of the obscuring material to make the material substantially waterproof while permitting vapor permeability. Other embodiments may comprise a thin fibrous sheet of 60, 70, or 80 gsm. The fibers of the obscuring material may, in one embodiment, comprise layers of polypropylene (PP) fibers having a smooth surface morphology, and the PP fibers may have a thickness of approximately 25 μπι. In some embodiments, the obscuring material may have a thickness of .045 mm or about .045 mm, or may have a thickness in the range of 0.02 mm to 0.5 mm, or about 0.02 mm to about 0.5 mm.
[0228] Figure 44 illustrates one embodiment of an adhesive spread on approximately one square centimeter of a film material, which may be used as the cover or backing layer in any of the dressing embodiments or fluidic connector embodiments described above. The adhesive on the film has been covered with carbon powder for ease of illustrating the spread of the adhesive. The adhesive may comprise, for example, an acrylate type adhesive, for example K5 adhesive, and may be laid down in a criss cross pattern. In some embodiments, the adhesive material may cover approximately 45.5% ± approximately 1.3% of the film surface. The pattern and coverage of the adhesive may vary so long as the configuration is suitable for desired vapor permeability.
[0229] Figures 45A-D illustrate one embodiment of a sealing strip assembly 4501 which may be used with a wound dressing and/or fluidic connector to provide additional sealing against the skin of the patient surrounding the wound dressing or fluidic connector. Sealing strips may also be used to reseal a cut or punctured wound dressing or fluidic connector. The sealing strips of Figures 45A-D may be used, for example, like the fixation strips 210 of Figure 2D.
[0230] As illustrated in Figure 45A (top view), a plurality of sealing strips 4501 (labeled 4501a-4501f) may be provided together on one sheet 4500 with a plurality of perforations or weakened lines 4515, separating the individual sealing strips on the sheet. In some embodiments anywhere from 2 to 10 or more sealing strips may be provided on one sheet. As illustrated, 6 sealing strips 4501a, 4501b, 4501c, 4501d, 4501e and 450 If are provided on one sheet 4500 in Figure 45A. In other embodiments each sealing strip may be provided separately, or a plurality of separate sealing strips may be provided, for example in a kit. A kit may be provided in the form of a tray, for example a sealed tray, which may include one or more sheets containing a plurality of sealing strips 4501 separated by the plurality of perforations or weakened lines 4515, or other embodiments of sealing strips as described. The kit may also contain a wound dressing with a fluidic connector that may be pre-connected to the wound dressing or separately provided. The wound dressing may have any of the shapes and layer configurations described above, and the fluidic connector may be any of the soft or hard ports described above. In some embodiments, the kit may further comprise a pump configured to connect to the fluidic connector and transmit negative pressure to the wound dressing.
[0231] An example perforation pattern of a perforated cut 4515 is illustrated in Figure 45B, which an enlarged view of the portion of Figure 45 A labeled with the reference number 45B. In some embodiments, a repeating perforation gap 4525 may extend across the perforation, each gap separated by a connected or intact portion 4590. These perforation gaps 4525 may extend through some or all of the layers of the sealing strip assembly described further below. In some embodiments, a perforation gap 4525 may be 10 mm, or approximately 10 mm, in length, wherein length is the dimension measured along the perforation line. The perforation gap length may be also in the range of 2 mm to 20 mm, or approximately 2 mm to approximately 20 mm, in some embodiments. The intact portion 4590 separating perforation gaps may be in the range of 0.25 mm to 3 mm, or approximately 0.25 mm to approximately 3 mm, in length, for example 0.5 mm, or approximately 0.5 mm, in length.
[0232] As shown in Figures 45C and 45D (which are side or cross-sectional views of Figure 45 A), the sheet 4500 of sealing strips 4501 , or an individual sealing strip 4501, may comprise an adhesive film 4545, which may be a flexible film material provided with a pressure-sensitive adhesive on a lower surface thereof. The adhesive film 4545 may, in some embodiments, be thin and prone to sticking to itself when folded or handled. Therefore, the adhesive film 4545 may be provided with a carrier layer 4535 on an upper, non-adhesive surface having the same length and width as the adhesive film 4545, and may also be provided with a one or protective layers 4570, 4580 on its lower, adhesive surface. The protective layers 4570, 4580 may be configured to protect the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545. First and second outer protective layers 4570 may be provided at opposite ends of the sheet 4500 or an individual sealing strip assembly 4501 (on the right and left sides of Figure 45A and 45C, with only the right side shown in Figure 45D), thereby covering the opposite ends of the individual sealing strips 4501. A central protective layer 4580 may be provided over a central portion of the sheet 4500 or an individual sealing strip assembly 4501 and therefore over a central portion of adhesive film 4545, between the opposite ends of the adhesive film 4545and partially overlapping with and underlying the outer protective layers 4570. As illustrated, the protective layers 4570 may have an outer edge (shown on the right in Figure 45D) that is positioned beyond the outer edge of the adhesive film 4545, and may also include a folded handle 4575 that is covered by the central protective layer 4580. The folded handles 4575 of protective layer 4570 are therefore not in direct contact with the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545 to facilitate removal of the outer protective layers 4570. Similarly, the portions 4585 of the central protective layer 4580 overlapping the outer protective layers 4570 are not in direct contact with the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545, and are not adhered to the outer protective layers 4570, thereby forming handles to facilitate removal of the central protective layer 4580.
[0233] The carrier layer 4535 that may be provided on the upper surface of the adhesive film may be configured to releasably attach to the non-adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545, and may comprise a sheet of paper or film with relatively more rigidity than the adhesive film. Release tabs 4595 may be provided on one or both opposite ends of the carrier layer 4535 for ease of removing the carrier layer 4535 from the adhesive film 4545. As illustrated in Figure 45D, the release tabs 4595 may extend outwardly from the adhesive film 4545 and carrier layer 4535 to an outer edge aligned with an outer edge of the outer protective layer 4570. In some embodiments, graphical and/or numbered instructions for removal of the protective layer and carrier layer may be provided on one or both of the protective layer and carrier layer.
[0234] To utilize the sealing strips as described above, one or more sealing strips 4501 may be removed from the sheet 4500 by cutting or tearing along the perforations 4515. The central protective layer 4580 may be removed using the non-adhered portions 4585 of the central protective layer 4580, which serve as handles, for the exposing a central adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545. The adhesive surface may then be applied to skin and/or a dressing or any desired location, or the adhesive surface may be applied after one or both of the outer protective layers 4570 is removed. The folded handle 4575 of outer protective layers 4570 may be grasped to remove the outer protective layers 4570, exposing the entirety of the lower adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545. The outer edges of the adhesive surface of the adhesive film 4545 may be placed in a desired location. After sealing the adhesive film 4545, the release tab or tabs 4595 may be used to remove the carrier layer 4535 from the adhesive film 4545. This may be repeated with as many adhesive strips as are needed.
[0235] Figure 45 A illustrates a top view of assembly sheet 4500 of sealing strip assemblies 4501, in which the release tabs 4595 and carrier layer 4535 on adhesive film 4545 would be seen. The dashed lines in Figure 45A illustrate edges or fold locations of the adhesive film 4545, central protective layer 4580, outer protective layers 4570, and carrier layer 4535. In some embodiments, each sealing strip 4501 may have a width 4530 of 40 mm, or approximately 40 mm, or a width in the range of 20 mm to 80 mm, or approximately 20 mm to 80 mm. The overall length 4510 of each sealing strip assembly (or the sheet 4500, including release tabs 4595 and outer protective layers 4570) may be 250 mm or 300 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 250 mm or approximately 300 mm, or in the range of 100 mm to 400 mm, or approximately 100 to approximately 400 mm. The length 4520 of the adhesive film 4545 and carrier layer 4535 may be 280 mm or 330 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 280 mm or approximately 330 mm, or in the range of 90 mm to 380 mm, or approximately 90 to approximately 380 mm. The length 4505 of central protective layer 4580 may be 210 mm or 260 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 210 mm or approximately 260 mm, or may be in the range of 100 mm to 300 mm, or approximately 100 mm to approximately 300 mm.
[0236] The length 4565 of outer protective layers 4570 (not including the folded portion) may be 85 mm or 1 10 mm in some embodiments, or approximately 85 mm or approximately 1 10 mm, or may be in the range of 50 mm to 200 mm, or approximately 500 mm to approximately 200 mm. The length 4555 of the folded portion or handle 4575 of outer protective layer 4570 may be 20 mm plus or minus 5 mm, in some embodiments, or approximately 20 mm plus or minus approximately 5 mm. The distance 4550 from the outer edge of the folded tab 4575 to the outer edge of the central protective layer 4580 may be 20 mm plus or minus 5 mm, in some embodiments, or approximately 20 mm plus or minus approximately 5 mm.
[0237] It will be of course appreciated that other dressing configurations are possible other than a narrow central portion configuration, a three-lobed configuration, a four-lobed configuration, including, for example, hexagonal or circular shaped backing layers for use in dressings. As illustrated in Figures 15A-B, these embodiments may also comprise various configurations of slits, described previously, so as to enhance conformability of the dressing in non-planar wounds. Also, as described previously, the absorbent layers of these embodiments may be colored or obscured with an obscuring layer, and optionally provided with one or more viewing windows. Further, the domed ports of these embodiments may also be replaced with one or more fluidic connectors of the type described below in Figures 23A-B, and vice versa. Additionally, all features and structures described for wound dressings with the waisted portion configuration can be incorporated into any shape or dressing configuration as described herein.
[0238] Features, materials, characteristics, or groups described in conjunction with a particular aspect, embodiment, or example are to be understood to be applicable to any other aspect, embodiment or example described herein unless incompatible therewith. All of the features disclosed in this specification (including any accompanying claims, abstract and drawings), and/or all of the steps of any method or process so disclosed, may be combined in any combination, except combinations where at least some of such features and/or steps are mutually exclusive. The protection is not restricted to the details of any foregoing embodiments. The protection extends to any novel one, or any novel combination, of the features disclosed in this specification (including any accompanying claims, abstract and drawings), or to any novel one, or any novel combination, of the steps of any method or process so disclosed.
[0239] While certain embodiments have been described, these embodiments have been presented by way of example only, and are not intended to limit the scope of protection. Indeed, the novel methods and systems described herein may be embodied in a variety of other forms. Furthermore, various omissions, substitutions and changes in the form of the methods and systems described herein may be made. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that in some embodiments, the actual steps taken in the processes illustrated and/or disclosed may differ from those shown in the figures. Depending on the embodiment, certain of the steps described above may be removed, others may be added. Furthermore, the features and attributes of the specific embodiments disclosed above may be combined in different ways to form additional embodiments, all of which fall within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0240] Although the present disclosure includes certain embodiments, examples and applications, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that the present disclosure extends beyond the specifically disclosed embodiments to other alternative embodiments and/or uses and obvious modifications and equivalents thereof, including embodiments which do not provide all of the features and advantages set forth herein. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is not intended to be limited by the specific disclosures of preferred embodiments herein, and may be defined by claims as presented herein or as presented in the future.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A wound dressing comprising:
an acquisition distribution layer;
an absorbent layer over the acquisition distribution layer; and
a backing layer above the absorbent layer.
2. The wound dressing of Claim 1, further comprising a fluidic connector configured to connect the backing layer to a source of negative pressure.
3. The wound dressing of Claim 2, wherein the fluidic connector is positioned over an opening in the backing layer.
4. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer is configured to horizontally wick fluid as the fluid is absorbed upward through the wound dressing.
5. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer comprises a mix of cellulosic fibers and composite fibers, the composite fibers comprising a PET core and a PE outer layer.
6. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer comprises a plurality of fibers, and a majority of the fiber volume extends horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally.
7. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer comprises a plurality of fibers, and approximately 80% to approximately 90% of the fiber volume extends horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally.
8. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer comprises a plurality of fibers, and all or substantially all of the fiber volume extends horizontally, or substantially or generally horizontally extending fibers.
9. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer comprises a plurality of fibers, and a majority of the fibers span a distance perpendicular to the thickness of the acquisition distribution layer that is greater than the thickness of the acquisition distribution layer.
10. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, configured such that a ratio of an amount of fluid wicking laterally across the acquisition distribution layer to an amount of fluid wicking vertically through the acquisition distribution layer when under negative pressure is about 2: 1 or more.
1 1. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer are bonded together by one or more of adhesive, stitching, or heat bonding.
12. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the absorbent layer comprises a fibrous network and superabsorbing particles within the fibrous network.
13. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a wound contact layer below the acquisition distribution layer.
14. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a transmission layer between the wound contact layer and the acquisition distribution layer.
15. The wound dressing of Claim 14, wherein the transmission layer is configured to vertically wick fluid.
16. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14 or 15, wherein the transmission layer comprises a top fabric layer, a bottom fabric layer, and a plurality of filaments extending generally perpendicularly between said top fabric layer and said bottom fabric layer.
17. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14-16, wherein a majority of filaments, by volume, extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
18. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14-17, wherein approximately 80% to approximately 90% of the filaments, by volume, extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
19. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14-18, wherein all or substantially all of the filaments, by volume, extend vertically, or substantially or generally vertically.
20. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14-19, wherein a majority of filaments extend upward from the bottom fabric layer and/or downward from the top fabric layer and extend over a length more than half the distance between the top and bottom fabric layers.
21. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14-20, wherein a majority of filaments span a distance that is greater in a direction perpendicular to the top and bottom fabric layers than in a direction parallel to the top and bottom fabric layers.
22. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 14-21, configured such that a ratio of an amount of fluid wicking vertically through the transmission layer to an amount of fluid wicking laterally across the transmission layer when under negative pressure is about 2: 1 or more.
23. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the acquisition distribution layer comprises viscose, polyester, polypropylene, cellulose, polyethylene or a combination of some or all of these materials.
24. The wound dressing of any one the preceding claims, wherein the absorbent layer comprises between 30% and 40% cellulose matrix and 60% and 70% superabsorbing polymers.
25. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the absorbent layer comprises a mix of cellulosic fibers and composite fibers, the composite fibers comprising a PET core and a PE outer layer.
26. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the absorbent layer comprises a plurality of layers.
27. The wound dressing of Claim 26, wherein the plurality of layers of the absorbent layer comprise a textured layer configured to laterally spread absorbed fluid, an absorption layer configured to draw fluid upward into an interior of the absorbent layer, a storage layer configured to absorb the fluid, and a liquid distribution layer configured to apply a reverse suction effect to the storage layer.
28. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the absorbent layer further comprises a tissue dispersant layer.
29. The wound dressing of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the backing layer is transparent or translucent, and further comprising an obscuring layer between the absorbent layer and the backing layer.
30. The wound dressing of Claim 29, further comprising one or more viewing windows in the obscuring layer.
31. The wound dressing of Claims 29 or 30, wherein at least the obscuring layer is shaped with a narrowed central portion along its length.
32. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-31, wherein the obscuring layer comprises two rows of three viewing windows.
33. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-31, wherein the obscuring layer comprises one row of three viewing windows.
34. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-31, wherein the obscuring layer comprises one row of eight viewing windows.
35. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-31, wherein the obscuring layer comprises two rows of five viewing windows.
36. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-31, wherein the obscuring layer comprises one row of five viewing windows.
37. The wound dressing of Claim 29 or 30, wherein at least the obscuring layer is shaped with a narrowed central portion along both its width and its length.
38. The wound dressing of Claim 29 or 30 or 37, wherein the obscuring layer comprises a 3 x 3 array of viewing windows.
39. The wound dressing of Claim 29 or 30 or 37, wherein the obscuring layer comprises a quincunx array of viewing windows.
40. The wound dressing of Claims 29 or 30, wherein at least the obscuring layer comprises a six-lobed shape.
41. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-40, wherein the absorbent layer and acquisition distribution layer are substantially the same shape as the obscuring layer.
42. The wound dressing of any one of Claims 29-41, wherein the obscuring layer further comprises a cross or maltese cross shaped hole over which a fluidic connector for transmitting negative pressure may be connected.
43. An apparatus constructed and arranged substantially as described herein with reference to the accompanying description and drawings.
44. A method as described herein with reference to the accompanying description and drawings.
45. A negative pressure wound therapy kit comprising:
a wound dressing; and a sheet comprising a plurality of sealing strips and a plurality of perforations configured to facilitate separation of the sealing strips from the sheet.
46. The negative pressure wound therapy kit of Claim 45, further comprising a fluidic connector attached to the wound dressing.
47. The negative pressure wound therapy kit of Claim 45 or 46, wherein the sheet comprising a plurality of sealing strips comprises an adhesive film and at least one protective layer over an adhesive surface of the adhesive film.
48. The negative pressure wound therapy kit of Claim 47, further comprising a carrier layer releasably attached to a non-adhesive surface of the adhesive film.
49. The negative pressure wound therapy kit of Claim 48, wherein the carrier layer comprises at least one tab.
50. The negative pressure wound therapy kit of any one of Claims 47-49, wherein the at least one protective layer comprises central protective layer and two outer protective layers.
PCT/IB2013/002060 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing WO2014020440A1 (en)

Priority Applications (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2013298195A AU2013298195B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
DK13770970.5T DK2879636T3 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
CA2880143A CA2880143C (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
CN201380051441.8A CN104884008B (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
US14/418,908 US10667955B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing and method of treatment
BR112015002154A BR112015002154A2 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 wound dressing
ES13770970.5T ES2625709T3 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
MX2015001521A MX353782B (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing.
RU2015106112A RU2015106112A (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
EP13770970.5A EP2879636B1 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
JP2015524867A JP6307504B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing
ZA2015/00574A ZA201500574B (en) 2012-08-01 2015-01-26 Wound dressing
US14/658,068 US9662246B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2015-03-13 Wound dressing and method of treatment
AU2017245460A AU2017245460B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2017-10-13 Wound dressing
AU2019250207A AU2019250207B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2019-10-17 Wound dressing
US16/887,677 US20200360189A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2020-05-29 Wound dressing and method of treatment
US17/853,029 US11801338B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2022-06-29 Wound dressing and method of treatment
US18/656,261 US20240307606A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2024-05-06 Wound dressing and method of treatment

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261678569P 2012-08-01 2012-08-01
US61/678,569 2012-08-01
US201361753374P 2013-01-16 2013-01-16
US61/753,374 2013-01-16
US201361753878P 2013-01-17 2013-01-17
US61/753,878 2013-01-17
US201361785054P 2013-03-14 2013-03-14
US61/785,054 2013-03-14
US201361823298P 2013-05-14 2013-05-14
US61/823,298 2013-05-14

Related Child Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/418,908 A-371-Of-International US10667955B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing and method of treatment
US14/658,068 Division US9662246B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2015-03-13 Wound dressing and method of treatment
US16/887,677 Continuation US20200360189A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2020-05-29 Wound dressing and method of treatment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014020440A1 true WO2014020440A1 (en) 2014-02-06

Family

ID=49274835

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2013/002060 WO2014020440A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2013-07-31 Wound dressing

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (6) US10667955B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2879636B1 (en)
JP (2) JP6307504B2 (en)
CN (1) CN104884008B (en)
AU (3) AU2013298195B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112015002154A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2880143C (en)
DK (1) DK2879636T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2625709T3 (en)
HU (1) HUE033329T2 (en)
MX (1) MX353782B (en)
RU (1) RU2015106112A (en)
WO (1) WO2014020440A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201500574B (en)

Cited By (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015193257A1 (en) * 2014-06-18 2015-12-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US9220823B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2015-12-29 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure control apparatus
US9375353B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2016-06-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Shear resistant wound dressing for use in vacuum wound therapy
WO2016109418A1 (en) * 2014-12-30 2016-07-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound dressing with multiple adhesive layers
US9427505B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2016-08-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US9452248B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2016-09-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound cleansing apparatus in-situ
EP2879636B1 (en) 2012-08-01 2017-03-22 Smith & Nephew PLC Wound dressing
US9669138B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-06-06 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
WO2017114745A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
USD796735S1 (en) 2016-02-29 2017-09-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Mount apparatus for portable negative pressure apparatus
WO2017148824A1 (en) 2016-03-04 2017-09-08 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus for post breast surgery wounds
WO2017158428A1 (en) 2016-03-14 2017-09-21 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing apparatus with flexible display
WO2017195038A1 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 Smith & Nephew Plc Sensor enabled wound monitoring and therapy apparatus
US9829471B2 (en) 2013-10-08 2017-11-28 Smith & Nephew Plc pH indicator device and formulation
US9844475B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2017-12-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US9844473B2 (en) 2002-10-28 2017-12-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus for aspirating, irrigating and cleansing wounds
US9901664B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2018-02-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Controlling operation of a reduced pressure therapy system based on dynamic duty cycle threshold determination
WO2018037075A1 (en) 2016-08-25 2018-03-01 Smith & Nephew Plc Absorbent negative pressure wound therapy dressing
US9956121B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2018-05-01 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US9987402B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2018-06-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus and method for wound volume measurement
US10046096B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2018-08-14 Smith & Nephew Plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
US10076594B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2018-09-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Fluidic connector for negative pressure wound therapy
US10076449B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2018-09-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US10080689B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2018-09-25 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound filling apparatuses and methods
WO2018189265A1 (en) 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Component positioning and stress relief for sensor enabled wound dressings
US10105471B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2018-10-23 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Reduced pressure treatment system
WO2018210693A1 (en) 2017-05-15 2018-11-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy system using eulerian video magnification
WO2018234443A1 (en) 2017-06-23 2018-12-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Positioning of sensors for sensor enabled wound monitoring or therapy
WO2019002086A2 (en) 2017-06-30 2019-01-03 Smith & Nephew Plc Spacer layer for use in a wound dressing
WO2019020550A2 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Biocompatible encapsulation and component stress relief for sensor enabled negative pressure wound therapy dressings
WO2019020551A1 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Skewing pads for impedance measurement
WO2019020666A1 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Restriction of sensor-monitored region for sensor-enabled wound dressings
US10201642B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2019-02-12 Smith & Nephew Plc Collapsible dressing for negative pressure wound treatment
US10201644B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2019-02-12 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Self contained wound dressing with micropump
WO2019030384A2 (en) 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 Smith & Nephew Plc Positioning of sensors for sensor enabled wound monitoring or therapy
US10231878B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-03-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Tissue healing
WO2019067264A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressing exhibiting low tissue ingrowth and negative-pressure treatment method
WO2019063481A1 (en) 2017-09-27 2019-04-04 Smith & Nephew Plc Ph sensing for sensor enabled negative pressure wound monitoring and therapy apparatuses
WO2019072531A1 (en) 2017-09-28 2019-04-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Neurostimulation and monitoring using sensor enabled wound monitoring and therapy apparatus
WO2019076967A2 (en) 2017-10-18 2019-04-25 Smith & Nephew Plc Fluid management for sensor enabled wound therapy dressings and systems
WO2019086330A1 (en) * 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Smith & Nephew Plc Dressing for negative pressure wound therapy with filter
US10456497B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2019-10-29 C. R. Bard, Inc. Protective dressing for skin-placed medical device
US10493184B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-12-03 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
CN110662517A (en) * 2017-06-14 2020-01-07 T.J.史密夫及内修有限公司 Negative pressure wound therapy device
US10537657B2 (en) 2010-11-25 2020-01-21 Smith & Nephew Plc Composition I-II and products and uses thereof
WO2020043806A1 (en) 2018-08-29 2020-03-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Component positioning and encapsulation for sensor enabled wound dressings
WO2020079009A1 (en) 2018-10-19 2020-04-23 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Tissue treatment device
WO2020078993A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Tissue treatment device
WO2020078978A2 (en) 2018-10-16 2020-04-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Systems and method for applying biocompatible encapsulation to sensor enabled wound monitoring and therapy dressings
US10682446B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2020-06-16 Smith & Nephew Plc Dressing status detection for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2020126991A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound therapy systems and methods with multiple power sources
US10695226B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-06-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
WO2020157066A1 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Smith & Nephew Plc Optical sensing systems and methods for sensor enabled wound dressings and systems
WO2020161086A1 (en) 2019-02-04 2020-08-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound contact layer and dressing for iodine delivery
EP3701920A1 (en) 2015-04-27 2020-09-02 Smith & Nephew plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
WO2020187643A1 (en) 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 Smith & Nephew Plc Systems and methods for measuring tissue impedance
EP3349807B1 (en) 2015-09-17 2021-02-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Hybrid silicone and acrylic adhesive cover for use with wound treatment
GB2586813A (en) * 2019-09-03 2021-03-10 Marks Spencer Plc An absorbent composite
WO2021069642A1 (en) * 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 T.J. Smith And Nephew, Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2021069290A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2021069291A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy with switcheable fluid management
WO2021089637A1 (en) 2019-11-06 2021-05-14 T.J. Smith And Nephew, Limited Wound contact layer testing apparatus and method
US11090196B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-08-17 Smith & Nephew Plc Absorbent negative pressure wound therapy dressing
WO2021198464A1 (en) 2020-04-02 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound care compositions and methods of preparation thereof
WO2021198463A1 (en) 2020-04-01 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Apparatuses for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2021198461A1 (en) 2020-04-02 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing control and activation
WO2021198470A1 (en) 2020-04-02 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing
WO2021214203A1 (en) 2020-04-22 2021-10-28 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Tissue treatment device
WO2021219752A1 (en) 2020-04-29 2021-11-04 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
GB202114307D0 (en) 2021-10-06 2021-11-17 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing compositions and methods of use and preparation therof
GB202114298D0 (en) 2021-10-06 2021-11-17 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing with one or more composite layers
US11253399B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2022-02-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound filling apparatuses and methods
RU2769819C1 (en) * 2021-04-23 2022-04-06 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "СИЛЬВЕР АСЕПТИКА" Antiseptic product
US11484443B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2022-11-01 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Systems and methods for using negative pressure wound therapy to manage open abdominal wounds
US11554051B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2023-01-17 T.J. Smith And Nephew, Limited Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
USD977624S1 (en) 2016-02-29 2023-02-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Portable negative pressure apparatus
WO2023057356A1 (en) 2021-10-06 2023-04-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing apparatuses and methods for nitric oxide delivery
US11638666B2 (en) 2011-11-25 2023-05-02 Smith & Nephew Plc Composition, apparatus, kit and method and uses thereof
WO2023152103A1 (en) * 2022-02-10 2023-08-17 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Body-wearable medical device comprising a superabsorbent substance
WO2023165974A1 (en) 2022-03-01 2023-09-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Oxygen delivery to a wound
EP3669843B1 (en) 2018-12-21 2023-10-25 Paul Hartmann AG Superabsorbent wound dressing with silicone wound contact layer
US11806217B2 (en) 2016-12-12 2023-11-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US11931226B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2024-03-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing sealant and use thereof
US11938231B2 (en) 2010-11-25 2024-03-26 Smith & Nephew Plc Compositions I-I and products and uses thereof
EP4353271A1 (en) 2017-07-12 2024-04-17 Smith & Nephew plc Antimicrobial or wound care materials, devices and uses
US11992392B2 (en) * 2017-11-01 2024-05-28 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
US12011532B2 (en) 2020-01-29 2024-06-18 T. J. Smith and Nephew, Limited Systems and methods for measuring and tracking wound volume
US12121420B2 (en) 2022-03-02 2024-10-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressings and methods of use with integrated negative pressure source having a fluid ingress inhibition component

Families Citing this family (112)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0722820D0 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-01-02 Smith & Nephew Vacuum assisted wound dressing
GB2455962A (en) 2007-12-24 2009-07-01 Ethicon Inc Reinforced adhesive backing sheet, for plaster
BRPI0906095A2 (en) 2008-03-05 2016-06-21 Kci Licensing Inc reduced pressure dressing to apply a reduced pressure treatment to a tissue site, method for collecting fluid in a bandage positioned at a tissue site and a reduced pressure dressing adapted to deliver a reduced pressure to a tissue site.
GB0808376D0 (en) 2008-05-08 2008-06-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Wound dressing
GB0817796D0 (en) 2008-09-29 2008-11-05 Convatec Inc wound dressing
US8814842B2 (en) 2010-03-16 2014-08-26 Kci Licensing, Inc. Delivery-and-fluid-storage bridges for use with reduced-pressure systems
GB201020236D0 (en) 2010-11-30 2011-01-12 Convatec Technologies Inc A composition for detecting biofilms on viable tissues
ES2748519T3 (en) 2010-12-08 2020-03-17 Convatec Technologies Inc Wound exudate system accessory
CA2819475C (en) 2010-12-08 2019-02-12 Convatec Technologies Inc. Integrated system for assessing wound exudates
GB2488749A (en) 2011-01-31 2012-09-12 Systagenix Wound Man Ip Co Bv Laminated silicone coated wound dressing
GB201106491D0 (en) 2011-04-15 2011-06-01 Systagenix Wound Man Ip Co Bv Patterened silicone coating
GB201115182D0 (en) 2011-09-02 2011-10-19 Trio Healthcare Ltd Skin contact material
GB2497406A (en) 2011-11-29 2013-06-12 Webtec Converting Llc Dressing with a perforated binder layer
GB201120693D0 (en) 2011-12-01 2012-01-11 Convatec Technologies Inc Wound dressing for use in vacuum therapy
US10940047B2 (en) 2011-12-16 2021-03-09 Kci Licensing, Inc. Sealing systems and methods employing a hybrid switchable drape
EP3005997B1 (en) 2011-12-16 2024-06-26 Solventum Intellectual Properties Company Releasable medical drapes
HUE047600T2 (en) 2012-05-23 2020-04-28 Smith & Nephew Apparatuses for negative pressure wound therapy
KR20150085837A (en) 2012-11-16 2015-07-24 케이씨아이 라이센싱 인코포레이티드 Medical drafe with pattern adhesive layers and method of manufacturing same
GB201222770D0 (en) 2012-12-18 2013-01-30 Systagenix Wound Man Ip Co Bv Wound dressing with adhesive margin
CA2895896A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-06-26 Convatec Technologies Inc. Processing of chemically modified cellulosic fibres
USD738487S1 (en) 2013-01-28 2015-09-08 Molnlycke Health Care Ab Suction device for negative pressure therapy
JP2016518936A (en) 2013-05-10 2016-06-30 スミス アンド ネフュー ピーエルシーSmith & Nephew Public Limited Company Fluid connector for wound irrigation and aspiration
WO2015065742A1 (en) 2013-10-28 2015-05-07 Kci Licensing, Inc. Hybrid sealing tape
EP3257486B1 (en) 2013-10-30 2019-06-05 KCI Licensing, Inc. Condensate absorbing and dissipating system
EP3744361B1 (en) * 2013-10-30 2024-07-24 Solventum Intellectual Properties Company Absorbent conduit and system
US9956120B2 (en) * 2013-10-30 2018-05-01 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressing with sealing and retention interface
EP3173054B1 (en) 2013-10-30 2018-04-25 KCI Licensing, Inc. Dressing with diffrentially sized perforations
US10632020B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2020-04-28 Kci Licensing, Inc. Hybrid drape having a gel-coated perforated mesh
US11026844B2 (en) * 2014-03-03 2021-06-08 Kci Licensing, Inc. Low profile flexible pressure transmission conduit
EP3137029B1 (en) 2014-05-02 2020-09-09 KCI Licensing, Inc. Fluid storage devices, systems, and methods
EP3151795B1 (en) 2014-06-05 2017-09-27 KCI Licensing, Inc. Dressing with fluid acquisition and distribution characteristics
US10398604B2 (en) 2014-12-17 2019-09-03 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressing with offloading capability
EP3294245B1 (en) 2015-05-08 2019-09-04 KCI Licensing, Inc. Low acuity dressing with integral pump
EP3344205B1 (en) 2015-09-01 2020-09-30 KCI Licensing, Inc. Dressing with increased apposition force
US11591755B2 (en) 2015-11-03 2023-02-28 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Paper tissue with high bulk and low lint
JP6911043B2 (en) 2016-03-07 2021-07-28 スミス アンド ネフュー ピーエルシーSmith & Nephew Public Limited Company Wound healing devices and methods in which the negative pressure source is integrated within the wound dressing
CN105662714B (en) * 2016-03-10 2021-04-27 温州医科大学 Medical plaster for drainage hole
CA3019445A1 (en) 2016-03-30 2017-12-14 Synovo Gmbh Detecting microbial infection in wounds
KR20190013725A (en) 2016-03-30 2019-02-11 컨바텍 테크놀러지스 인크 Detection of microbial infection in wound
CN109121396B (en) 2016-04-26 2022-04-05 史密夫及内修公开有限公司 Wound dressing and method for use with an integrated negative pressure source having a fluid intrusion inhibiting feature
GB201608099D0 (en) 2016-05-09 2016-06-22 Convatec Technologies Inc Negative pressure wound dressing
AU2017292881B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2022-03-17 Convatec Technologies Inc. Flexible negative pressure system
CA3030153C (en) 2016-07-08 2023-10-24 Convatec Technologies Inc. Fluid flow sensing
KR20190028467A (en) 2016-07-08 2019-03-18 컨바텍 테크놀러지스 인크 Body fluid collecting device
WO2018017391A1 (en) * 2016-07-21 2018-01-25 Kci Licensing, Inc. Portable negative-pressure wound closure system
US20190282737A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-09-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
EP3519001A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-08-07 Smith & Nephew PLC Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
USD967439S1 (en) * 2016-11-08 2022-10-18 Ezbra Advanced Wound Care Ltd Post-surgical dressing
AU201716716S (en) 2017-05-11 2017-11-21 MAƒA¶LNLYCKE HEALTH CARE AB Wound dressings
EP3635732A1 (en) 2017-05-15 2020-04-15 Smith & Nephew plc Wound analysis device and method
WO2018212849A1 (en) * 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Kci Licensing, Inc. An absorbent negative-pressure dressing system for use with post-surgical breast wounds
CN110996867A (en) * 2017-06-12 2020-04-10 凯希特许有限公司 Foamed and textured sintered polymeric wound fillers
US10751212B2 (en) * 2017-06-26 2020-08-25 Maryam Raza Multilayer dressing device and method for preventing and treating pressure ulcers and chronic wounds
WO2019007874A1 (en) 2017-07-07 2019-01-10 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound therapy system and dressing for delivering oxygen to a wound
GB201804971D0 (en) 2018-03-28 2018-05-09 Smith & Nephew Electrostatic discharge protection for sensors in wound therapy
EP3681376A1 (en) 2017-09-10 2020-07-22 Smith & Nephew PLC Systems and methods for inspection of encapsulation and components in sensor equipped wound dressings
GB201718070D0 (en) 2017-11-01 2017-12-13 Smith & Nephew Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
US11701265B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2023-07-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
WO2019108172A1 (en) 2017-11-29 2019-06-06 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Fibrous sheet with improved properties
EP3498243A1 (en) * 2017-12-15 2019-06-19 Mölnlycke Health Care AB Medical dressing
GB201811449D0 (en) 2018-07-12 2018-08-29 Smith & Nephew Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
CN112469857B (en) 2018-07-25 2022-06-17 金伯利-克拉克环球有限公司 Method for producing three-dimensional foam-laid nonwovens
EP3849401A1 (en) 2018-09-12 2021-07-21 Smith & Nephew plc Device, apparatus and method of determining skin perfusion pressure
GB2592502B (en) 2018-09-28 2023-03-22 Smith & Nephew Optical fibers for optically sensing through wound dressings
DE102018007692A1 (en) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-02 Alexander Folwarzny Wound dressing
GB201900015D0 (en) 2019-01-02 2019-02-13 Smith & Nephew Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
USD917711S1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2021-04-27 KOBAYASHI Healthcare International Inc. Warmer
EP3917470A1 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-12-08 Smith & Nephew plc Sensor integrated dressings and systems
GB2614490B (en) 2019-03-18 2023-12-06 Smith & Nephew Design rules for sensor integrated substrates
WO2020186729A1 (en) * 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 景润(上海)医疗器械有限公司 Negative pressure drainage and cleaning system for sutureless closure of skin wound
GB201903778D0 (en) 2019-03-20 2019-05-01 Smith & Nephew Exhaust blockage detection for negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses
GB201903774D0 (en) 2019-03-20 2019-05-01 Smith & Nephew Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
BR112021020780A2 (en) 2019-04-17 2021-12-14 Masimo Corp Electrocardiogram (ECG) device, blood pressure monitoring device, blood pressure monitor, blood pressure cuff, mounting for enabling a caregiver to attach a physiological monitoring device to a user's arm, charging station for providing power to a physiological monitoring device, non-invasive blood pressure monitor and method for a non-invasive blood pressure monitor
USD934415S1 (en) * 2019-05-03 2021-10-26 Coloplast A/S Cold sore patch applicator
GB201907716D0 (en) 2019-05-31 2019-07-17 Smith & Nephew Systems and methods for extending operational time of negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses
WO2020245656A1 (en) 2019-06-03 2020-12-10 Convatec Limited Methods and devices to disrupt and contain pathogens
KR102628722B1 (en) * 2019-06-20 2024-01-24 쿠오후앙 양 Fluid retention/retention pad
GB201909947D0 (en) 2019-07-11 2019-08-28 Smith & Nephew Sensor sheet with digital distributed data acquisition for wound monitoring and treatment
USD985498S1 (en) 2019-08-16 2023-05-09 Masimo Corporation Connector
USD917704S1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-04-27 Masimo Corporation Patient monitor
USD919094S1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-05-11 Masimo Corporation Blood pressure device
USD919100S1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-05-11 Masimo Corporation Holder for a patient monitor
USD1006236S1 (en) * 2019-10-07 2023-11-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound dressing
GB201914443D0 (en) 2019-10-07 2019-11-20 Smith & Nephew Sensor enabled negative pressure wound monitoring apparatus with different impedances inks
GB201914427D0 (en) 2019-10-07 2019-11-20 Smith & Nephew Negative pressure wound therapy systems and methods with multiple negative pressure sources
USD927699S1 (en) * 2019-10-18 2021-08-10 Masimo Corporation Electrode pad
CN110694096A (en) * 2019-11-20 2020-01-17 湖北双星药业股份有限公司 Active wound and facial skin repair dressing and preparation method thereof
GB201918856D0 (en) 2019-12-19 2020-02-05 Smith & Nephew Sensor integrated dressings and systems
US11331221B2 (en) 2019-12-27 2022-05-17 Convatec Limited Negative pressure wound dressing
US11771819B2 (en) 2019-12-27 2023-10-03 Convatec Limited Low profile filter devices suitable for use in negative pressure wound therapy systems
WO2021142224A1 (en) * 2020-01-08 2021-07-15 ImMutriX Therapeutics, Inc. Hemostatic gauze comprising carbon
GB202000274D0 (en) 2020-01-09 2020-02-26 Smith & Nephew Systems and methods for monitoring operational lifetime of negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses
GB202000574D0 (en) 2020-01-15 2020-02-26 Smith & Nephew Fluidic connectors for negative pressure wound therapy
USD948059S1 (en) * 2020-02-12 2022-04-05 Unexo Life Sciences Pvt. Ltd. Knee patch
US11878104B2 (en) 2020-02-20 2024-01-23 Convatec Limited Wound dressing and a wound therapy apparatus
GB202003203D0 (en) 2020-03-05 2020-04-22 Smith & Nephew Sensor integrated dressings and systems
GB202003586D0 (en) 2020-03-12 2020-04-29 Smith & Nephew Device, apparatus and method of determining skin perfusion pressure
USD933232S1 (en) 2020-05-11 2021-10-12 Masimo Corporation Blood pressure monitor
USD979516S1 (en) 2020-05-11 2023-02-28 Masimo Corporation Connector
US20240024565A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2024-01-25 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Temperature monitoring and control for negative pressure wound therapy systems
GB202104922D0 (en) 2021-04-07 2021-05-19 Smith & Nephew Temperature monitoring and control for negative pressure wound therapy systems
US11844918B2 (en) * 2021-04-25 2023-12-19 Tri.O Medical Device Ltd Apparatus for use with a pressure-regulating device
GB202109148D0 (en) 2021-06-25 2021-08-11 Smith & Nephew Design of electronic circutry for negative pressure wound therapy systems
JP2024525191A (en) 2021-06-25 2024-07-10 ティージェイ スミス アンド ネフュー リミテッド Liquid ingress protection and design of electronic circuits for negative pressure wound therapy systems
GB202109154D0 (en) 2021-06-25 2021-08-11 Smith & Nephew Liquid ingress protection for negative pressure wound therapy systems
USD1012294S1 (en) * 2021-07-02 2024-01-23 Haifei Long Electrode pad
GB202110240D0 (en) 2021-07-16 2021-09-01 Smith & Nephew Reduced pressure apparatuses and methods
GB202116857D0 (en) 2021-11-23 2022-01-05 Smith & Nephew Soft-start mechanism for wound monitoring and treatment devices
WO2023131680A1 (en) 2022-01-10 2023-07-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Temperature detection and protection for negative pressure wound therapy systems
WO2023135177A1 (en) 2022-01-14 2023-07-20 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Self-calibration with dynamic therapy performance for negative pressure wound therapy devices
DE102022133930A1 (en) 2022-12-19 2024-06-20 Paul Hartmann Ag Wound dressing for use in negative pressure therapy of wounds, negative pressure wound therapy kit and negative pressure wound therapy system
GB202304922D0 (en) 2023-04-03 2023-05-17 Smith & Nephew Printed circuit board configurations for negative pressure wound therapy devices

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE4030465A1 (en) * 1990-09-26 1992-04-02 Ruschke Mona Wound plaster - is coloured in varying shades of brown on exposed side
GB2331937A (en) * 1997-12-03 1999-06-09 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent product
US20020035352A1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2002-03-21 Peter Ronnberg Absorbent article
EP1353001A1 (en) * 2002-04-11 2003-10-15 Main S.p.A. Absorbent article
US20060020234A1 (en) * 2004-07-21 2006-01-26 Lin-Shing Chou Absorbent sac wound dressing
US20090306609A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2009-12-10 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound treatment apparatus and method
US7753894B2 (en) 2004-04-27 2010-07-13 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound cleansing apparatus with stress
US20110282309A1 (en) 2010-04-27 2011-11-17 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of use
US20120095380A1 (en) * 2009-06-15 2012-04-19 Molnlycke Health Care Ab Wound dressing with high liquid handling capacity
US20120116334A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-05-10 SMITH & Nephew ,Inc. Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
US20120308780A1 (en) 2009-11-27 2012-12-06 Roettger Henning Absorbent structure
WO2013007973A2 (en) 2011-07-14 2013-01-17 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment

Family Cites Families (956)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1032818A (en) 1910-04-12 1912-07-16 George F Day Protected spark-plug.
US2331271A (en) 1938-07-09 1943-10-05 John E Gilchrist Catamenial bandage
US2727382A (en) 1950-03-13 1955-12-20 Sudbau Suddeutsche Bautechnik Hollow frangible block
US2889039A (en) 1956-05-02 1959-06-02 Johnson & Johnson Adhesive bandage
US2877765A (en) 1956-07-13 1959-03-17 Bunyan John Surgical dressings, bandages and the like
FR1163907A (en) 1956-10-25 1958-10-02 Skin care devices
US2905174A (en) 1957-09-27 1959-09-22 Johnson & Johnson Adhesive bandage
US3073304A (en) 1960-08-08 1963-01-15 Kendall & Co Perforated adhesive tape and bandage formed therewith
US3285245A (en) 1964-07-06 1966-11-15 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Absorbent wound dressing
CS161842B2 (en) 1968-03-09 1975-06-10
US3568675A (en) 1968-08-30 1971-03-09 Clyde B Harvey Fistula and penetrating wound dressing
US3943734A (en) 1969-02-26 1976-03-16 Vepa Ag Apparatus for the continuous treatment of textile material
US4029598A (en) 1969-03-14 1977-06-14 E. Merck A. G. Non-bleeding indicator and dyes therefor
US3687136A (en) 1971-05-14 1972-08-29 Raymond Lee Organization Inc Bandage
US3929135A (en) 1974-12-20 1975-12-30 Procter & Gamble Absorptive structure having tapered capillaries
US3964039A (en) 1974-12-24 1976-06-15 Monsanto Company Luminescent solid state status indicators
US3972328A (en) 1975-07-28 1976-08-03 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Surgical bandage
JPS5230463U (en) * 1975-08-22 1977-03-03
FR2342716A1 (en) 1976-02-18 1977-09-30 Biotrol Sa Lab BODILY EXCRETIONS DRAINAGE AND COLLECTION DEVICE
US4093277A (en) 1977-01-21 1978-06-06 Hollister Incorporated Assembly for preparing inserts for hospital identification bracelets
US4224941A (en) 1978-11-15 1980-09-30 Stivala Oscar G Hyperbaric treatment apparatus
NZ199071A (en) 1980-12-08 1984-05-31 Johnson & Johnson Prod Inc Surgical dressing activated charcoal impregnated with anti-microbial agent
MX156407A (en) 1981-06-01 1988-08-19 Kendall & Co SURGICAL SPONGE IMPROVEMENTS FOR TRACHEOTOMY
EP0086773A1 (en) 1981-08-26 1983-08-31 TOWSEND, Marvin S Disposable article with non-leachable saline water indicator
DE3464326D1 (en) 1983-04-06 1987-07-30 Smith & Nephew Ass Dressing
US4624656A (en) 1983-07-25 1986-11-25 Hospitak, Inc. Hyperbaric gas treatment device
DK149601C (en) 1984-01-23 1987-02-02 Coloplast As PRESSURELY BANDAGE
US5296290A (en) 1984-01-26 1994-03-22 Johnson & Johnson Absorbent laminates
DE3441891A1 (en) 1984-11-16 1986-05-28 Walter Beck METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SUCTIONING SECRETARY LIQUID FROM A Wound
DE3443101A1 (en) 1984-11-27 1986-05-28 Artur 6230 Frankfurt Beudt Covering device for open wounds
US4605399A (en) 1984-12-04 1986-08-12 Complex, Inc. Transdermal infusion device
US4690134A (en) 1985-07-01 1987-09-01 Snyders Robert V Ventricular assist device
US4834735A (en) 1986-07-18 1989-05-30 The Proctor & Gamble Company High density absorbent members having lower density and lower basis weight acquisition zones
US4728499A (en) 1986-08-13 1988-03-01 Fehder Carl G Carbon dioxide indicator device
US4813942A (en) 1987-03-17 1989-03-21 Bioderm, Inc. Three step wound treatment method and dressing therefor
US4770187A (en) 1987-06-29 1988-09-13 Md Engineering Surgical aspirator and monitor
US4846164A (en) 1987-08-07 1989-07-11 Martz Joel D Vapor permeable dressing
US5061258A (en) 1987-08-07 1991-10-29 Martz Joel D Vapor permeable dressing with releasable medication
GB8721659D0 (en) * 1987-09-15 1987-10-21 Smith & Nephew Ass Adhesive coated dressings & applicators
US4798603A (en) 1987-10-16 1989-01-17 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent article having a hydrophobic transport layer
US4973325A (en) 1987-11-20 1990-11-27 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent article having a fluid transfer member
US5018515A (en) 1987-12-14 1991-05-28 The Kendall Company See through absorbent dressing
US5383869A (en) 1988-03-31 1995-01-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Thin, flexible sanitary napkin
CA1334926C (en) 1988-04-28 1995-03-28 Masao Yafuso Composition, apparatus and method for sensing ionic components
US4886697A (en) 1988-04-29 1989-12-12 Weyerhaeuser Company Thermoplastic material containing absorbent pad or other article
US5000172A (en) 1988-05-05 1991-03-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Dressing system with reference marks
US4988344A (en) 1988-05-24 1991-01-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with multiple layer absorbent layers
US4988345A (en) 1988-05-24 1991-01-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with rapid acquiring absorbent cores
US5197945A (en) 1988-05-31 1993-03-30 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Alginate wound dressing of good integrity
US4921492A (en) 1988-05-31 1990-05-01 Laser Technologies Group, Inc. End effector for surgical plume evacuator
US5000741A (en) 1988-08-22 1991-03-19 Kalt Medical Corporation Transparent tracheostomy tube dressing
US5151091A (en) 1988-10-24 1992-09-29 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Absorbent structure having multiple canals
US5261893A (en) 1989-04-03 1993-11-16 Zamierowski David S Fastening system and method
US4969880A (en) 1989-04-03 1990-11-13 Zamierowski David S Wound dressing and treatment method
US5100396A (en) 1989-04-03 1992-03-31 Zamierowski David S Fluidic connection system and method
US5527293A (en) 1989-04-03 1996-06-18 Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Fastening system and method
JPH02131432U (en) * 1989-04-04 1990-11-01
US4968181A (en) 1989-04-07 1990-11-06 Goldman Jerome L Shock absorber and method for offshore jack-up rigs
US5106362A (en) 1989-04-13 1992-04-21 The Kendall Company Vented absorbent dressing
US4985467A (en) 1989-04-12 1991-01-15 Scotfoam Corporation Highly absorbent polyurethane foam
US5056510A (en) 1989-04-13 1991-10-15 The Kendall Company Vented wound dressing
US5271987A (en) 1989-04-17 1993-12-21 Weyerhaeuser Company Unitary absorbent structure
CA2014203C (en) 1989-05-08 2000-03-21 Margaret Gwyn Latimer Absorbent structure having improved fluid surge management and product incorporating same
US5124197A (en) 1989-07-28 1992-06-23 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Inflated cellulose fiber web possessing improved vertical wicking properties
US5409472A (en) 1989-08-03 1995-04-25 Smith & Nephew Plc Adhesive polymeric foam dressings
US5374260A (en) 1989-08-04 1994-12-20 Johnson & Johnson Inc. Unitized sanitary napkin
US5106629A (en) 1989-10-20 1992-04-21 Ndm Acquisition Corp. Transparent hydrogel wound dressing
US5264218A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-11-23 C. R. Bard, Inc. Modifiable, semi-permeable, wound dressing
US5181905A (en) 1989-11-28 1993-01-26 Eric Flam Method of monitoring the condition of the skin or wound
US5065600A (en) 1989-11-30 1991-11-19 Guilford Mills, Inc. Textile fabric with opposed absorbent and non-absorbent layers and method of fabricating same
US5021050A (en) 1989-12-11 1991-06-04 Weyerhaeuser Company Absorbent panel structure
US5152757A (en) 1989-12-14 1992-10-06 Brigham And Women's Hospital System for diagnosis and treatment of wounds
CA2068519C (en) 1990-01-23 1997-12-02 Glen R. Lash Absorbent structures containing thermally-bonded stiffened fiber layer and superabsorbent material layer
US5217445A (en) 1990-01-23 1993-06-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structures containing superabsorbent material and web of wetlaid stiffened fibers
US5360420A (en) 1990-01-23 1994-11-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structures containing stiffened fibers and superabsorbent material
GB9001917D0 (en) 1990-01-27 1990-03-28 Smith & Nephew Hygienic absorbent products
US5149334A (en) 1990-04-02 1992-09-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles containing interparticle crosslinked aggregates
US5115801A (en) 1990-05-02 1992-05-26 Ndm Acquisition Corp. Hydrogel burn dressing product
US5037409A (en) 1990-07-12 1991-08-06 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent article having a hydrophilic flow-modulating layer
JP2810772B2 (en) 1990-08-01 1998-10-15 花王株式会社 Absorbent articles
US5591149A (en) * 1992-10-07 1997-01-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having meltblown components
US5382245A (en) 1991-07-23 1995-01-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles, especially catamenials, having improved fluid directionality
US5314743A (en) 1990-12-17 1994-05-24 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Nonwoven web containing shaped fibers
DE9017289U1 (en) 1990-12-21 1992-04-23 Wolter, Dietmar, Prof. Dr.med., 21033 Hamburg Device for covering a wound in case of skin perforation by an elongated object
US5257982A (en) 1990-12-26 1993-11-02 Hercules Incorporated Fluid absorbing article utilizing a flow control cover sheet
US5486167A (en) 1991-01-03 1996-01-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having blended multi-layer absorbent structure with improved integrity
US5242435A (en) 1991-01-04 1993-09-07 Johnson & Johnson Inc. Highly absorbent and flexible cellulosic pulp fluff sheet
SE470052B (en) 1991-01-25 1993-11-01 Lic Hygien Ab Venkateterförband
US5171391A (en) 1991-02-26 1992-12-15 Weyerhaeuser Company Method of making an absorbent product
US5175046A (en) 1991-03-04 1992-12-29 Chicopee Superabsorbent laminate structure
GB9105995D0 (en) 1991-03-21 1991-05-08 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing
US5160315A (en) 1991-04-05 1992-11-03 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Combined adhesive strip and transparent dressing delivery system
US5080661A (en) 1991-04-18 1992-01-14 Hollister Incorporated Fixation pin entry site dressing and method
US5180375A (en) 1991-05-02 1993-01-19 Feibus Miriam H Woven surgical drain and woven surgical sponge
US5358492A (en) 1991-05-02 1994-10-25 Feibus Miriam H Woven surgical drain and method of making
CA2065220C (en) 1991-06-11 2003-03-18 Shmuel Dabi Method of forming a unitized absorbent product with a density gradient
NZ242994A (en) 1991-07-19 1995-06-27 Johnson & Johnson Inc Absorbent structure - peat moss reservoir layer has a basis weight of from 100g/m2 to 300g/m2
GR920100221A (en) 1991-07-19 1993-05-24 Johnson & Johnson Inc Flexible absorbent sheet.
DK0549781T3 (en) 1991-07-23 1997-03-10 Procter & Gamble
CA2073849C (en) 1991-07-23 1997-12-23 Clemson University Research Foundation Fluid handling structure for use in absorbent articles
DK0599871T3 (en) 1991-07-23 1997-04-21 Procter & Gamble Absorbent articles, especially menstrual articles, with improved fluid directionality, comfort and fit
CA2073815C (en) 1991-07-23 1998-05-05 Clemson University Research Foundation Absorbent articles, especially catamenials, having improved fluid directionality, comfort and fit
CZ71293A3 (en) 1991-07-23 1993-11-17 Procter & Gamble Article with absorptive properties and a resiliently compressible central section
GR1002212B (en) 1991-07-26 1996-03-28 Mcneil Ppc Inc Clean dry facing needled composite.
US5366451A (en) 1991-08-02 1994-11-22 Johnson & Johnson Inc. Disposable absorbent product
US5160328A (en) 1991-08-07 1992-11-03 Ndm Acquisition Corp. Hydrogel bandage
ATE150957T1 (en) 1991-08-07 1997-04-15 Hartmann Paul Ag WOUND DRESSING ON A ROLL
US5147345A (en) 1991-08-12 1992-09-15 The Procter & Gamble Company High efficiency absorbent articles for incontinence management
CA2076945C (en) 1991-09-11 2002-10-08 Shannon Kathleen Byerly Absorbent composites and absorbent articles containing same
AU2625192A (en) 1991-11-01 1993-05-06 Ferris Mfg. Corp. Window dressing
AU3057792A (en) 1991-11-06 1993-06-07 Bioderm, Inc. Occlusive wound dressing and applicator
CA2122343C (en) 1991-11-11 1999-03-23 Kazuko Sugahara Absorbent article with comfortable and rapid acquisition topsheet
US5669895A (en) 1991-11-11 1997-09-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having rapid distribution strip
BR9206740A (en) 1991-11-11 1995-10-31 Procter & Gamble Absorbent article
US5636643A (en) 1991-11-14 1997-06-10 Wake Forest University Wound treatment employing reduced pressure
US7198046B1 (en) 1991-11-14 2007-04-03 Wake Forest University Health Sciences Wound treatment employing reduced pressure
US5645081A (en) 1991-11-14 1997-07-08 Wake Forest University Method of treating tissue damage and apparatus for same
US6103953A (en) 1991-12-17 2000-08-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having fused layers
ES2121872T5 (en) 1991-12-17 2003-01-16 Procter & Gamble HYGIENIC ABSORBENT ARTICLE WITH BLOWED MASS COMPONENTS.
US5514120A (en) 1991-12-18 1996-05-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Liquid management member for absorbent articles
US5342336A (en) 1991-12-19 1994-08-30 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent structure for masking and distributing a liquid
US5267952A (en) 1991-12-24 1993-12-07 Novamedix, Ltd. Bandage with transverse slits
JPH05200063A (en) 1992-01-28 1993-08-10 Uni Charm Corp Gas permeable liquid-proof back sheet for body fluid disposal article and manufacture thereof
EP0633762B1 (en) 1992-04-02 1997-08-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having a nonwoven topsheet with fluid impervious areas
US5330456A (en) 1992-04-09 1994-07-19 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Disposable absorbent panel assembly
CA2079140C (en) 1992-05-29 2002-05-14 Joseph Dipalma An absorbent article having a non-absorbent, resilient layer
US5947914A (en) * 1995-02-21 1999-09-07 Augustine Medical, Inc. Wound covering
US5354261A (en) 1992-06-22 1994-10-11 Clark Francis S Fluid-retentive bandage
US5238732A (en) 1992-07-16 1993-08-24 Surface Coatings, Inc. Waterproof breathable polyurethane membranes and porous substrates protected therewith
US5678564A (en) 1992-08-07 1997-10-21 Bristol Myers Squibb Liquid removal system
WO1994004330A1 (en) 1992-08-11 1994-03-03 E. Khashoggi Industries Hydraulically settable containers
US5368926A (en) 1992-09-10 1994-11-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Fluid accepting, transporting, and retaining structure
USH1511H (en) 1992-09-10 1995-12-05 Chappell; Charles W. Absorbent articles having improved longitudinal fluid movement
IT1257101B (en) 1992-09-16 1996-01-05 Gianfranco Palumbo ABSORBENT ITEM WITH CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTION OF THE LIQUID.
SE508961C2 (en) 1992-11-17 1998-11-23 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent structure and absorbent articles containing the structure in question
SE509037C2 (en) 1992-11-17 1998-11-30 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent structure and method of manufacture
US5843064A (en) 1992-11-20 1998-12-01 Peaudouce Non woven material and hygienic absorbent article comprising such material
GB2272645B8 (en) 1992-11-23 2010-02-10 Johnson & Johnson Medical Wound dressing
US5294478A (en) 1992-12-18 1994-03-15 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Multi-layer absorbent composite
GB9301258D0 (en) 1993-01-22 1993-03-17 Courtaulds Plc Use of absorbent fibre
CA2114290C (en) 1993-01-27 2006-01-10 Nagabushanam Totakura Post-surgical anti-adhesion device
US5336219A (en) 1993-03-23 1994-08-09 Medi-Flex Hospital Products, Inc. Skin closure system
US5368909A (en) 1993-04-02 1994-11-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Fluid-pervious plastic web having improved fluid drainage
US5348547A (en) 1993-04-05 1994-09-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent members having improved fluid distribution via low density and basis weight acquisition zones
WO1994023677A2 (en) 1993-04-13 1994-10-27 Nicholas John Mills Thermal coverings/wound dressings
EP0746293B1 (en) 1993-05-04 2003-02-05 GENG, Lisa Fernandez Wound dressing
TW329666U (en) 1993-05-12 1998-04-11 Kimberly Clark Co Absorbent article having enhanced wicking capability
US5454800A (en) 1993-05-12 1995-10-03 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent article
NZ250994A (en) 1993-05-27 1995-09-26 Ndm Acquisition Corp Wound dressing comprising a hydrogel layer bound to a porous backing layer which is bound to a thin film layer by adhesive
CA2107169A1 (en) 1993-06-03 1994-12-04 Cherie Hartman Everhart Liquid transport material
US5397316A (en) 1993-06-25 1995-03-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Slitted absorbent members for aqueous body fluids formed of expandable absorbent materials
DK0631768T3 (en) 1993-06-30 1998-06-02 Procter & Gamble Absorbent core with improved fluid handling properties
US5497788A (en) 1993-07-16 1996-03-12 Tecnol Medical Products, Inc. Wound closure device for viewing a wound and method
US5960795A (en) 1993-07-16 1999-10-05 Tecnol Medical Products, Inc. Wound covering device
CA2127173A1 (en) 1993-07-20 1995-01-21 Frank S. Castellana Medical dressing with semi-peripheral delivery system and methods therefor
US5387208A (en) 1993-07-26 1995-02-07 The Procter & Gamble Co. Absorbent core having improved dry/wet integrity
WO1995004511A1 (en) 1993-08-11 1995-02-16 Michael John Smith Improvements in and relating to dressings
NZ271952A (en) 1993-09-13 1997-10-24 Diversey Corp High caustic tableted detergent and dispensing thereof
US5603946A (en) 1993-10-08 1997-02-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Wound dressing
US5536264A (en) 1993-10-22 1996-07-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent composites comprising a porous macrostructure of absorbent gelling particles and a substrate
US5868724A (en) 1993-10-22 1999-02-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Non-continuous absorbent cores comprising a porous macrostructure of absorbent gelling particles
US5425725A (en) 1993-10-29 1995-06-20 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent article which includes superabsorbent material and hydrophilic fibers located in discrete pockets
DE4338326A1 (en) 1993-11-10 1995-05-11 Hartmann Paul Ag Absorbent structure
US5456660A (en) 1993-11-15 1995-10-10 Reich; Marshall P. Wound dressing support device
BR9408074A (en) 1993-11-16 1997-08-12 Procter & Gamble Absorbent article
SG63577A1 (en) 1993-11-17 1999-03-30 Procter & Gamble Corrugated capillary substrate having selectively disposed discrete parts of osmotic absorbent material
US6022610A (en) 1993-11-18 2000-02-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Deposition of osmotic absorbent onto a capillary substrate without deleterious interfiber penetration and absorbent structures produced thereby
ATE167049T1 (en) 1993-11-19 1998-06-15 Procter & Gamble OSMOTIC AND CAPILLARY ABSORBING STRUCTURE OF DIFFERENT DENSITIES AND METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
AU1072695A (en) 1993-11-27 1995-06-13 Smith & Nephew Plc Dressing
CA2122660A1 (en) 1993-12-14 1995-06-15 John Philip Vukos Absorbent article having a body adhesive
CA2136675C (en) 1993-12-17 2005-02-15 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Liquid permeable, quilted film laminates
US5447492A (en) 1993-12-20 1995-09-05 New Dimensions In Medicine, Inc. External fixation dressing for accommodating a retaining pin
US5702356A (en) 1993-12-23 1997-12-30 Hathman; Johnnie L. Disposable wound dressing permitting non-invasive examination
DE69425236T2 (en) 1993-12-28 2000-11-30 Kao Corp., Tokio/Tokyo MONTHLY BINDING
SE508400C2 (en) 1993-12-29 1998-10-05 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorption body in an absorbent article
SE508399C2 (en) 1993-12-29 1998-10-05 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorption body in an absorbent article
US5525407A (en) 1994-01-03 1996-06-11 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Integrated absorbent structures with density and liquid affinity gradients
US5549584A (en) 1994-02-14 1996-08-27 The Kendall Company Apparatus for removing fluid from a wound
US5562650A (en) 1994-03-04 1996-10-08 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Absorbent article having an improved surge management
US5500270A (en) 1994-03-14 1996-03-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Capillary laminate material
DK0750484T3 (en) 1994-03-18 1999-08-30 Procter & Gamble Fluid absorbent core collection and distribution element
ATE212820T1 (en) 1994-03-23 2002-02-15 Smith & Nephew Inc ASSOCIATION
US5599335A (en) 1994-03-29 1997-02-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent members for body fluids having good wet integrity and relatively high concentrations of hydrogel-forming absorbent polymer
US5701917A (en) 1994-03-30 1997-12-30 Khouri Biomedical Research, Inc. Method and apparatus for promoting soft tissue enlargement and wound healing
US5545155A (en) 1994-03-30 1996-08-13 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Absorbent article with plates
CA2129210A1 (en) 1994-03-31 1995-10-01 Debra Jean Mcdowall Liquid distribution layer for absorbent articles
US5591148A (en) 1994-04-08 1997-01-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Sanitary napkin having an independently displaceable central core segment
IN192766B (en) 1994-04-29 2004-05-15 Clemson Niversit Res Foundatio
JPH09512504A (en) 1994-04-29 1997-12-16 キンバリー クラーク コーポレイション Elastic fiber nonwoven laminate with slit
US5852126A (en) 1994-05-02 1998-12-22 Novartis Ag Polymerisable composition and the use thereof
JP3215262B2 (en) 1994-06-03 2001-10-02 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Disposable body fluid absorbent articles
CA2192172C (en) 1994-06-21 2000-10-31 Nicholas Albert Ahr Absorbent member with high density absorbent wicking strips
ES2135752T3 (en) 1994-06-30 1999-11-01 Procter & Gamble FLUID TRANSPORT BELTS THAT EXHIBIT GRADIENTS OF SURFACE ENERGY.
US5505719A (en) 1994-06-30 1996-04-09 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Multilayered absorbent structures
USH1585H (en) 1994-06-30 1996-08-06 Ahr; Nicholas A. Absorbent article having a braided wicking structure
US5873867A (en) 1994-07-12 1999-02-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent with half section of gelling material
US5830202A (en) 1994-08-01 1998-11-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent comprising upper and lower gel layers
ES2223977T3 (en) 1994-08-22 2005-03-01 Kci Licensing, Inc. CONTAINER.
AU685986B2 (en) 1994-08-31 1998-01-29 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Thin absorbent article having wicking and crush resistant poperties
CA2153125A1 (en) 1994-08-31 1996-03-01 Frank Paul Abuto Liquid-absorbing article
GB9417738D0 (en) 1994-09-03 1994-10-19 British United Shoe Machinery Absorbent material and method of manufacture thereof
US6436234B1 (en) 1994-09-21 2002-08-20 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Wet-resilient webs and disposable articles made therewith
CA2152407A1 (en) 1994-09-30 1996-03-31 Duane Girard Uitenbroek Laminate material and absorbent garment comprising same
WO1996015301A1 (en) 1994-11-10 1996-05-23 Weyerhaeuser Company Densified cellulose fiber pads and method of making the same
US5817145A (en) 1994-11-21 1998-10-06 Augustine Medical, Inc. Wound treatment device
US5632731A (en) 1994-11-25 1997-05-27 The Kendall Company Non-adherent wound dressing
US5465735A (en) 1994-12-01 1995-11-14 The Kendall Company Wound dressing
US6599262B1 (en) 1994-12-07 2003-07-29 Masini Michael A Bandage with thermal insert
US6225523B1 (en) 1994-12-07 2001-05-01 Masini Michael A Invertible wound dressings and method of making the same
US5643189A (en) 1994-12-07 1997-07-01 Masini; Michael A. Composite wound dressing including inversion means
US5614295A (en) 1994-12-21 1997-03-25 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Liquid distribution and retention medium
US5614283A (en) 1994-12-22 1997-03-25 Tredegar Industries Absorbent composite with three-dimensional film surface for use in absorbent disposable products
SE503779C2 (en) 1994-12-30 1996-09-02 Moelnlycke Ab Absorbent articles, comprising a receiving space in a storage layer, which upon wetting increases in extent perpendicular to the surface of the article and absorbent body
JPH10512167A (en) 1995-01-10 1998-11-24 ザ、プロクター、エンド、ギャンブル、カンパニー Absorbent products for liquid management
GB9500716D0 (en) 1995-01-14 1995-03-08 Giltech Ltd Self adhesive laminate
US5840052A (en) 1995-01-27 1998-11-24 Bertek, Inc. Adhesive dressing applicator
USH1657H (en) 1995-02-03 1997-06-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with fractionation member
US5549589A (en) 1995-02-03 1996-08-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Fluid distribution member for absorbent articles exhibiting high suction and high capacity
US5538500A (en) 1995-02-08 1996-07-23 Peterson; Donald A. Postoperative wound dressing
US5605165A (en) 1995-03-03 1997-02-25 Ferris Corp. Wound measurment device and method for its use
AU5183596A (en) 1995-03-06 1996-09-23 Weyerhaeuser Company Fibrous web having improved strength and method of making the same
IL118000A0 (en) 1995-04-25 1996-08-04 Sinai School Medicine Bandage with external anchor
GB9509943D0 (en) 1995-05-17 1995-07-12 British United Shoe Machinery Wound dressing
US5579765A (en) 1995-05-30 1996-12-03 Cox; Danny L. Monitor to detect bleeding
US5675079A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-10-07 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Apparatus for measuring the crush recovery of an absorbent article
FI106696B (en) 1995-06-14 2001-03-30 Suominen Oy J W A method for directing the fluid carrying capacity of a nonwoven, a fabric treated according to this method, and a fabric containing article
US5810798A (en) 1995-06-30 1998-09-22 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article having a thin, efficient absorbent core
CN1200074A (en) 1995-06-30 1998-11-25 金伯利-克拉克环球有限公司 Nonwoven and film corrugated laminates
EP0844858A1 (en) 1995-08-07 1998-06-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article with fit and fluid transfer capabilities
GB9614668D0 (en) 1995-08-11 1996-09-04 Camelot Superabsorbents Ltd Absorbent articles
GB9519574D0 (en) 1995-09-26 1995-11-29 Smith & Nephew Conformable absorbent dressing
US5562107A (en) 1995-09-27 1996-10-08 Hollister Incorporated Reclosable wound cover
US5643238A (en) 1995-09-29 1997-07-01 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Absorbent core structure comprised of storage and acquisition cells
US5707499A (en) 1995-10-06 1998-01-13 Ceramatec, Inc. Storage-stable, fluid dispensing device using a hydrogen gas generator
US5704905A (en) 1995-10-10 1998-01-06 Jensen; Ole R. Wound dressing having film-backed hydrocolloid-containing adhesive layer with linear depressions
CA2160757C (en) 1995-10-17 2000-01-04 Roger Boulanger Highly absorbent transfer layer structure
US5827213A (en) 1995-10-19 1998-10-27 Ole R. Jensen Heel and elbow dressing
US5648142A (en) 1995-10-19 1997-07-15 Eastman Chemical Company Perforated films having channels with cutout portions capable of spontaneous fluid inversion
JPH09117470A (en) 1995-10-27 1997-05-06 Chisso Corp Absorbing article
US5665082A (en) 1995-11-01 1997-09-09 Johnson & Johnson Inc. Highly absorbent transfer layer structure
US6206865B1 (en) 1995-11-13 2001-03-27 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article having a cellulosic transfer layer
GB9523253D0 (en) 1995-11-14 1996-01-17 Mediscus Prod Ltd Portable wound treatment apparatus
US6107539A (en) 1995-11-14 2000-08-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent articles having reduced surface wetness
US5603707A (en) 1995-11-28 1997-02-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having a rewet barrier
US6060638A (en) 1995-12-22 2000-05-09 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Matched permeability liner/absorbent structure system for absorbent articles and the like
US5662599A (en) 1996-02-20 1997-09-02 No Mulligans, Llc Disposable wound dressing and support unit
DE19609462A1 (en) 1996-03-11 1997-09-18 Kimberly Clark Gmbh Absorbent article and method for the directed discharge of locally escaping fluids
US6372952B1 (en) 1996-03-22 2002-04-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent components having a sustained acquisition rate capability upon absorbing multiple discharges of aqueous body fluids
MX215827B (en) 1996-03-22 2003-08-15 Procter & Gamble Absorbent cores that have improved acquisition capacity and absorbent articles that contain them
US5855572A (en) 1996-03-22 1999-01-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent components having a fluid acquisition zone
SE509260C2 (en) 1996-04-03 1998-12-21 Duni Ab Slit material layer of tissue paper or polymer fibers and device for making the material layer
US5662625A (en) 1996-05-06 1997-09-02 Gwr Medical, L.L.P. Pressure controllable hyperbaric device
SE505000C2 (en) 1996-05-14 1997-06-09 Moelnlycke Ab Wound dressing and manufacturing process therefore
US5735145A (en) 1996-05-20 1998-04-07 Monarch Knitting Machinery Corporation Weft knit wicking fabric and method of making same
DK0904038T3 (en) 1996-05-22 2002-02-11 Coloplast As Bandage comprising a body part and a handle portion
ATE206607T1 (en) 1996-05-24 2001-10-15 Coloplast As PERMANENTLY DEFORMABLE BANDAGE
US6294710B1 (en) 1996-05-28 2001-09-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Fluid distribution materials with improved wicking properties
SE514465C2 (en) 1996-05-31 2001-02-26 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent structure and production of absorbent structure by matting on high loft materials
US5827254A (en) 1996-06-13 1998-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article
US6191340B1 (en) 1996-07-01 2001-02-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article having a decoupled, randomly arranged absorbent structure
DE19640451A1 (en) 1996-09-30 1998-04-02 Kimberly Clark Gmbh Absorbent article
EP0946210A1 (en) 1996-11-14 1999-10-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Antimicrobial-coated hydrogel forming absorbent polymers
EP0842650A1 (en) 1996-11-19 1998-05-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Resin bonded fluid handling materials
EP0852268B1 (en) 1996-12-04 2002-08-21 Fibertech Group, Inc. Absorbent articles having improved separator layer
JP2001505961A (en) 1996-12-06 2001-05-08 ウェイアーヒューサー・カンパニー Integrated absorption layer
US20020007169A1 (en) 1996-12-06 2002-01-17 Weyerhaeuser Company Absorbent composite having improved surface dryness
SE512638C2 (en) 1996-12-11 2000-04-17 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Liquid-receiving layers for absorbent articles, absorbent articles and liquid-receiving articles
CA2273854C (en) 1996-12-20 2005-08-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent articles having reduced outer cover dampness
US5891120A (en) 1997-01-30 1999-04-06 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Absorbent article comprising topsheet, backsheet and absorbent core with liquid transferring layer near backsheet
US5795439A (en) 1997-01-31 1998-08-18 Celanese Acetate Llc Process for making a non-woven, wet-laid, superabsorbent polymer-impregnated structure
US6018092A (en) 1997-03-04 2000-01-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Medical adhesive bandage, delivery system and method
US5968855A (en) * 1997-03-04 1999-10-19 Bba Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc. Nonwoven fabrics having liquid transport properties and processes for manufacturing the same
US5925026A (en) 1997-03-10 1999-07-20 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Apertured absorbent pads for use in absorbent articles
US5931823A (en) 1997-03-31 1999-08-03 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. High permeability liner with improved intake and distribution
US5968027A (en) 1997-03-31 1999-10-19 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Absorbent article with coiled side walls
US5865824A (en) 1997-04-21 1999-02-02 Chen; Fung-Jou Self-texturing absorbent structures and absorbent articles made therefrom
US5752945A (en) 1997-04-25 1998-05-19 Fibertech Group, Inc. Absorbent article with liquid transfer layer
EP0875224A1 (en) 1997-04-28 1998-11-04 Cidieffe S.r.l. Absorbent article which includes superabsorbent material located in discrete pockets and manufacturing process
DE19722075C1 (en) 1997-05-27 1998-10-01 Wilhelm Dr Med Fleischmann Medication supply to open wounds
US6008429A (en) 1997-06-06 1999-12-28 Ritger; Philip L. Wound dressing delivery system
SE514864C2 (en) 1997-06-26 2001-05-07 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Entry or transport layers for absorbent articles and absorbent articles comprising such a layer and use of the layer
NL1006457C2 (en) 1997-07-03 1999-01-05 Polymedics N V Drainage system to be used with an open wound, element used for applying a drainage pipe or hose and method for applying the drainage system.
AU3812897A (en) 1997-07-24 1999-02-16 Procter & Gamble Company, The Process for making perfume-impregnated hydrogel-forming absorbent polymers
US6907921B2 (en) 1998-06-18 2005-06-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Microchanneled active fluid heat exchanger
US6124520A (en) 1997-08-25 2000-09-26 Tri-State Hospital Supply Corporation Window dressing
GB9719520D0 (en) 1997-09-12 1997-11-19 Kci Medical Ltd Surgical drape and suction heads for wound treatment
US6103954A (en) 1997-09-18 2000-08-15 Fibertechgroup, Inc. Liquid acquisition layer for personal absorbent article
US6168849B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2001-01-02 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Multilayer cover system and method for producing same
US6362390B1 (en) 1997-12-18 2002-03-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Use of stain masking backsheets in absorbent articles
US5981120A (en) 1998-01-08 1999-11-09 Xerox Corporation Verdefilm for more uniform charging
WO1999038929A1 (en) 1998-01-30 1999-08-05 Coloplast A/S An article having a surface showing adhesive properties
EP0934737A1 (en) 1998-02-05 1999-08-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article comprising topsheet with masking capabilities
DE19804665B4 (en) 1998-02-06 2004-09-23 Beiersdorf Ag Opaque eye patch
US6071267A (en) 1998-02-06 2000-06-06 Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Medical patient fluid management interface system and method
US5938995A (en) 1998-02-06 1999-08-17 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Compression resistant cellulosic-based fabrics having high rates of absorbency
EP0941726A1 (en) 1998-03-12 1999-09-15 Coloplast A/S A dressing
EP1061877A1 (en) 1998-03-13 2000-12-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structures comprising fluid storage members with improved ability to dewater high flux distribution members
AU6555998A (en) 1998-03-13 1999-09-27 Procter & Gamble Company, The Liquid distribution materials with improved distribution properties under sub-saturation
MXPA00008957A (en) 1998-03-13 2001-05-01 Gianfranco Palumbo Absorbent structures comprising fluid storage members with improved ability to dehydrate distribution members
US6570057B1 (en) 1998-03-13 2003-05-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with improved distribution properties under sur-saturation
IL138231A0 (en) 1998-03-13 2001-10-31 Procter & Gamble Absorbent structures comprising fluid storage members with improved ability to dewater distribution members
US6630054B1 (en) 1998-03-19 2003-10-07 Weyerhaeuser Company Methods for forming a fluted composite
US6068620A (en) 1998-03-30 2000-05-30 Paragon Trade Brands Absorbent laminate
EP0951913A1 (en) 1998-04-22 1999-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company High liquid suction absorbent structures with permanently hydrophilic meltblown non-woven wrap sheet with small diameter fibers
US6127595A (en) 1998-04-22 2000-10-03 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Cover sheet lamination for absorbent article and low temperature lamination process
US6040493A (en) 1998-04-24 2000-03-21 Replication Medical, Inc. Bioreactor wound dressing
US6664439B1 (en) 1998-04-28 2003-12-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with distribution materials positioned underneath storage material
AR018822A1 (en) 1998-05-05 2001-12-12 Kimberly Clark Co A MATERIAL FOR PRODUCTS FOR PERSONAL HYGIENE AND PRODUCTS FOR PERSONAL HYGIENE OBTAINED
US6420626B1 (en) 1999-06-08 2002-07-16 Buckeye Technologies Inc. Unitary fluid acquisition, storage, and wicking material
US6403857B1 (en) 1998-06-08 2002-06-11 Buckeye Technologies Inc. Absorbent structures with integral layer of superabsorbent polymer particles
US6479415B1 (en) 1998-06-08 2002-11-12 Bki Holding Corporation Absorbent structures having fluid acquisition and distribution layer
US20040033750A1 (en) 1998-06-12 2004-02-19 Everett Rob D Layered absorbent structure with a heterogeneous layer region
AU8378198A (en) 1998-06-29 2000-01-17 Procter & Gamble Company, The Liquid transport member for high flux rates against gravity
WO2000000127A1 (en) 1998-06-29 2000-01-06 The Procter & Gamble Company High flux liquid transport members comprising two different permeability regions
US6545194B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2003-04-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Device for managing body fluids comprising a fast acquiring liquid handling member that expands upon liquid acquisition and contracts upon liquid release
DE69908776T2 (en) 1998-06-29 2004-04-22 The Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati DEVICE FOR HANDLING BODY FLUIDS THAT TRANSFER BODY FLUIDS BY EXTRACTION
WO2000000129A1 (en) 1998-06-29 2000-01-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid transport member for high flux rates between two port regions
US6727403B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2004-04-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article exhibiting high sustained acquisition rates
WO2000000131A1 (en) 1998-06-29 2000-01-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid transport member having high permeability bulk regions and high threshold pressure port regions
US6683229B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2004-01-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article storing liquid in a constant pattern
US6506960B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2003-01-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article comprising a liquid handling member having high suction and high permeability
US6458109B1 (en) 1998-08-07 2002-10-01 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Wound treatment apparatus
GB2341098B (en) 1998-09-03 2003-03-05 Bid Instr Ltd Eye protector
DE19844355A1 (en) 1998-09-28 2000-04-06 Rainer E Sachse Adhesive wound dressing of flexible, membrane like material penetrable by air comprises integrated device which drains wound secretions or produces reduced pressure, or can be connected to an external suction system
US6673982B1 (en) 1998-10-02 2004-01-06 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article with center fill performance
US6231721B1 (en) 1998-10-09 2001-05-15 Weyerhaeuser Company Compressible wood pulp product
GB9822341D0 (en) 1998-10-13 1998-12-09 Kci Medical Ltd Negative pressure therapy using wall suction
US6124522A (en) * 1998-11-24 2000-09-26 Schroeder; Mark R. Packaging for adhesive-sided articles to allow one-handed application
EP1013290A1 (en) 1998-12-17 2000-06-28 Fort James Corporation Multi-layered absorbent composites having one or more apertured transfer layers
US6610903B1 (en) 1998-12-18 2003-08-26 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Materials for fluid management in personal care products
US6613028B1 (en) 1998-12-22 2003-09-02 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Transfer delay for increased access fluff capacity
US6767334B1 (en) 1998-12-23 2004-07-27 Kci Licensing, Inc. Method and apparatus for wound treatment
US6562743B1 (en) 1998-12-24 2003-05-13 Bki Holding Corporation Absorbent structures of chemically treated cellulose fibers
US6719742B1 (en) 1998-12-30 2004-04-13 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Pattern embossed multilayer microporous films
EP1016389A1 (en) 1998-12-30 2000-07-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Tridimensional disposable absorbent article with an absorbent core having special fluid handling properties
GB9900348D0 (en) 1999-01-09 1999-02-24 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Multi layered wound dressing
GB9901085D0 (en) 1999-01-20 1999-03-10 Tudorose Decorative Trims Limi Bandage
EP1025822A1 (en) 1999-02-08 2000-08-09 Paul Hartmann Aktiengesellschaft Absorption body for a hygienic article
US6765125B2 (en) 1999-02-12 2004-07-20 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Distribution—Retention material for personal care products
US6124521A (en) 1999-03-10 2000-09-26 Tri-State Hospital Supply Corporation Dermal wound window dressing securement system
US6506175B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2003-01-14 Samuel A. Goldstein Therapeutic bandage
NZ514480A (en) 1999-04-02 2005-05-27 Kci Licensing Inc Vacuum assisted closure system with heating and cooling provision
US6534149B1 (en) 1999-04-03 2003-03-18 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Intake/distribution material for personal care products
JP2004538023A (en) 1999-04-08 2004-12-24 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Absorbent products with improved combination of tactile sensation and fluid treatment
US6695823B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2004-02-24 Kci Licensing, Inc. Wound therapy device
WO2000061206A1 (en) 1999-04-09 2000-10-19 Kci Licensing, Inc. Wound therapy device
GB9909301D0 (en) 1999-04-22 1999-06-16 Kci Medical Ltd Wound treatment apparatus employing reduced pressure
SE9901539L (en) 1999-04-27 2000-10-28 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent structure
SE514211C2 (en) 1999-05-27 2001-01-22 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent articles with improved liquid dispersion
US20020019617A1 (en) 1999-06-10 2002-02-14 Charles Edward Bolian Leakage protection means in a material for distributing fluid
AR024567A1 (en) 1999-06-14 2002-10-16 Bki Holding Corp AN ABSORBENT STRUCTURE AND ABSORBENT PRODUCT THAT USES SUCH STRUCTURE.
US6497689B1 (en) 1999-06-29 2002-12-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Device for handling body liquids which transports body liquid by siphoning
GB2355228A (en) 1999-07-03 2001-04-18 Dyecor Ltd Absorbent
DE19931192C1 (en) 1999-07-07 2000-10-19 Sandler C H Gmbh Absorber and distributor element for liquids in absorbent articles comprises fleece layer in which microfiber proportion increases with distance from layer top surface
US6497688B2 (en) * 1999-07-19 2002-12-24 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Absorbent article comprising flocked fibers
US6312416B1 (en) 1999-08-16 2001-11-06 Johnson & Johnson, Inc. Thin sanitary napkin capable of controlled deformation when in use
US6261283B1 (en) 1999-08-31 2001-07-17 Alcon Universal Ltd. Liquid venting surgical system and cassette
US6264776B1 (en) 1999-09-15 2001-07-24 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method for forming an absorbent structure having vertically orientated absorbent members
US6486379B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2002-11-26 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article with central pledget and deformation control
US6783837B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2004-08-31 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Fibrous creased fabrics
US6492574B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2002-12-10 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Center-fill absorbent article with a wicking barrier and central rising member
US6613955B1 (en) 1999-10-01 2003-09-02 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent articles with wicking barrier cuffs
US20020180092A1 (en) 1999-10-14 2002-12-05 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Process for making textured airlaid materials
CN1293953A (en) 1999-11-01 2001-05-09 王亮 'Xianketie' medicine for treating tinea
GB9926538D0 (en) 1999-11-09 2000-01-12 Kci Medical Ltd Multi-lumen connector
GB2356145B (en) 1999-11-10 2004-07-28 Mas Mfg Ltd Dressing
US6509513B2 (en) 1999-11-12 2003-01-21 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag Absorbent article with improved fluid acquisition system
PL366290A1 (en) 1999-11-29 2005-01-24 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Wound treatment apparatus
US6764462B2 (en) 2000-11-29 2004-07-20 Hill-Rom Services Inc. Wound treatment apparatus
US6478781B1 (en) 2000-04-11 2002-11-12 Circuit Tree Medical, Inc. Anterior chamber stabilizing device for use in eye surgery
EP1242026B1 (en) 1999-12-22 2007-07-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article
US20010044610A1 (en) 1999-12-29 2001-11-22 Kim Hyung Byum Absorbent article with fluid intake intensifier
US6528696B1 (en) 2000-01-11 2003-03-04 Christine M. Ireland Pliable contact bandage
IL134269A (en) 2000-01-27 2006-06-11 L R Res & Dev Ltd Anti-inflammatory pad
US6794554B2 (en) 2000-02-01 2004-09-21 Ferris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wound packing material
US6566575B1 (en) 2000-02-15 2003-05-20 3M Innovative Properties Company Patterned absorbent article for wound dressing
US20020019602A1 (en) 2000-03-07 2002-02-14 Geng Lisa Fernandez Wound dressing
DE60026343T2 (en) 2000-03-10 2006-10-19 3M Innovative Properties Co., Saint Paul MEDICAL WOUND ASSOCIATION WITH SEVERAL ADHESIVES AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS
AR028271A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-04-30 Kimberly Clark Co A SYSTEM FOR A HYGIENIC PRODUCT AND A PAD FOR WOMEN'S HYGIENE THAT UNDERSTANDS THIS SYSTEM
SE516036C2 (en) 2000-03-27 2001-11-12 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Fiber-based material layer comprising at least two continuous fibers webs, so-called tow, method of making it, and absorbent articles containing the layer
GB0011202D0 (en) 2000-05-09 2000-06-28 Kci Licensing Inc Abdominal wound dressing
US20020019614A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2002-02-14 Woon Paul S. Absorbent articles having improved performance
US6471685B1 (en) 2000-05-18 2002-10-29 David James Johnson Medical dressing assembly and associated method of using the same
CN1443055A (en) 2000-05-19 2003-09-17 金伯利-克拉克环球有限公司 Topsheet and transfer layer for absorbent article
MXPA02011416A (en) 2000-05-22 2004-08-12 Arthur C Coffey Combination sis and vacuum bandage and method.
US20030208175A1 (en) 2000-06-12 2003-11-06 Gross James R. Absorbent products with improved vertical wicking and rewet capability
CA2414223C (en) 2000-06-21 2007-09-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent articles having low rewet and a reduced evaporation from the core through the topsheet
US20020035354A1 (en) 2000-06-21 2002-03-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent barrier structures having a high convective air flow rate and articles made therefrom
WO2002004729A1 (en) 2000-07-11 2002-01-17 Polymer Group Inc. Multi-component nonwoven fabric for use in disposable absorbent articles
US6447799B1 (en) 2000-07-24 2002-09-10 Joseph M. Ullman Thromboplastic system
IL138099A0 (en) 2000-08-25 2001-10-31 Naimer Richard Bandage
WO2002017840A1 (en) 2000-08-28 2002-03-07 Merrild Bente Kaethe Yonne Bandage for treatment of pressure sores, bedsores and similar ailments
AR030767A1 (en) 2000-09-22 2003-09-03 Kimberly Clark Co AN ABSORBENT SYSTEM FOR PRODUCTS FOR PERSONAL HYGIENE SUCH AS PANELS, LEARNING SHOES, INCONTINENCE PRODUCTS, BANDS AND HEALTH TOWELS
US6700036B2 (en) 2000-09-22 2004-03-02 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Acquisition distribution layer having void volumes for an absorbent article
WO2002027088A2 (en) 2000-09-29 2002-04-04 Cotton Incorporated Cellulosic substrates with reduced absorbent capacity having the capability to wick liquids
GB2367245B (en) 2000-09-29 2004-11-17 Johnson & Johnson Medical Ltd Adaptable dressings
WO2002038096A2 (en) 2000-10-24 2002-05-16 Velcro Industries B.V. Wound covering
DE10053895C2 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-04-10 Corovin Gmbh Disposable liquid absorbent product with additional layer
MXPA03004124A (en) 2000-11-10 2004-02-12 Bki Holding Corp Cellulose fibers having low water retention value and low capillary desorption pressure.
AU2002246515A1 (en) 2000-11-16 2002-10-08 Chris Lipper Medicated tattoos
US7091394B2 (en) 2000-11-20 2006-08-15 Coloplast A/S Dressing
JP2002153506A (en) 2000-11-21 2002-05-28 Koichi Murai Absorptive article
US6855135B2 (en) 2000-11-29 2005-02-15 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Vacuum therapy and cleansing dressing for wounds
US6685681B2 (en) 2000-11-29 2004-02-03 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Vacuum therapy and cleansing dressing for wounds
MXPA03005184A (en) 2000-12-07 2003-09-10 Weyerhaeuser Co Unitary distribution layer.
GB2369799B (en) 2000-12-07 2004-07-07 Johnson & Johnson Medical Ltd Layered polyurethane materials
US6863933B2 (en) 2001-01-30 2005-03-08 The Procter And Gamble Company Method of hydrophilizing materials
US20020110672A1 (en) 2001-02-12 2002-08-15 Joanne Muratore-Pallatino Cosmetic skin tattoo
US7700819B2 (en) 2001-02-16 2010-04-20 Kci Licensing, Inc. Biocompatible wound dressing
US7070584B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2006-07-04 Kci Licensing, Inc. Biocompatible wound dressing
EP2269603B1 (en) 2001-02-19 2015-05-20 Novartis AG Treatment of breast tumors with a rapamycin derivative in combination with exemestane
JP4840895B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2011-12-21 株式会社日本吸収体技術研究所 Liquid distribution unit and absorbent product comprising the same
US20020133132A1 (en) 2001-02-21 2002-09-19 Copat Marcelo S. Absorbent article with a response surface
US6706940B2 (en) 2001-02-22 2004-03-16 George Medical, L.L.C. Transparent film dressing and a method for applying and making the same
US6776769B2 (en) 2001-03-05 2004-08-17 Joseph Smith Anatomically configured tubular body of woven or knitted fabric for pressure support of articulating joint
USD473947S1 (en) 2001-03-12 2003-04-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Notched medical dressing
DE10112895B4 (en) 2001-03-15 2011-09-29 Ltn Servotechnik Gmbh Slip ring unit with a printed circuit board
US6586653B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2003-07-01 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Discrete absorbent article
US7645269B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2010-01-12 Kci Licensing, Inc. Gradient wound treatment system and method
US7108683B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2006-09-19 Kci Licensing, Inc Wound therapy and tissue management system and method with fluid differentiation
US6841715B2 (en) 2001-05-10 2005-01-11 Tri-State Hospital Supply, Corp. Window dressing
AU2002315027A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-11-25 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and apparatus for application of micro-mechanical forces to tissues
US20020176964A1 (en) 2001-05-24 2002-11-28 Koslow Technologies Corp. Rapid absorbent structures
US20020177831A1 (en) 2001-05-25 2002-11-28 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Personal care absorbent with inherent transfer delay
US6689931B2 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-02-10 Tiax Llc Wound dressing and method of making
US20030014786P1 (en) 2001-06-15 2003-01-16 Meilland Alain A. Hybrid tea rose plant named 'Meifebink'
US7002054B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2006-02-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having a fever indicator
JP3971136B2 (en) 2001-07-12 2007-09-05 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
DE60236156D1 (en) 2001-07-12 2010-06-10 Kci Medical Resources Grand Ca Control of the rate of vacuum change
WO2003013406A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Asahi Kasei Life & Living Corporation Color masking component for use with feminine sanitary pad and the like
US20030135174A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-07-17 Benecke Herman P. Products with color masking properties
US6500947B1 (en) 2001-08-24 2002-12-31 Weyerhaeuser Company Superabsorbent polymer
US7004915B2 (en) 2001-08-24 2006-02-28 Kci Licensing, Inc. Negative pressure assisted tissue treatment system
US6888045B2 (en) 2001-09-06 2005-05-03 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Method of producing a fibrous material layer, a fibrous material layer and an absorbent article containing same
JP4229309B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2009-02-25 株式会社日本吸収体技術研究所 Absorber that is three-dimensionalized in the center by water absorption and absorbent product using the same
DE10144128A1 (en) 2001-09-08 2003-03-27 Hartmann Paul Ag Absorbent pad for articles of hygiene comprises two fibrous layers pressed together at pattern of points, forming joins and funnel-like pore gradients
US8426670B2 (en) 2001-09-19 2013-04-23 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Absorbent structure, absorbent article, water-absorbent resin, and its production process and evaluation method
US20030097113A1 (en) 2001-10-05 2003-05-22 Molee Kenneth John Absorbent product with reduced rewet properties under load
US20030009122A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2003-01-09 Veras Harry George Visi-band
US20030088229A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2003-05-08 Andrew Baker Absorbent article with bimodal acquisition layer
US6787682B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2004-09-07 Hollister Incorporated Absorbent foam wound dressing
USD515701S1 (en) 2001-11-06 2006-02-21 Stephen Horhota Adhesive patch
DE10155482B4 (en) 2001-11-13 2004-11-25 Sandler Ag Composite material for the management of body fluids
US6648862B2 (en) 2001-11-20 2003-11-18 Spheric Products, Ltd. Personally portable vacuum desiccator
AR031489A1 (en) 2001-11-21 2003-09-24 Freudenberg S A NON-WOVEN FABRIC, APPARATUS FOR GOFRING THE SAME AND ROLLER FOR USE IN THIS DEVICE
US7396584B2 (en) 2001-11-21 2008-07-08 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Crosslinked polyamine coating on superabsorbent hydrogels
US20030105442A1 (en) 2001-11-30 2003-06-05 Johnston Lee W. Convection of absorbent cores providing enhanced thermal transmittance
AU2002346641A1 (en) 2001-12-03 2003-06-17 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Apertured non-woven composites and method for making
US6958432B2 (en) 2001-12-14 2005-10-25 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Disposable absorbent article
GB2382989B (en) 2001-12-14 2005-03-16 Johnson & Johnson Medical Ltd Polyurethane foam cavity wound dressings
US6726668B2 (en) 2001-12-14 2004-04-27 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Disposable absorbent article
US20030120249A1 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-06-26 Wulz Andrea Susan Absorbent article having an insert providing for improved fluid distribution
DE60225480T2 (en) 2001-12-26 2009-03-19 Hill-Rom Services, Inc., Batesville VACUUM PACKAGING BIND
CA2468912A1 (en) 2001-12-26 2003-07-17 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Vented vacuum bandage and method
US20030171729A1 (en) 2001-12-28 2003-09-11 Kaun James Martin Multifunctional containment sheet and system for absorbent atricles
US20030125646A1 (en) 2001-12-29 2003-07-03 Whitlock Russell Ward Device and method for relieving pain
US6645330B2 (en) 2002-01-03 2003-11-11 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Method of making disposable absorbent article having graphics using ultrasonic thermal imaging
US6832905B2 (en) 2002-01-16 2004-12-21 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. System and method for dry forming absorbent cores
US20030135177A1 (en) 2002-01-16 2003-07-17 Andrew Baker Absorbent articles containing multi-component core composite and methods of making same
US6762337B2 (en) 2002-01-24 2004-07-13 Stanley Boukanov Pressure bandages for wounds
JP2005516676A (en) 2002-02-05 2005-06-09 ジアコメティ,クラウデイオ DIAPTER, COMPOSITE ABSORBING COMPOSITION FOR PRODUCING sanitation napkins
US6641695B2 (en) 2002-02-14 2003-11-04 Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. Dry formed composite with cut and place layers
CA2477674A1 (en) 2002-02-28 2003-09-12 Jeffrey S. Lockwood External catheter access to vacuum bandage
AU2003214639A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-16 Claudio Giacometti Method for producing a composite absorbent structure for absorbent article, and structure formed in this way
AU2003217872A1 (en) 2002-03-04 2003-09-22 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Biocompatible hydrophilic films from polymeric mini-emulsions for application to skin
WO2003075750A2 (en) 2002-03-07 2003-09-18 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Conformable bi-laminate compression bolster and method for using same
US6613953B1 (en) 2002-03-22 2003-09-02 Dan Altura Insulator-conductor device for maintaining a wound near normal body temperature
KR101130879B1 (en) 2002-04-04 2012-03-28 더 유니버시티 오브 아크론 Non-woven fiber assemblies
US8168848B2 (en) 2002-04-10 2012-05-01 KCI Medical Resources, Inc. Access openings in vacuum bandage
US20030199800A1 (en) 2002-04-17 2003-10-23 Levin John M. Bandage including perforated gel
US7910789B2 (en) 2002-05-07 2011-03-22 Polyremedy, Inc. Method for treating wound, dressing for use therewith and apparatus and system for fabricating dressing
US20030212357A1 (en) 2002-05-10 2003-11-13 Pace Edgar Alan Method and apparatus for treating wounds with oxygen and reduced pressure
US20040078016A1 (en) 2002-05-14 2004-04-22 Andrew Baker Absorbent article with gravity resistant acquisition layer
US6942683B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2005-09-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound closure system and method
US7166094B2 (en) 2002-05-28 2007-01-23 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag Multiple layer absorbent article
AR034469A1 (en) 2002-06-11 2004-02-25 Freudenberg S A A TRANSFER LAYER OF LIQUID FLUIDS AND ABSORBENT ARTICLE THAT INCLUDES IT.
GB2389794A (en) 2002-06-19 2003-12-24 Johnson & Johnson Medical Ltd Wound dressing with variable shape
DE20209581U1 (en) 2002-06-20 2003-10-30 Braun Melsungen Ag syringe pump
US20040019340A1 (en) 2002-07-23 2004-01-29 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Absorbent article having a surface energy gradient between the topsheet and the acquisition distribution layer
US7759540B2 (en) 2002-07-23 2010-07-20 Paragon Trade Brands, Llc Absorbent articles containing absorbent cores having zoned absorbency and methods of making same
US20040019339A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2004-01-29 Sridhar Ranganathan Absorbent layer attachment
US20040024375A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-05 John Litvay Multi-functional tissue for absorbent articles
US8062331B2 (en) 2002-08-21 2011-11-22 Kci Licensing, Inc. Internal and external medical closure screen systems and methods
AU2002359833A1 (en) 2002-08-21 2004-03-11 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Wound packing for preventing wound closure
US7846141B2 (en) 2002-09-03 2010-12-07 Bluesky Medical Group Incorporated Reduced pressure treatment system
US6979324B2 (en) 2002-09-13 2005-12-27 Neogen Technologies, Inc. Closed wound drainage system
US7815616B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2010-10-19 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Device for treating a wound
US7625362B2 (en) 2003-09-16 2009-12-01 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Apparatus and method for suction-assisted wound healing
US20040054343A1 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-03-18 Barnett Larry N. Horizontal density gradient absorbent system for personal care products
US6960181B2 (en) 2002-10-22 2005-11-01 Carol J. Stevens Irrigation dressing with a tubular dam
GB0224986D0 (en) 2002-10-28 2002-12-04 Smith & Nephew Apparatus
WO2004041064A2 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-05-21 Rossen Joel S Simplified one-handed preemptive medical procedure site dressing to prevent sharps injuries and exposure to bloodborne pathogens
US20040087884A1 (en) 2002-10-31 2004-05-06 Haddock Teresa H. Textured breathable films and their use as backing material for bandages
US6844482B2 (en) 2002-11-13 2005-01-18 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with improved liquid acquisition capacity
SE0203358D0 (en) 2002-11-13 2002-11-13 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent articles with improved fluid absorbency
US7122712B2 (en) 2002-12-02 2006-10-17 Lutri Thomas P Surgical bandage and methods for treating open wounds
AU2003301024A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2004-07-22 Velcro Industries B.V. Inflatable products and methods of their formation and use
AU2003304367A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2005-02-14 Polymer Group, Inc. Liquid acquisition layer with caliper recovery and the method for producing the same
EP1578477B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2020-05-06 KCI Licensing, Inc. A dressing assembly for a closed wound or incision
US7976519B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2011-07-12 Kci Licensing, Inc. Externally-applied patient interface system and method
US7423193B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2008-09-09 Ossur, Hf Wound dressing
US6951553B2 (en) 2002-12-31 2005-10-04 Kci Licensing, Inc Tissue closure treatment system and method with externally-applied patient interface
GB0300625D0 (en) 2003-01-10 2003-02-12 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Wound dressing
US6838589B2 (en) 2003-02-19 2005-01-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Conformable wound dressing
JPWO2004073566A1 (en) 2003-02-21 2006-06-01 株式会社メニコン Medical dressing
FR2851729B1 (en) 2003-02-27 2005-12-23 Catherine Dufour FLEXIBLE ADHESIVE MULTILAYER MEMBRANE BASED ON NON-WOVEN AND MEDICAL SILICONES, USE OF THIS MEMBRANE IN COSMETICS OR DERMATOLOGY
AU2003227020A1 (en) 2003-02-27 2004-09-17 Bang And Olufsen A/S Metal structure with translucent region
SE0300694D0 (en) 2003-03-14 2003-03-14 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent articles with improved surface material
US7763770B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2010-07-27 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with improved surface material
US20040177935A1 (en) 2003-03-14 2004-09-16 Hamed Othman A. Method for making chemically cross-linked cellulosic fiber in the sheet form
US7838721B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2010-11-23 Paragon Trade Brands, Llc Disposable articles using high column AUL superabsorbents
US20040230184A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-11-18 Babusik Kimberly H. Multiple layer absorbent system
US6998511B2 (en) 2003-05-03 2006-02-14 George Medical Dressing and a method for applying the same
WO2004103432A2 (en) 2003-05-20 2004-12-02 Avery Dennison Corporation Facial masks for managing skin wounds
US20040243080A1 (en) 2003-05-27 2004-12-02 Bba Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc. Absorbent pads
US20040253894A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2004-12-16 Fell David A. Three dimensionally patterned stabilized absorbent material and method for producing same
JP4467258B2 (en) 2003-06-25 2010-05-26 株式会社ブリヂストン Butadiene polymer, process for producing the same, and rubber composition and tire using the same
EP1640023B1 (en) 2003-06-26 2018-12-05 Zuiko Corporation Wound coating material and wound coating material kit
ES2582936T3 (en) 2003-07-11 2016-09-16 Nonwovens Innovation & Research Institute Limited Non-woven spacer fabric
US20050015036A1 (en) 2003-07-17 2005-01-20 Lutri Thomas Placido Surgical bandage for use with tissue adhesives and other medicaments
JP4795234B2 (en) 2003-07-22 2011-10-19 ケーシーアイ ライセンシング インク Negative pressure wound dressing
JP4611980B2 (en) 2003-08-08 2011-01-12 ザ シーバーグ カンパニー インコーポレイテッド Friction reduction device
CN2676918Y (en) 2003-08-20 2005-02-09 孙成宏 Sterile butterfly shaped adhesive plaster
US7179952B2 (en) 2003-08-25 2007-02-20 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article formed with microlayered films
US7942866B2 (en) 2003-08-28 2011-05-17 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Device for treating a wound
US7361184B2 (en) 2003-09-08 2008-04-22 Joshi Ashok V Device and method for wound therapy
US7531711B2 (en) 2003-09-17 2009-05-12 Ossur Hf Wound dressing and method for manufacturing the same
US20050079361A1 (en) 2003-10-14 2005-04-14 Hamed Othman A. Materials useful in making cellulosic acquisition fibers in sheet form
US7118545B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2006-10-10 Boyde Sandra M Wound dressing retainer and fastening device
WO2005039467A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-06 Tamicare Ltd. Absorbent articles having defined functional zones
US20050090860A1 (en) 2003-10-23 2005-04-28 Paprocki Loran J. Segmented plug for tissue tracts
GB0325129D0 (en) 2003-10-28 2003-12-03 Smith & Nephew Apparatus in situ
GB0409443D0 (en) 2004-04-28 2004-06-02 Smith & Nephew Apparatus
GB0325126D0 (en) 2003-10-28 2003-12-03 Smith & Nephew Apparatus with heat
US20050096616A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2005-05-05 Arora Tarun K. Discrete absorbent articles
US20050112979A1 (en) 2003-11-24 2005-05-26 Sawyer Lawrence H. Integrally formed absorbent materials, products incorporating same, and methods of making same
US7676257B2 (en) 2003-11-25 2010-03-09 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for segmenting structure in CT angiography
JP4851338B2 (en) * 2003-11-28 2012-01-11 コロプラスト アクティーゼルスカブ Dressing goods
JP4185445B2 (en) 2003-12-02 2008-11-26 大王製紙株式会社 Absorbent articles
USD525362S1 (en) * 2003-12-09 2006-07-18 Ambu A/S Electromedical electrode
US20050136773A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-06-23 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Treated nonwoven material
CN1859935B (en) 2003-12-22 2011-07-20 美德乐控股公司 Drainage apparatus and method
DE102004001594B4 (en) 2004-01-09 2006-09-21 Bio-Gate Ag Wound dressing and process for its preparation
ES2348306T3 (en) 2004-02-13 2010-12-02 Convatec Technologies Inc. MULTIPLE LAYER LAYOUT FOR WOUNDS.
US7511187B2 (en) 2004-03-12 2009-03-31 Mcneil - Ppc Inc. Absorbent article having stain masking characteristics
US7049478B1 (en) 2004-03-16 2006-05-23 Patricia Ann Smith Tri-lobe planar heel wound dressing
US7754937B2 (en) 2004-03-18 2010-07-13 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Wound packing material for use with suction
EP1579831A1 (en) 2004-03-23 2005-09-28 The Procter & Gamble Company An absorbent article comprising edge barriers comprising a liquid absorbent thermoplastic composition
US20050215965A1 (en) 2004-03-29 2005-09-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Hydrophilic nonwovens with low retention capacity comprising cross-linked hydrophilic polymers
JP2005288265A (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Procter & Gamble Co Aqueous liquid absorbent and its manufacturing method
US7776028B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2010-08-17 Bluesky Medical Group Incorporated Adjustable overlay reduced pressure wound treatment system
US7708724B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2010-05-04 Blue Sky Medical Group Incorporated Reduced pressure wound cupping treatment system
US10058642B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2018-08-28 Bluesky Medical Group Incorporated Reduced pressure treatment system
US8062272B2 (en) 2004-05-21 2011-11-22 Bluesky Medical Group Incorporated Flexible reduced pressure treatment appliance
EP1602467A1 (en) 2004-04-12 2005-12-07 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Formed film having a cellularly defined base pattern and visible design
US7884258B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2011-02-08 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Wound contact device
US7951124B2 (en) 2004-04-13 2011-05-31 Boehringer Technologies, Lp Growth stimulating wound dressing with improved contact surfaces
GB0409446D0 (en) 2004-04-28 2004-06-02 Smith & Nephew Apparatus
GB0409291D0 (en) 2004-04-27 2004-06-02 Smith & Nephew Apparatus with stress
US20050084641A1 (en) 2004-05-14 2005-04-21 Glue Dots International, Llc Perforated adhesive dispensing sheets
US20050261649A1 (en) 2004-05-19 2005-11-24 Cohen Richmond R Absorbent article with layered acquisition/distribution system
US20050267429A1 (en) 2004-05-25 2005-12-01 Cohen Richmond R Acquisition/distribution layer
GB2415382A (en) 2004-06-21 2005-12-28 Johnson & Johnson Medical Ltd Wound dressings for vacuum therapy
US20050288691A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-12-29 Leiboff Arnold R Hernia patch
US20060009744A1 (en) 2004-07-09 2006-01-12 Erdman Edward P Decorative component for an absorbent article
JP4566640B2 (en) * 2004-07-13 2010-10-20 株式会社瑞光 Covering material fixing auxiliary material
US20060020250A1 (en) 2004-07-23 2006-01-26 Bba Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc. Absorbent structure
EP1625885A1 (en) 2004-08-11 2006-02-15 Vlaamse Instelling Voor Technologisch Onderzoek (Vito) Integrated permeate channel membrane
US20060047257A1 (en) 2004-08-31 2006-03-02 Maria Raidel Extensible absorbent core and absorbent article
EP1634556B1 (en) 2004-09-13 2019-06-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with improved acquisition rate
US20060069366A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Cole Robert T Core for an absorbent article
US20060069375A1 (en) 2004-09-29 2006-03-30 Andrew Waksmundzki Absorbent article with C-folded moisture barrier and methods of manufacturing same
US20060069367A1 (en) 2004-09-29 2006-03-30 Andrew Waksmundzki Absorbent core having two or more types of superabsorbent
US20110313373A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2011-12-22 Birgit Riesinger Device for the treatment of wounds using a vacuum
DE202004017052U1 (en) 2004-11-02 2005-06-09 Riesinger, Birgit Device for wound treatment using negative pressure
EP1807145B1 (en) 2004-11-05 2016-03-23 ConvaTec Technologies Inc. Vacuum wound dressing
US7485112B2 (en) 2004-11-08 2009-02-03 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Tube attachment device for wound treatment
DE202004018245U1 (en) 2004-11-24 2005-07-07 Riesinger, Birgit Drainage device for treating wounds using reduced pressure has absorption body with layer(s) of textile section enriched with super-absorbents enclosed by liquid transmissive sleeve; absorbed wound secretions remain in absorption body
US20060122548A1 (en) 2004-12-06 2006-06-08 Leonard Abrams Devices and methods of treatment of wounds and burns and related impaired blood circulation problems
US20070239125A9 (en) 2004-12-08 2007-10-11 Tyco Healthcare Retail Group, Ag Absorbent article with multi-zone acquisition
US7576256B2 (en) 2004-12-10 2009-08-18 Abigo Medical Ab Wound dressing with a bacterial adsorbing composition
US7161056B2 (en) 2005-01-28 2007-01-09 Ossur Hf Wound dressing and method for manufacturing the same
USD537948S1 (en) * 2005-01-31 2007-03-06 Patricia Ann Smith Tri-lobe planar heel wound dressing
EP1688111B1 (en) 2005-02-08 2013-07-03 Attends Healthcare AB Absorbent article
DE102005007016A1 (en) 2005-02-15 2006-08-24 Fleischmann, Wilhelm, Dr.med. Device for the treatment of wounds
US7312297B2 (en) 2005-02-16 2007-12-25 Rayonier Trs Holdings, Inc. Treatment composition for making acquisition fluff pulp in sheet form
US8211078B2 (en) 2005-02-17 2012-07-03 The Procter And Gamble Company Sanitary napkins capable of taking complex three-dimensional shape in use
US20060206074A1 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core structures having undulations
US20060206073A1 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-14 Crane Patrick L Insitube-formed absorbent core structures
US20060206047A1 (en) 2005-03-14 2006-09-14 Lampe John K Bandage with splint
BRPI0501157C1 (en) 2005-03-31 2007-02-21 Kimberly Clark Kenko Ind E Com absorbent article containing a density gradient in at least two directions, and method for manufacturing the same
US8067662B2 (en) 2009-04-01 2011-11-29 Aalnex, Inc. Systems and methods for wound protection and exudate management
US8415523B2 (en) 2005-04-16 2013-04-09 Aalnex, Inc. Secondary wound dressings for securing primary dressings and managing fluid from wounds, and methods of using same
US7749531B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2010-07-06 Indicator Systems International Apparatus and method for detecting bacterial growth beneath a wound dressing
DE102005026771B4 (en) 2005-06-10 2007-04-19 Erdmann, Alfons, Dr. med. Device for treating patients suffering from skin lesions distributed on the skin surface as well as body coverage
WO2006135848A2 (en) 2005-06-10 2006-12-21 Pamela Howard Wound management system
WO2006138723A2 (en) 2005-06-16 2006-12-28 Biolase Technology, Inc. Tissue coverings bearing cutomized tissue images
JP2008544824A (en) 2005-07-08 2008-12-11 コロプラスト アクティーゼルスカブ Access port
US20110077605A1 (en) 2005-07-14 2011-03-31 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. Pump system for negative pressure wound therapy
US7988673B2 (en) 2005-07-14 2011-08-02 Venetec International, Inc. Protective dressing and methods of use thereof
US7438705B2 (en) 2005-07-14 2008-10-21 Boehringer Technologies, L.P. System for treating a wound with suction and method detecting loss of suction
WO2007013064A1 (en) 2005-07-24 2007-02-01 Carmeli Adahan Suctioning system, method and kit
JP4970445B2 (en) 2005-07-24 2012-07-04 カーメリ・アダハン Wound cover and drainage system
US7503910B2 (en) 2006-02-01 2009-03-17 Carmeli Adahan Suctioning system, method and kit
WO2007016590A2 (en) 2005-07-29 2007-02-08 Diadexus, Inc. Ovr232v3 antibody compositions and methods of use
US7608066B2 (en) 2005-08-08 2009-10-27 Innovative Therapies, Inc. Wound irrigation device pressure monitoring and control system
DE102005039772A1 (en) 2005-08-22 2007-03-08 Prominent Dosiertechnik Gmbh solenoid
US7812212B2 (en) 2005-08-23 2010-10-12 Centurion Medical Products Corporation Window dressing
US7294751B2 (en) 2005-08-23 2007-11-13 Tri-State Hospital Supply Corporation Window dressing
WO2007027755A2 (en) 2005-08-30 2007-03-08 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Inflatable compression dressing
CN101257875A (en) 2005-09-06 2008-09-03 泰科保健集团有限合伙公司 Self contained wound dressing with micropump
AU2006287461A1 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Tyco Healthcare Group L.P. Self contained wound dressing apparatus
WO2007030598A2 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Wound dressing with vacuum reservoir
US7723561B2 (en) 2005-09-09 2010-05-25 Centurion Medical Products Corporation PIV dressing assembly
US20070078467A1 (en) 2005-09-13 2007-04-05 Mullen Gary J Surgical depilatory device
KR100639727B1 (en) 2005-09-20 2006-11-01 유한킴벌리 주식회사 Absorbent article with apertured surge layer
ATE418949T1 (en) 2005-09-23 2009-01-15 Procter & Gamble PERFORATED TOP AND LIQUID ABSORPTION LAYER
WO2007040606A2 (en) 2005-09-28 2007-04-12 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services, Ag Absorbent article with c-foldedd moisture barrier and methods of manufacturing same
US7838719B2 (en) 2005-10-03 2010-11-23 Hilton Jr Jimmy Earl Bandage for covering a wound with no adhesive-to-skin contact
CN2843399Y (en) 2005-10-18 2006-12-06 俞新中 Band-aid
JP5196774B2 (en) 2005-12-06 2013-05-15 小林製薬株式会社 Multi-layer absorbent hygiene articles
DE202005019670U1 (en) 2005-12-14 2006-04-27 Riesinger, Birgit Wound treatment device with elastically deformable negative pressure generating element
US7622629B2 (en) 2005-12-15 2009-11-24 Aalnex, Inc. Wound shield for exudate management
US20070142804A1 (en) 2005-12-16 2007-06-21 Bernard Bobby L Hollow-core fibers
ITMO20050343A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-24 Lorenz Biotech Spa SUPPORT FOR MEDICATION
DE102006000781A1 (en) 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Johnson & Johnson Gmbh Cover and transfer layer structure for sanitary article, has non-woven cover layer whereby non-woven cover layer contains super absorbing fibers and multi-component fibers that are produced by calendaring
DE102006000780A1 (en) 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Johnson & Johnson Gmbh Laminated absorbing acquisition and distribution laminated structure for sanitary articles, has surface layer, which consists non-woven manufactured by means of spunlace technology and area is provided with hydrophilic features
US7896823B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2011-03-01 Theranova, Llc Method and apparatus for treating wound using negative pressure therapy
US20110137222A1 (en) 2006-01-18 2011-06-09 Masini Michael A Healing wound bandaging kit and method
EP1811071A1 (en) 2006-01-18 2007-07-25 Celanese Emulsions GmbH Latex bonded airlaid fabric and its use
DE202006007877U1 (en) 2006-01-25 2006-07-27 Riesinger, Birgit Prefabricated wound dressing with superabsorber
JP4719278B2 (en) 2006-02-06 2011-07-06 ケーシーアイ ライセンシング インコーポレイテッド Adapter for applying negative pressure wound therapy to tissue sites
US8235939B2 (en) 2006-02-06 2012-08-07 Kci Licensing, Inc. System and method for purging a reduced pressure apparatus during the administration of reduced pressure treatment
US7816577B2 (en) 2006-02-13 2010-10-19 Aalnex, Inc. Wound shield
GB2435422A (en) 2006-02-22 2007-08-29 Chou Chang-Tsung Slow release agent absorbent dressing
GB2435423A (en) 2006-02-22 2007-08-29 Chou Chang-Tsung Three-dimensional absorbent dressing comprising slow release agent
US20070219585A1 (en) 2006-03-14 2007-09-20 Cornet Douglas A System for administering reduced pressure treatment having a manifold with a primary flow passage and a blockage prevention member
AU2007225050B2 (en) 2006-03-14 2011-08-18 Solventum Intellectual Properties Company System and method for purging a reduced pressure apparatus during the administration of reduced pressure treatment
US20070220692A1 (en) * 2006-03-22 2007-09-27 Ben Kusin Odor neutralization apparatus and method
US7790640B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2010-09-07 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent articles having biodegradable nonwoven webs
US20070239232A1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-10-11 Eastman Kodak Company Light guide based light therapy device
GB0606661D0 (en) 2006-04-03 2006-05-10 Brightwake Ltd Improvements relating to dressings
US20070238167A1 (en) * 2006-04-04 2007-10-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Flat microfibers as matrices for cell growth
EP1842513B1 (en) 2006-04-07 2014-09-10 The Procter and Gamble Company Absorbent article having nonwoven lateral zones
US9050777B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2015-06-09 First Quality Nonwovens, Inc. Contendered nonwoven/pulp composite fabric and method for making the same
DE102006021240B4 (en) 2006-04-28 2008-01-31 Bühler Motor GmbH rotary pump
US7686921B2 (en) 2006-05-01 2010-03-30 Rayonier Trs Holding Inc. Liquid distribution mat made of enhanced cellulosic fibers
US7615036B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2009-11-10 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US7779625B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2010-08-24 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US20070270070A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Hamed Othman A Chemically Stiffened Fibers In Sheet Form
WO2007143179A2 (en) 2006-06-02 2007-12-13 Bengtson Bradley P Assemblies, systems, and methods for vacuum assisted internal drainage during wound healing
US7576257B2 (en) 2006-06-06 2009-08-18 Lagreca Sr Alfred J Reclosable wound dressing system
US7294752B1 (en) 2006-06-27 2007-11-13 Tri-State Hospital Supply Corporation Window dressing having integral anchor
US9220645B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2015-12-29 First Quality Retail Services, Llc Absorbent article with embossing
SE0601536L (en) 2006-07-11 2008-01-12 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Coil connection
US20080015532A1 (en) 2006-07-13 2008-01-17 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag Absorbent article having multi fiber and density absorbent core
US7686785B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2010-03-30 Boehringer Laboratories, Incorporated Medical suction control with isolation characteristics
US8916742B2 (en) 2006-07-19 2014-12-23 Joseph O. Smith Anatomically engineered configured article
EP2046412A1 (en) 2006-07-24 2009-04-15 Coloplast A/S Canister, suction device and system for vacuum treatment securing a fixed treatment pressure
EP1884223A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2008-02-06 IP Randwyck B.V. Wound-stimulating unit
EP2068798A4 (en) 2006-08-30 2009-12-16 Southeastern Medical Technolog Methods, compositions and apparatuses to treat wounds with pressures altered from atmospheric
US20080058691A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Bradford Tyler Sorensen Bullet plug gunshot wound first aid, open operation device
EP2059268A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2009-05-20 Basf Se Superabsorbent polymers having superior gel integrity, absorption capacity, and permeability
WO2008025655A2 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Basf Se Polyamine coated superabsorbent polymers having transient hydrophobicity
US8061360B2 (en) 2006-09-19 2011-11-22 Kci Licensing, Inc. System and method for locating fluid leaks at a drape of a reduced pressure delivery system
JP4859606B2 (en) 2006-09-21 2012-01-25 大王製紙株式会社 Absorbent articles
US20090326430A1 (en) 2006-09-22 2009-12-31 Jesper Mads Bartroff Frederiksen Film dressing
WO2008039223A1 (en) 2006-09-26 2008-04-03 Boehringer Technologies L.P. Pump system for negative pressure wound therapy
US9820888B2 (en) 2006-09-26 2017-11-21 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Wound dressing
GB0903032D0 (en) 2009-02-24 2009-04-08 Smith & Nephew Drapeable wound dressing
CA2664677C (en) 2006-09-26 2016-01-26 T.J. Smith & Nephew, Limited Lattice dressing
CA2604623C (en) 2006-09-28 2018-10-30 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Portable wound therapy system
US20080082075A1 (en) 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag Absorbent article with a C-fold absorbent layer
SE0602064L (en) 2006-10-03 2008-04-04 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Wound dressing with pressure distributing hose inlet
US20080243096A1 (en) 2006-10-05 2008-10-02 Paul Svedman Device For Active Treatment and Regeneration of Tissues Such as Wounds
US20080090050A1 (en) 2006-10-13 2008-04-17 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Dry top formed film
WO2008049277A1 (en) 2006-10-25 2008-05-02 Jiangsu Yenssen Biotech Co., Ltd. Transparent film-isolating paper for water-proof wound dressing
US20080167592A1 (en) 2006-10-26 2008-07-10 Greer Steven E Preventing or treating wounds with a collodion barrier incorporating active agents
US20080113143A1 (en) 2006-10-31 2008-05-15 David Stirling Taylor Flexible Material and Method of Manufacturing the Flexible Material
ATE494914T1 (en) 2006-11-07 2011-01-15 Hartmann Paul Ag MULTI-LAYER ABSORBENT WOUND DRESSING WITH A HYDROPHILIC WOUND CONTACT LAYER
US7518032B2 (en) 2006-11-14 2009-04-14 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Three-dimensional apertured film for transmitting dynamically-deposited and statically-retained fluids
RU62504U1 (en) 2006-12-07 2007-04-27 Юрий Павлович Савченко MEDIUM DRAINING DEVICE
US8044255B2 (en) 2006-12-15 2011-10-25 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Treatment of personal care products to reduce leakage
EP1943992B1 (en) 2007-01-12 2012-02-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core having improved structure
JP4867025B2 (en) 2007-01-30 2012-02-01 アルケア株式会社 Catheter fixture
US7829819B2 (en) 2007-02-08 2010-11-09 Automotive Components Holdings, Llc Attaching a component to an internal surface of a tank formed of polymer
MX2009008399A (en) 2007-02-09 2009-11-10 Kci Licensing Inc Apparatus and method for administering reduced pressure treatment to a tissue site.
RU2428208C2 (en) 2007-02-09 2011-09-10 КейСиАй Лайсензинг Инк. System and method of low pressure control in tissue area
CN101605519B (en) 2007-02-09 2013-05-22 凯希特许有限公司 Breathable interface system for topical pressure reducing
US8267908B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2012-09-18 Kci Licensing, Inc. Delivery tube, system, and method for storing liquid from a tissue site
US8083712B2 (en) 2007-03-20 2011-12-27 Neogen Technologies, Inc. Flat-hose assembly for wound drainage system
US20080243100A1 (en) 2007-03-29 2008-10-02 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag Absorbent article having fluid transfer layer
US20080255533A1 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-10-16 Tyco Healthcare Retail Services Ag Disposable absorbent article with fluid redistribution layer
DE102008020553A1 (en) 2007-04-29 2008-10-30 Iskia Gmbh & Co.Kg Flat drainage for wound treatment
US8057446B2 (en) 2007-05-01 2011-11-15 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Wound healing device
EP2152333B1 (en) 2007-05-07 2012-10-17 Carmeli Adahan Suction system
WO2008141470A1 (en) 2007-05-22 2008-11-27 Medela Holding Ag Drainage tube unit
GB0710846D0 (en) 2007-06-06 2007-07-18 Bristol Myers Squibb Co A wound dressing
WO2009047596A1 (en) 2007-06-12 2009-04-16 Dsg Technology Holdings Ltd. Absorbent article with a slit absorbent core
CN101686879B (en) 2007-06-18 2013-03-27 宝洁公司 Disposable absorbent article with improved acquisition system with substantially continuously distributed absorbent particulate polymer material
US20080312622A1 (en) 2007-06-18 2008-12-18 Harald Hermann Hundorf Disposable Absorbent Article With Improved Acquisition System
JP5497987B2 (en) 2007-06-22 2014-05-21 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Nonwoven fabric and method for producing the same
SE531259C2 (en) 2007-06-27 2009-02-03 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Device for treating reduced pressure ulcers
GB0715259D0 (en) 2007-08-06 2007-09-12 Smith & Nephew Canister status determination
IN2010KN00792A (en) 2007-08-03 2015-08-28 Nicast Ltd
US20090043268A1 (en) 2007-08-06 2009-02-12 Eddy Patrick E Wound treatment system and suction regulator for use therewith
WO2009021523A1 (en) 2007-08-14 2009-02-19 Coloplast A/S Pressure-distributing element of closed cell foam
US20090099519A1 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-04-16 Albert Einstein Healthcare Network Advanced abdominal dressing for the treatment of the postoperative hypothermic patients with an open abdomen
US20090076472A1 (en) 2007-09-17 2009-03-19 Tisteron, Ltd. Absorbent layer, structure and article along with a method of forming the same
JP2011500272A (en) * 2007-10-23 2011-01-06 ボリンジャー・テクノロジーズ・エル・ピー Thin film wound covering, suction wound treatment system using thin film wound covering, method of using thin film wound covering, and method of manufacturing thin film wound covering
US20090112175A1 (en) 2007-10-30 2009-04-30 Kofi Ayensu Bissah Absorbent article including an absorbent layer having a plurality of spaced beam elements
TWI340653B (en) 2007-11-09 2011-04-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Detachable pump and the negative pressure wound therapy system using the same
US9408755B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2016-08-09 Medela Holding Ag Wound drainage dressing
DE102007055565B3 (en) 2007-11-20 2009-04-16 Aloys F. Dornbracht Gmbh & Co. Kg Device for concealed fixing of sanitary elements
AU2007361484A1 (en) 2007-11-20 2009-05-28 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Shaped absorbent article
CA2705896C (en) 2007-11-21 2019-01-08 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
HUE049431T2 (en) 2007-11-21 2020-09-28 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing
GB0722820D0 (en) 2007-11-21 2008-01-02 Smith & Nephew Vacuum assisted wound dressing
WO2009068665A1 (en) 2007-11-30 2009-06-04 Coloplast A/S Tube assembly for use in a wound drainage system
GB0723872D0 (en) 2007-12-06 2008-01-16 Smith & Nephew Apparatus for topical negative pressure therapy
US20090157024A1 (en) 2007-12-14 2009-06-18 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Hydration Test Devices
SE531853C2 (en) 2007-12-18 2009-08-25 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Transparent film dressing for protection of skin surrounding a wound
US8377017B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2013-02-19 Kci Licensing, Inc. Low-profile reduced pressure treatment system
WO2009086580A1 (en) 2008-01-07 2009-07-16 Cerulean Medical Pty Ltd Negative pressure treatment device
CN201139694Y (en) 2008-01-18 2008-10-29 王河川 Adhesive bandage for finger root arthrosis
EP2259803B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2019-03-13 Ferrosan Medical Devices A/S Device for promotion of hemostasis and/or wound healing
BRPI0906095A2 (en) 2008-03-05 2016-06-21 Kci Licensing Inc reduced pressure dressing to apply a reduced pressure treatment to a tissue site, method for collecting fluid in a bandage positioned at a tissue site and a reduced pressure dressing adapted to deliver a reduced pressure to a tissue site.
US8298200B2 (en) 2009-06-01 2012-10-30 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp System for providing continual drainage in negative pressure wound therapy
US9033942B2 (en) 2008-03-07 2015-05-19 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Wound dressing port and associated wound dressing
US8021347B2 (en) 2008-07-21 2011-09-20 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Thin film wound dressing
US20090234306A1 (en) 2008-03-13 2009-09-17 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Vacuum wound therapy wound dressing with variable performance zones
US8152785B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2012-04-10 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Vacuum port for vacuum wound therapy
EP2977067B1 (en) 2008-03-13 2020-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Apparatus for applying reduced pressure to a tissue site on a foot
CN101980688B (en) 2008-03-28 2014-04-16 荷兰联合利华有限公司 Hair styling composition
CA2723364A1 (en) 2008-04-01 2009-11-12 Ohio Medical Corporation Wound treatment system
JP2011516167A (en) 2008-04-04 2011-05-26 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Wound dressing with micropump
SE533170C2 (en) 2008-04-09 2010-07-13 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Device for treating wounds with suppression
EP2305326B1 (en) 2008-05-02 2015-09-16 KCI Licensing, Inc. Reduced pressure pump having regulated pressure capabilities for wound treatment
EP2374486B1 (en) 2008-05-13 2018-11-07 KCI Licensing, Inc. Catheter/filament device for treatment of wounds beneath the surface of the skin
GB0809131D0 (en) 2008-05-20 2008-06-25 Brightwake Ltd Soft silicones tapes
US8414519B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2013-04-09 Covidien Lp Wound therapy system with portable container apparatus
KR101567619B1 (en) 2008-05-21 2015-11-10 모리스 토파즈 Wound healing device
AU2009251802B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2013-05-30 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Control unit with pump module for a negative pressure wound therapy device
AU2009251810B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2013-03-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Negative pressure wound therapy device
CN103417332B (en) 2008-05-30 2015-10-07 凯希特许有限公司 Super-absorbent, reduced-pressure wound dressing and system
CA2725569C (en) 2008-05-30 2014-11-25 Kci Licensing, Inc. Reduced-pressure, linear wound closing bolsters and systems
GB0810404D0 (en) 2008-06-06 2008-07-09 Manuka Medical Ltd Compositions
MX2010013783A (en) 2008-06-13 2010-12-21 Procter & Gamble Absorbent article with absorbent polymer material, wetness indicator, and reduced migration of surfactant.
SE0801490A0 (en) * 2008-06-24 2009-12-25 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Wound dressings
US20090320852A1 (en) 2008-06-27 2009-12-31 Cuevas Brian J Tracheostomy Tube Butterfly Flange
WO2010005910A2 (en) 2008-07-08 2010-01-14 Monarch Labs Llc Maggot debridement therapy dressings and methods
GB0813542D0 (en) 2008-07-24 2008-08-27 Brightwake Ltd Material for use as a wound packing element in particulary negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT)
US8460698B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2013-06-11 Milliken & Company Composite article suitable for use as a wound dressing
US8454990B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2013-06-04 Milliken & Company Composite article suitable for use as a wound dressing
WO2010016791A1 (en) 2008-08-05 2010-02-11 Mölnlycke Health Care Ab Component for securing attachment of a medical device to skin
EP2313041B1 (en) 2008-08-06 2013-07-17 Basf Se Fluid-absorbent articles
DK2309961T3 (en) * 2008-08-08 2018-03-12 Smith & Nephew Inc Wound dressing of continuous fibers
EP2153809B1 (en) 2008-08-08 2015-12-09 The Procter and Gamble Company Absorbent core
US8251979B2 (en) 2009-05-11 2012-08-28 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Orientation independent canister for a negative pressure wound therapy device
EP2323703A4 (en) 2008-08-28 2013-11-20 Covidien Lp Environmentally activated compositions, articles and methods
EP2161011B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2015-05-20 Gert Pistor Wound protection
EP2320844A1 (en) 2008-09-05 2011-05-18 Birgit Riesinger Wound care article, comprising a portion of modified natural fibers or synthetic fibers
US9414968B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2016-08-16 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Three-dimensional porous film contact layer with improved wound healing
KR20110063523A (en) 2008-09-18 2011-06-10 케이씨아이 라이센싱 인코포레이티드 A system and method for delivering reduced pressure to subcutaneous tissue
EP2326295B2 (en) * 2008-09-18 2021-09-01 KCI Licensing, Inc. Multi-layer dressings, systems, and methods for applying reduced pressure at a tissue site
RU2011107119A (en) 2008-09-18 2012-10-27 КейСиАй Лайсензинг, Инк. (US) SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF DELIVERY THERAPY
KR20100033209A (en) 2008-09-19 2010-03-29 유한킴벌리 주식회사 Method for manufacturing unwooven web perforated without phisical or thermal deformation and absorbent articles comprising the unwooven web
US20100084074A1 (en) 2008-10-06 2010-04-08 Tatuyou, Llc Transparent breathable polyurethane film for tattoo aftercare and method
US8158844B2 (en) 2008-10-08 2012-04-17 Kci Licensing, Inc. Limited-access, reduced-pressure systems and methods
US8092436B2 (en) 2008-10-17 2012-01-10 Sterigear LLC Bodily fluid drainage assembly
US20100106120A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound dressing
WO2010048078A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Conformable wound dressing
US8110718B2 (en) 2008-10-27 2012-02-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Thin film delivery system and method of manufacture
RU2011114218A (en) 2008-10-29 2012-12-10 КейСиАй ЛАЙСЕНЗИНГ, ИНК. OPEN CAVITY THERAPY DEVICES AND SYSTEMS REDUCED PRESSURE
USD625018S1 (en) 2008-11-05 2010-10-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Medical dressing
US20100121298A1 (en) 2008-11-10 2010-05-13 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Transfer layer for absorbent article
EP3388093B1 (en) 2008-11-14 2020-05-20 KCI Licensing, Inc. Fluid pouch, system, and method for storing fluid from a tissue site
US8563800B2 (en) 2008-11-18 2013-10-22 Patricia A. Smith Method of use of a tulip-shaped sacral wound dressing
KR20110097852A (en) 2008-11-19 2011-08-31 케이씨아이 라이센싱 인코포레이티드 Dynamic, reduced-pressure treatment systems and methods
JP5680544B2 (en) 2008-11-25 2015-03-04 スパイラキュア インコーポレイテッド Device for delivering reduced pressure to the body surface
KR20110102918A (en) * 2008-12-24 2011-09-19 케이씨아이 라이센싱 인코포레이티드 Membranes, systems, and methods for applying reduced pressure to a subcutaneous tissue site
US8674168B2 (en) 2008-12-30 2014-03-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable wearable absorbent articles with multiple indicating colors
WO2010078166A2 (en) 2008-12-31 2010-07-08 Kci Licensing, Inc. Sleeves, manifolds, systems, and methods for applying reduced pressure to a subcutaneous tissue site
WO2010080907A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-15 Spiracur Inc. Reduced pressure therapy of the sacral region
US7982087B2 (en) 2009-01-09 2011-07-19 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Wound dressing
SE0900039L (en) 2009-01-16 2009-12-29 Ragnhild Klum Nyberg Med Ragnh Shall dressings
US8162907B2 (en) 2009-01-20 2012-04-24 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Method and apparatus for bridging from a dressing in negative pressure wound therapy
US20100191198A1 (en) 2009-01-26 2010-07-29 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Wound Filler Material with Improved Nonadherency Properties
US8212101B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2012-07-03 Centurion Medical Products Corporation Window dressing having integral anchor
FI121001B (en) 2009-02-05 2010-06-15 Finnomedo Oy product Packaging
GB0902368D0 (en) 2009-02-13 2009-04-01 Smith & Nephew Wound packing
US8439860B2 (en) 2009-02-24 2013-05-14 Neogenix, Llc Oxygen-producing bandage with releasable oxygen source
CN201375590Y (en) 2009-03-13 2010-01-06 何晋荣 Infantile umbilical hernia protective plaster
GB2468905B (en) 2009-03-27 2013-12-11 Brightwake Ltd Wound packing material
US8283516B2 (en) 2009-04-01 2012-10-09 Litvay John D Absorbent product with low dryness index
US8193944B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2012-06-05 Richard Brand Caso System and method for measuring fluid pressure
WO2010121186A1 (en) 2009-04-17 2010-10-21 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Negative pressure wound therapy device
CN201418816Y (en) 2009-04-24 2010-03-10 杨玉林 Medical band-aid
US8377015B2 (en) 2009-04-24 2013-02-19 Alcare Co., Ltd. Wound dressing and method for producing it
GB2470358B (en) 2009-05-18 2014-05-14 Inotec Amd Ltd Hyperbaric dressing and method
ES1070675Y (en) 2009-05-20 2010-01-14 Canada Juan Marquez IMPROVED VACUUM TANK APPLICABLE AS POSTOPERATIVE COMPRESSION TREATMENT
US9421309B2 (en) 2009-06-02 2016-08-23 Kci Licensing, Inc. Reduced-pressure treatment systems and methods employing hydrogel reservoir members
US20100310845A1 (en) 2009-06-03 2010-12-09 Eric Bryan Bond Fluid permeable structured fibrous web
GB2470940A (en) 2009-06-10 2010-12-15 Systagenix Wound Man Ip Co Bv Vacuum wound dressing with hydrogel layer
US20100318043A1 (en) * 2009-06-10 2010-12-16 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Negative Pressure Wound Therapy Systems Capable of Vacuum Measurement Independent of Orientation
WO2010147930A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-12-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Conformable medical dressing with self supporting substrate
US20100318047A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-12-16 Ducker Paul M Absorbent, nonwoven material exhibiting z-direction density gradient
US20100324516A1 (en) 2009-06-18 2010-12-23 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Apparatus for Vacuum Bridging and/or Exudate Collection
GB2471560B (en) 2009-06-29 2014-04-16 Mark Ital Weight-bearing leg support with cushioning means
DE102009031992A1 (en) * 2009-07-06 2011-01-13 Paul Hartmann Ag Device for negative pressure therapy of wounds
US8252971B2 (en) 2009-07-16 2012-08-28 Aalnex, Inc. Systems and methods for protecting incisions
US20110034892A1 (en) 2009-08-10 2011-02-10 John Buan Passive wound therapy device
DE102009043023A1 (en) 2009-08-24 2011-03-03 Riesinger, geb. Dahlmann, Birgit Wound care article with a plastically deformable or modelable active element
US8690844B2 (en) 2009-08-27 2014-04-08 Kci Licensing, Inc. Re-epithelialization wound dressings and systems
US8778387B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2014-07-15 Hyprotek, Inc. Antimicrobial medical dressings and protecting wounds and catheter sites
US8481159B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2013-07-09 Basf Se Water-absorbent porous polymer particles having specific sphericity and high bulk density
US8764719B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2014-07-01 Johnson & Johnson Ind. E Com. Ltda Absorbent article including an absorbent core layer having a material free zone and a transfer layer arranged below the absorbent core layer
US20110066123A1 (en) 2009-09-15 2011-03-17 Aidan Marcus Tout Medical dressings, systems, and methods employing sealants
BR112012007510A2 (en) 2009-10-01 2016-11-22 Webcore Ip Inc composite cores and panels
US8529526B2 (en) 2009-10-20 2013-09-10 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressing reduced-pressure indicators, systems, and methods
SE0901356A1 (en) 2009-10-20 2011-04-21 Moelnlycke Health Care Ab Article for use in wound care
GB0919659D0 (en) 2009-11-10 2009-12-23 Convatec Technologies Inc A component for a wound dressing
WO2011067626A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Pharmaplast Sae A wound dressing, and method and production line of producing the wound dressing
US20110152813A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-06-23 Daniel Lee Ellingson Absorbent Article with Channel Portion
DE102009060596A1 (en) 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Paul Hartmann Aktiengesellschaft, 89522 Connection device for use in the vacuum treatment of wounds
FR2954911A1 (en) 2010-01-04 2011-07-08 Commissariat Energie Atomique METHOD FOR DETECTING AN ANALYTE IN A BODILY FLUID
WO2011090410A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2011-07-28 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article comprising an absorbent porous foam
US20110178375A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2011-07-21 Avery Dennison Corporation Remote physiological monitoring
US8546642B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2013-10-01 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with slitted absorbent core
US8581020B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2013-11-12 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Transfer layer for absorbent article
US8383227B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2013-02-26 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Transfer layer for absorbent article
CH702752A1 (en) 2010-02-16 2011-08-31 Medela Holding Ag Coupling part of a drainage tube unit.
US20110208145A1 (en) 2010-02-22 2011-08-25 Le Zhang Fluid Management System
WO2011104388A1 (en) 2010-02-26 2011-09-01 Vir I Kinda Ab Wound dressing comprising a superabsorbent substance
US8791315B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2014-07-29 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Systems and methods for using negative pressure wound therapy to manage open abdominal wounds
US8563798B2 (en) 2010-03-04 2013-10-22 Kalliope Dontas Enclosing bandage for providing comfortable wound care and limiting fluid leakage
CA2789489C (en) 2010-03-10 2015-02-17 Bsn Medical, Inc. Water resistant medical bandaging product
US8721606B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2014-05-13 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressings, systems, and methods for treating a tissue site
US8454580B2 (en) 2010-03-12 2013-06-04 Kci Licensing, Inc. Adjustable reduced-pressure wound coverings
JP2013522403A (en) 2010-03-15 2013-06-13 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Method for producing water-absorbing polymer particles by polymerization of droplets of monomer solution
US8852742B2 (en) 2010-03-15 2014-10-07 Basf Se Water absorbent polymer particles formed by polymerizing droplets of a monomer solution and coated with sulfinic acid, sulfonic acid, and/or salts thereof
US8814842B2 (en) 2010-03-16 2014-08-26 Kci Licensing, Inc. Delivery-and-fluid-storage bridges for use with reduced-pressure systems
DE102010012521A1 (en) 2010-03-17 2011-09-22 Aesculap Ag Medical kit for use in vacuum sealing therapy
RU2432177C1 (en) 2010-03-19 2011-10-27 Анатолий Владимирович Толстов Sustained-action bandage
KR101782188B1 (en) 2010-03-24 2017-09-26 바스프 에스이 Ultrathin fluid-absorbent cores
US20110247636A1 (en) 2010-04-12 2011-10-13 Pollack Larry H Nipple/Areola Protective Cover
GB201006323D0 (en) 2010-04-15 2010-06-02 Systagenix Wound Man Ip Co Bv Leakage-reducing dressing
US20120053547A1 (en) 2010-08-31 2012-03-01 Karyn Clare Schroeder Absorbent Composite With A Resilient Coform Layer
US8604265B2 (en) 2010-04-16 2013-12-10 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressings and methods for treating a tissue site on a patient
US20110257611A1 (en) 2010-04-16 2011-10-20 Kci Licensing, Inc. Systems, apparatuses, and methods for sizing a subcutaneous, reduced-pressure treatment device
US8328858B2 (en) 2010-04-26 2012-12-11 Solar Light Company, Inc. Infrared wound healing unit
GB201006988D0 (en) 2010-04-27 2010-06-09 Smith & Nephew Suction port
GB201006986D0 (en) * 2010-04-27 2010-06-09 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing
GB201006985D0 (en) * 2010-04-27 2010-06-09 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing
GB201006983D0 (en) 2010-04-27 2010-06-09 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing
GB201008347D0 (en) * 2010-05-19 2010-07-07 Smith & Nephew Wound protection
WO2011137323A2 (en) 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Nonwoven having durable hydrophilic coating
CN104287890B (en) 2010-06-01 2017-09-22 株式会社瑞光 Wound dressing surface patch and wound dressing
EP2582337A2 (en) 2010-06-16 2013-04-24 ISKIA GmbH & Co. KG Device for wound treatment and wound covering plaster
US9962459B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2018-05-08 Basf Se Ultrathin fluid-absorbent cores
JP2012016476A (en) * 2010-07-08 2012-01-26 Ribateepu Seiyaku Kk Sheet covering material, and method for manufacturing and using the same
WO2012009370A2 (en) 2010-07-12 2012-01-19 Martin Long Medical Products, Llc Protective wound shield
US8926291B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2015-01-06 Michael Orndorff Speed control for diaphragm pump
US20120197229A1 (en) 2010-08-04 2012-08-02 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Sacral wound dressing and method of manufacturing a wound therapy device
EP2417947A1 (en) 2010-08-12 2012-02-15 John Bennett Integrated contoured negative pressure bandages
US9089624B2 (en) 2010-08-23 2015-07-28 Basf Se Ultrathin fluid-absorbent cores comprising adhesive and having very low dry SAP loss
US10751221B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2020-08-25 Kpr U.S., Llc Compression sleeve with improved position retention
JP5800520B2 (en) 2010-09-16 2015-10-28 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Body fluid absorbent article
GB201015656D0 (en) 2010-09-20 2010-10-27 Smith & Nephew Pressure control apparatus
US8710293B2 (en) 2010-09-21 2014-04-29 Basf Se Ultrathin fluid-absorbent cores
CA2814823A1 (en) 2010-10-15 2012-04-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article having surface visual texture
CA140189S (en) 2010-10-15 2011-11-07 Smith & Nephew Medical dressing
CA140188S (en) 2010-10-15 2011-11-07 Smith & Nephew Medical dressing
US8591493B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2013-11-26 Entrotech, Inc. Wound compression dressing
US8865962B2 (en) 2010-11-11 2014-10-21 Linda A. Weidemann-Hendrickson Multipurpose medical wrap
DE102010052336A1 (en) 2010-11-25 2012-05-31 Paul Hartmann Ag Wound dressing for the negative pressure therapy
BR112013012785A2 (en) 2010-11-25 2020-10-20 Bluestar Silicones France Sas composition i - ii and products and uses thereof
GB201020005D0 (en) 2010-11-25 2011-01-12 Smith & Nephew Composition 1-1
WO2012074512A1 (en) 2010-11-30 2012-06-07 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent article having asymmetric printed patterns for providing a functional cue
US20120136329A1 (en) 2010-11-30 2012-05-31 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with an acquisition distribution layer with channels
TW201223512A (en) 2010-12-06 2012-06-16 Kang Na Hsiung Entpr Co Ltd Absorbent hygiene product
PL2648668T3 (en) 2010-12-08 2018-10-31 Convatec Technologies Inc. Self-sealing dressing
TWI465263B (en) 2010-12-10 2014-12-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Medical dressing and negative pressure wound therapy apparatus using the same
USD714433S1 (en) 2010-12-22 2014-09-30 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Suction adapter
RU2016111981A (en) 2010-12-22 2018-11-27 Смит Энд Нефью, Инк. DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING RAS WITH NEGATIVE PRESSURE
US8637726B2 (en) 2011-01-02 2014-01-28 Omnitek Partners Llc Shape and pressure adjustable dressing
DE102011010181A1 (en) 2011-02-02 2012-08-02 Pierburg Gmbh Workpiece part, in particular for housing arrangements and methods for connecting by means of laser beams of workpiece parts
US20120220973A1 (en) 2011-02-28 2012-08-30 Jennifer Wing-Yee Chan Adhesive bandage
US8785714B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2014-07-22 Celanese International Corporation Alkali neutralizing acquisition and distribution structures for use in personal care articles
FR2972923B1 (en) 2011-03-25 2013-08-23 Urgo Lab FILMOGENIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING A SOLAR FILTER, ITS USE FOR THE TREATMENT OF SCARS
GB2489947B (en) 2011-04-11 2018-12-12 Adv Med Solutions Ltd Wound dressing
CA2827124C (en) 2011-04-12 2019-03-12 Kci Licensing, Inc. Evaporative fluid pouch and systems for use with body fluids
FR2974005B1 (en) 2011-04-15 2014-05-02 Urgo Lab THIN ABSORBENT THIN ADHESIVE DRESSING, ITS USES FOR THE TREATMENT OF CHRONIC WOUNDS
JP5883924B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2016-03-15 スミス アンド ネフュー ピーエルシーSmith & Nephew Public Limited Company Blockage management
DE102011002268A1 (en) 2011-04-26 2012-10-31 Birgit Riesinger Wound care article with a pattern of incisions and / or punches
EP2704674A1 (en) 2011-05-02 2014-03-12 Birgit Riesinger Wound care article
DE102011075844A1 (en) 2011-05-13 2012-11-15 Paul Hartmann Ag Device for providing negative pressure for the negative pressure treatment of wounds
US9067003B2 (en) 2011-05-26 2015-06-30 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Method for providing negative pressure to a negative pressure wound therapy bandage
EP3299041B1 (en) 2011-05-27 2021-05-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Systems and methods for delivering fluid to a wound therapy dressing
TW201249489A (en) 2011-06-01 2012-12-16 Suzric Entpr Co Ltd Wound drainage equipment, conduit, connector and wound cover
DE102011110705A1 (en) 2011-06-01 2012-12-06 Alexander May Device for negative pressure wound treatment
CN102274574A (en) 2011-06-02 2011-12-14 陈德华 Surgical wound surface closed negative pressure drainage device
WO2012167210A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2012-12-06 Tredegar Film Products Corporation Absorbent article having a troughed film as a transfer layer providing a cool fluid dynamic
US20120310186A1 (en) 2011-06-06 2012-12-06 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Dressings and Related Methods Therefor
EP2717935B1 (en) 2011-06-07 2016-12-07 BSN medical GmbH Wound-covering article with preparation for attachment of a vacuum device
US9681993B2 (en) 2011-06-07 2017-06-20 Kci Licensing, Inc. Solutions for bridging and pressure concentration reduction at wound sites
JP6325440B2 (en) 2011-06-23 2018-05-16 メデラ ホールディング アーゲー System for aspirating fluids from the body by means of negative pressure
WO2013066426A2 (en) 2011-06-24 2013-05-10 Kci Licensing, Inc. Reduced-pressure dressings employing tissue-fixation elements
ES2518890T3 (en) 2011-07-18 2014-11-05 Laboratoires Urgo Negative pressure wound treatment set
DE102011108726A1 (en) 2011-07-26 2013-01-31 Paul Hartmann Ag Connection device for use in the vacuum treatment of wounds
US9023012B2 (en) 2011-07-26 2015-05-05 Kci Licensing, Inc. Systems and methods for treating a tissue site with reduced pressure involving a reduced-pressure interface having a multi-lumen conduit for contacting a manifold
ES2396090B1 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-06-06 Establecimientos Sumisan, S.A. LIQUID COLLECTOR
KR20140049582A (en) 2011-08-03 2014-04-25 케이씨아이 라이센싱 인코포레이티드 Reduced-pressure wound dressings
US8932623B2 (en) 2011-08-25 2015-01-13 Ethicon, Inc. Protective wound dressing device for oral and pharyngeal space
WO2013029652A1 (en) 2011-08-26 2013-03-07 Vir I Kinda Ab Bandage
US8911681B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2014-12-16 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Wetness indicator having varied hues
EP2755618B1 (en) 2011-09-14 2018-11-28 KCI Licensing, Inc. Reduced-pressure systems and methods employing a leak-detection member
CN202263100U (en) 2011-09-20 2012-06-06 常州市中天卫生材料有限公司 Butterfly adhesive bandage
WO2013043972A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Avery Dennison Corporation Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus including a fluid port and methods
EP2586410A1 (en) 2011-10-24 2013-05-01 Bostik SA Novel process for preparing an absorbent article
EP3326656B1 (en) 2011-11-02 2020-06-24 Smith & Nephew plc Reduced pressure therapy apparatuses
WO2013078214A1 (en) 2011-11-23 2013-05-30 Kci Licensing, Inc. Reduced-pressure systems, methods, and devices for simultaneously treating a plurality of tissue sites
US20150159066A1 (en) 2011-11-25 2015-06-11 Smith & Nephew Plc Composition, apparatus, kit and method and uses thereof
EP2787944A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2014-10-15 Birgit Riesinger Set comprising wound dressing and wound filler
EP3005997B1 (en) 2011-12-16 2024-06-26 Solventum Intellectual Properties Company Releasable medical drapes
WO2013110008A1 (en) 2012-01-18 2013-07-25 Worldwide Innovative Healthcare, Inc. Modifiable occlusive skin dressing
GB2501055B (en) 2012-02-01 2017-08-30 Banwell Paul Scar reduction apparatus
AU2013215067A1 (en) 2012-02-02 2014-06-12 Kci Licensing, Inc. Foam structure wound inserts for directional granulation
CA2864414C (en) 2012-02-13 2021-03-16 Integrated Healing Technologies Wound dressing apparatus
EP2628500B1 (en) 2012-02-16 2014-05-28 Lohmann & Rauscher GmbH Wound treatment assembly
CN104066990B (en) 2012-03-07 2017-02-22 凯希特许有限公司 Disc pump with advanced actuator
EP3708196A1 (en) 2012-03-12 2020-09-16 Smith & Nephew PLC Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
CA2864428A1 (en) 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 Kci Licensing, Inc. Reduced-pressure systems, dressings, and methods facilitating separation of electronic and clinical component parts
US9427505B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2016-08-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
AU346291S (en) * 2012-05-15 2013-01-09 Smith & Nephew Medical dressing
HUE047600T2 (en) 2012-05-23 2020-04-28 Smith & Nephew Apparatuses for negative pressure wound therapy
USD679402S1 (en) 2012-06-06 2013-04-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Medical dressing
EP2888479B1 (en) 2012-07-05 2021-03-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Systems and methods for supplying reduced pressure using a disc pump with electrostatic actuation
FR2993465B1 (en) 2012-07-23 2015-06-26 Commissariat Energie Atomique ARTICLE INTENDED TO COME IN CONTACT WITH A LIQUID, IN PARTICULAR DRESSING.
ES2625709T3 (en) 2012-08-01 2017-07-20 Smith & Nephew Plc. Wound dressing
MX2015001520A (en) 2012-08-01 2015-08-20 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing.
CA2884419A1 (en) 2012-09-12 2014-03-20 Kci Licensing, Inc. Systems and methods for collecting exudates in reduced-pressure therapy
JP6306031B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2018-04-04 ケーシーアイ ライセンシング インコーポレイテッド Wound connection pad with pneumatic connection confirmation capability
DE102013100157A1 (en) 2013-01-09 2014-07-10 Birgit Riesinger Liquid-permeable primary dressing with a silicone coating
EP3092988B1 (en) 2013-01-16 2018-03-21 KCI Licensing, Inc. Dressing with asymmetric absorbent core for negative pressure wound therapy
AU2014216501B8 (en) 2013-02-12 2018-09-20 Electrochemical Oxygen Concepts, Inc. Dressing for wound treatment
WO2014158526A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Kci Licensing, Inc. Negative pressure therapy with dynamic profile capability
EP3434236B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-12-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Absorbent dressing with hybrid drape
WO2014140606A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US10695226B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-06-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
AU2014307884B2 (en) 2013-08-12 2019-03-28 Bsn Medical Gmbh Wound care article having a substantially polygonal or ellipsoid main surface and at least one recess arranged on one side
MX370332B (en) 2013-08-12 2019-12-10 Bsn Medical Gmbh Wound care article having super-absorbent fibers and super-absorbent particles.
USD712546S1 (en) * 2013-11-07 2014-09-02 Coloplast A/S Wound dressing
USD785189S1 (en) * 2015-10-20 2017-04-25 Dr. Ausbüttel & Co. Gmbh Medical eye patch
GB201608099D0 (en) 2016-05-09 2016-06-22 Convatec Technologies Inc Negative pressure wound dressing
USD870719S1 (en) * 2018-05-23 2019-12-24 Annex Products Pty. Ltd. Adhesive base

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE4030465A1 (en) * 1990-09-26 1992-04-02 Ruschke Mona Wound plaster - is coloured in varying shades of brown on exposed side
GB2331937A (en) * 1997-12-03 1999-06-09 Sca Hygiene Prod Ab Absorbent product
US20020035352A1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2002-03-21 Peter Ronnberg Absorbent article
EP1353001A1 (en) * 2002-04-11 2003-10-15 Main S.p.A. Absorbent article
US7753894B2 (en) 2004-04-27 2010-07-13 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound cleansing apparatus with stress
US20060020234A1 (en) * 2004-07-21 2006-01-26 Lin-Shing Chou Absorbent sac wound dressing
US20090306609A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2009-12-10 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound treatment apparatus and method
US20120095380A1 (en) * 2009-06-15 2012-04-19 Molnlycke Health Care Ab Wound dressing with high liquid handling capacity
US20120308780A1 (en) 2009-11-27 2012-12-06 Roettger Henning Absorbent structure
US20120116334A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-05-10 SMITH & Nephew ,Inc. Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
US20110282309A1 (en) 2010-04-27 2011-11-17 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of use
WO2013007973A2 (en) 2011-07-14 2013-01-17 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment

Cited By (165)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10278869B2 (en) 2002-10-28 2019-05-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus for aspirating, irrigating and cleansing wounds
US9844473B2 (en) 2002-10-28 2017-12-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus for aspirating, irrigating and cleansing wounds
US10842678B2 (en) 2002-10-28 2020-11-24 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus for aspirating, irrigating and cleansing wounds
US10758651B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2020-09-01 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound cleansing apparatus in-situ
US11857746B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2024-01-02 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound cleansing apparatus in-situ
US9452248B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2016-09-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound cleansing apparatus in-situ
US10105471B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2018-10-23 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Reduced pressure treatment system
US10201644B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2019-02-12 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Self contained wound dressing with micropump
US11737925B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2023-08-29 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Self contained wound dressing with micropump
US11278658B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2022-03-22 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Self contained wound dressing with micropump
US11813394B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2023-11-14 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US9795725B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-10-24 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US11517656B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2022-12-06 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US9669138B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-06-06 Kalypto Medical, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US10744242B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2020-08-18 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US10391212B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2019-08-27 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Device and method for wound therapy
US11179276B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2021-11-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US11364151B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2022-06-21 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US10123909B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2018-11-13 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US10555839B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2020-02-11 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US10744041B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2020-08-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US10231875B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2019-03-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US9844475B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2017-12-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US11129751B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2021-09-28 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US11110010B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2021-09-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US11351064B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2022-06-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US9956121B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2018-05-01 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US10016309B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2018-07-10 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US9987402B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2018-06-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus and method for wound volume measurement
US11253399B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2022-02-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound filling apparatuses and methods
US10080689B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2018-09-25 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound filling apparatuses and methods
US12102512B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2024-10-01 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound filling apparatuses and methods
US12029549B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2024-07-09 Smith & Nephew Plc Apparatus and method for wound volume measurement
US11523943B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2022-12-13 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Shear resistant wound dressing for use in vacuum wound therapy
US10188555B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2019-01-29 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Shear resistant wound dressing for use in vacuum wound therapy
US9375353B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2016-06-28 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Shear resistant wound dressing for use in vacuum wound therapy
US11484443B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2022-11-01 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Systems and methods for using negative pressure wound therapy to manage open abdominal wounds
US9220823B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2015-12-29 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure control apparatus
US11534540B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2022-12-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure control apparatus
US10105473B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2018-10-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure control apparatus
US10058644B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2018-08-28 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure control apparatus
US11027051B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2021-06-08 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure control apparatus
US11730876B2 (en) 2010-11-25 2023-08-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Composition I-II and products and uses thereof
US10537657B2 (en) 2010-11-25 2020-01-21 Smith & Nephew Plc Composition I-II and products and uses thereof
US11938231B2 (en) 2010-11-25 2024-03-26 Smith & Nephew Plc Compositions I-I and products and uses thereof
US11246757B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2022-02-15 Smith & Nephew Plc Tissue healing
US10231878B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-03-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Tissue healing
US11638666B2 (en) 2011-11-25 2023-05-02 Smith & Nephew Plc Composition, apparatus, kit and method and uses thereof
US10660994B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2020-05-26 Smith & Nephew Plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
US10046096B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2018-08-14 Smith & Nephew Plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
US11129931B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2021-09-28 Smith & Nephew Plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
US11903798B2 (en) 2012-03-12 2024-02-20 Smith & Nephew Plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
US9901664B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2018-02-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Controlling operation of a reduced pressure therapy system based on dynamic duty cycle threshold determination
US11730877B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2023-08-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Controlling operation of a reduced pressure therapy system based on dynamic duty cycle threshold determination
US10881764B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2021-01-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Controlling operation of a reduced pressure therapy system based on dynamic duty cycle threshold determination
US10702418B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2020-07-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US9427505B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2016-08-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US9545465B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2017-01-17 Smith & Newphew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US10299964B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2019-05-28 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US12116991B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2024-10-15 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US11864981B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2024-01-09 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US10667955B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2020-06-02 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US11801338B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2023-10-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US9662246B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2017-05-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
EP2879636B1 (en) 2012-08-01 2017-03-22 Smith & Nephew PLC Wound dressing
US10076449B2 (en) 2012-08-01 2018-09-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US11771796B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2023-10-03 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US10493184B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-12-03 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US11931226B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2024-03-19 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing sealant and use thereof
US10695226B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-06-30 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US10288590B2 (en) 2013-10-08 2019-05-14 Smith & Nephew Plc PH indicator device and formulation
US9829471B2 (en) 2013-10-08 2017-11-28 Smith & Nephew Plc pH indicator device and formulation
US11344665B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2022-05-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Collapsible dressing for negative pressure wound treatment
US10201642B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2019-02-12 Smith & Nephew Plc Collapsible dressing for negative pressure wound treatment
US11596552B2 (en) 2014-06-18 2023-03-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
US10610414B2 (en) * 2014-06-18 2020-04-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
WO2015193257A1 (en) * 2014-06-18 2015-12-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
US20170143552A1 (en) * 2014-06-18 2017-05-25 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing and method of treatment
JP2017524417A (en) * 2014-06-18 2017-08-31 スミス アンド ネフュー ピーエルシーSmith & Nephew Public Limited Company Wound dressing and method of treatment
CN106659590A (en) * 2014-06-18 2017-05-10 史密夫及内修公开有限公司 Wound dressing
CN106659590B (en) * 2014-06-18 2020-08-21 史密夫及内修公开有限公司 Wound dressing
US10456497B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2019-10-29 C. R. Bard, Inc. Protective dressing for skin-placed medical device
US10682446B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2020-06-16 Smith & Nephew Plc Dressing status detection for negative pressure wound therapy
US10973965B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2021-04-13 Smith & Nephew Plc Systems and methods of calibrating operating parameters of negative pressure wound therapy apparatuses
US10780202B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2020-09-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Noise reduction for negative pressure wound therapy apparatuses
US11654228B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2023-05-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Status indication for negative pressure wound therapy
US10737002B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2020-08-11 Smith & Nephew Plc Pressure sampling systems and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
CN107106723A (en) * 2014-12-30 2017-08-29 3M创新有限公司 Negative pressure wound dressings with absorbent binder sealant
CN107106334B (en) * 2014-12-30 2021-02-09 3M创新有限公司 Wound dressing with multiple adhesive layers
CN107106334A (en) * 2014-12-30 2017-08-29 3M创新有限公司 Wound dressing with multiple adhesive phases
US10537478B2 (en) 2014-12-30 2020-01-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Negative pressure wound dressing with absorbent adhesive sealant layer
WO2016109418A1 (en) * 2014-12-30 2016-07-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound dressing with multiple adhesive layers
US11007086B2 (en) 2014-12-30 2021-05-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Wound dressing with multiple adhesive layers
EP3701920A1 (en) 2015-04-27 2020-09-02 Smith & Nephew plc Reduced pressure apparatus and methods
US12042361B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2024-07-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Fluidic connector for negative pressure wound therapy
US11154649B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2021-10-26 Smith & Nephew Plc Fluidic connector for negative pressure wound therapy
US10076594B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2018-09-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Fluidic connector for negative pressure wound therapy
EP3349807B1 (en) 2015-09-17 2021-02-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Hybrid silicone and acrylic adhesive cover for use with wound treatment
US11364150B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2022-06-21 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US11090196B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-08-17 Smith & Nephew Plc Absorbent negative pressure wound therapy dressing
WO2017114745A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US11766365B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2023-09-26 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
USD796735S1 (en) 2016-02-29 2017-09-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Mount apparatus for portable negative pressure apparatus
USD985755S1 (en) 2016-02-29 2023-05-09 Smith & Nephew Plc Portable negative pressure apparatus
USD977624S1 (en) 2016-02-29 2023-02-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Portable negative pressure apparatus
WO2017148824A1 (en) 2016-03-04 2017-09-08 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus for post breast surgery wounds
US11771820B2 (en) 2016-03-04 2023-10-03 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus for post breast surgery wounds
WO2017158428A1 (en) 2016-03-14 2017-09-21 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing apparatus with flexible display
WO2017195038A1 (en) 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 Smith & Nephew Plc Sensor enabled wound monitoring and therapy apparatus
WO2018037075A1 (en) 2016-08-25 2018-03-01 Smith & Nephew Plc Absorbent negative pressure wound therapy dressing
US11806217B2 (en) 2016-12-12 2023-11-07 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressing
WO2018189265A1 (en) 2017-04-11 2018-10-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Component positioning and stress relief for sensor enabled wound dressings
WO2018210693A1 (en) 2017-05-15 2018-11-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound therapy system using eulerian video magnification
AU2018285235B2 (en) * 2017-06-14 2023-11-02 T.J.Smith & Nephew, Limited Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
US11471333B2 (en) * 2017-06-14 2022-10-18 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
CN110662517A (en) * 2017-06-14 2020-01-07 T.J.史密夫及内修有限公司 Negative pressure wound therapy device
WO2018234443A1 (en) 2017-06-23 2018-12-27 Smith & Nephew Plc Positioning of sensors for sensor enabled wound monitoring or therapy
US11554051B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2023-01-17 T.J. Smith And Nephew, Limited Negative pressure wound therapy apparatus
WO2019002086A2 (en) 2017-06-30 2019-01-03 Smith & Nephew Plc Spacer layer for use in a wound dressing
EP4353271A1 (en) 2017-07-12 2024-04-17 Smith & Nephew plc Antimicrobial or wound care materials, devices and uses
WO2019020551A1 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Skewing pads for impedance measurement
WO2019020666A1 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Restriction of sensor-monitored region for sensor-enabled wound dressings
WO2019020550A2 (en) 2017-07-25 2019-01-31 Smith & Nephew Plc Biocompatible encapsulation and component stress relief for sensor enabled negative pressure wound therapy dressings
EP4346340A2 (en) 2017-07-25 2024-04-03 Smith & Nephew PLC Biocompatible encapsulation and component stress relief for sensor enabled negative pressure wound therapy dressings
WO2019030384A2 (en) 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 Smith & Nephew Plc Positioning of sensors for sensor enabled wound monitoring or therapy
WO2019063481A1 (en) 2017-09-27 2019-04-04 Smith & Nephew Plc Ph sensing for sensor enabled negative pressure wound monitoring and therapy apparatuses
WO2019072531A1 (en) 2017-09-28 2019-04-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Neurostimulation and monitoring using sensor enabled wound monitoring and therapy apparatus
WO2019067264A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressing exhibiting low tissue ingrowth and negative-pressure treatment method
US11266537B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2022-03-08 Kci Licensing, Inc. Dressing exhibiting low tissue ingrowth and negative-pressure treatment method
WO2019076967A2 (en) 2017-10-18 2019-04-25 Smith & Nephew Plc Fluid management for sensor enabled wound therapy dressings and systems
WO2019086330A1 (en) * 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Smith & Nephew Plc Dressing for negative pressure wound therapy with filter
US11992392B2 (en) * 2017-11-01 2024-05-28 Smith & Nephew Plc Negative pressure wound treatment apparatuses and methods with integrated electronics
WO2020043806A1 (en) 2018-08-29 2020-03-05 Smith & Nephew Plc Component positioning and encapsulation for sensor enabled wound dressings
WO2020078978A2 (en) 2018-10-16 2020-04-23 Smith & Nephew Plc Systems and method for applying biocompatible encapsulation to sensor enabled wound monitoring and therapy dressings
WO2020078993A1 (en) 2018-10-18 2020-04-23 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Tissue treatment device
WO2020079009A1 (en) 2018-10-19 2020-04-23 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Tissue treatment device
WO2020126991A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound therapy systems and methods with multiple power sources
EP3669843B1 (en) 2018-12-21 2023-10-25 Paul Hartmann AG Superabsorbent wound dressing with silicone wound contact layer
WO2020157066A1 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Smith & Nephew Plc Optical sensing systems and methods for sensor enabled wound dressings and systems
WO2020161086A1 (en) 2019-02-04 2020-08-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound contact layer and dressing for iodine delivery
WO2020187643A1 (en) 2019-03-19 2020-09-24 Smith & Nephew Plc Systems and methods for measuring tissue impedance
GB2588289A (en) * 2019-09-03 2021-04-21 Marks Spencer Plc An absorbent composite
GB2586813B (en) * 2019-09-03 2022-02-02 Marks Spencer Plc An absorbent composite
GB2586813A (en) * 2019-09-03 2021-03-10 Marks Spencer Plc An absorbent composite
GB2588289B (en) * 2019-09-03 2022-02-23 Marks Spencer Plc An absorbent composite
WO2021069290A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2021069642A1 (en) * 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 T.J. Smith And Nephew, Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2021069291A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy with switcheable fluid management
WO2021089637A1 (en) 2019-11-06 2021-05-14 T.J. Smith And Nephew, Limited Wound contact layer testing apparatus and method
US12011532B2 (en) 2020-01-29 2024-06-18 T. J. Smith and Nephew, Limited Systems and methods for measuring and tracking wound volume
WO2021198463A1 (en) 2020-04-01 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Apparatuses for negative pressure wound therapy
WO2021198464A1 (en) 2020-04-02 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound care compositions and methods of preparation thereof
WO2021198470A1 (en) 2020-04-02 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing
WO2021198461A1 (en) 2020-04-02 2021-10-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing control and activation
WO2021214203A1 (en) 2020-04-22 2021-10-28 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Tissue treatment device
WO2021219752A1 (en) 2020-04-29 2021-11-04 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy
RU2769819C1 (en) * 2021-04-23 2022-04-06 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "СИЛЬВЕР АСЕПТИКА" Antiseptic product
WO2023057354A1 (en) 2021-10-06 2023-04-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing compositions and methods of use and preparation therof
WO2023057356A1 (en) 2021-10-06 2023-04-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew,Limited Wound dressing apparatuses and methods for nitric oxide delivery
GB202114307D0 (en) 2021-10-06 2021-11-17 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing compositions and methods of use and preparation therof
GB202114298D0 (en) 2021-10-06 2021-11-17 Smith & Nephew Wound dressing with one or more composite layers
WO2023057355A1 (en) 2021-10-06 2023-04-13 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Wound dressing with one or more composite layers
WO2023152103A1 (en) * 2022-02-10 2023-08-17 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Body-wearable medical device comprising a superabsorbent substance
WO2023165974A1 (en) 2022-03-01 2023-09-07 T.J.Smith And Nephew, Limited Oxygen delivery to a wound
US12121420B2 (en) 2022-03-02 2024-10-22 Smith & Nephew Plc Wound dressings and methods of use with integrated negative pressure source having a fluid ingress inhibition component

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104884008B (en) 2020-02-28
HUE033329T2 (en) 2017-11-28
JP2018110899A (en) 2018-07-19
EP2879636B1 (en) 2017-03-22
CA2880143C (en) 2024-04-23
US20220347018A1 (en) 2022-11-03
AU2019250207A1 (en) 2019-11-07
DK2879636T3 (en) 2017-06-19
MX353782B (en) 2018-01-29
USD914887S1 (en) 2021-03-30
US20240307606A1 (en) 2024-09-19
JP2015528727A (en) 2015-10-01
AU2017245460B2 (en) 2019-07-18
CA3178997A1 (en) 2014-02-06
US9662246B2 (en) 2017-05-30
BR112015002154A2 (en) 2017-07-04
US20150190286A1 (en) 2015-07-09
CN104884008A (en) 2015-09-02
US20150182677A1 (en) 2015-07-02
AU2013298195A1 (en) 2015-02-19
CA2880143A1 (en) 2014-02-06
JP6307504B2 (en) 2018-04-04
MX2015001521A (en) 2015-08-12
RU2015106112A (en) 2016-09-20
US20200360189A1 (en) 2020-11-19
US11801338B2 (en) 2023-10-31
ES2625709T3 (en) 2017-07-20
US10667955B2 (en) 2020-06-02
EP2879636A1 (en) 2015-06-10
AU2013298195B2 (en) 2017-07-13
AU2017245460A1 (en) 2017-11-02
ZA201500574B (en) 2015-12-23
JP6893892B2 (en) 2021-06-23
AU2019250207B2 (en) 2021-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2019250207B2 (en) Wound dressing
AU2019283937B2 (en) Wound dressing and method of treatment
US20230310221A1 (en) Apparatuses and methods for negative pressure wound therapy

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13770970

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2880143

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015524867

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14418908

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/001521

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013298195

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20130731

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2013770970

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013770970

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015106112

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015002154

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015002154

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150130